|
Bank Act
1991, c. 46
An Act respecting banks and banking
|
|
[Assented to 13th December, 1991]
Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and House of Commons of Canada, enacts as follows:
|
|
SHORT TITLE
|
Short title
|
1. This Act may be cited as the Bank Act.
|
|
PART I INTERPRETATION AND APPLICATION
|
|
Definitions
|
Definitions
|
2. In this Act,
|
"affairs" « affaires internes »
|
"affairs", with respect to a bank, an authorized
foreign bank or a bank holding company, means the relationships among
the bank, authorized foreign bank or bank holding company and its
affiliates and the shareholders, directors and officers of the bank,
authorized foreign bank or bank holding company and its affiliates, but
does not include the business of the bank, authorized foreign bank or
bank holding company or any of its affiliates;
|
"affiliate" « groupe »
|
"affiliate" means an entity that is affiliated with another entity within the meaning of section 6;
|
"Agency" « Agence »
|
"Agency" means the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada established under section 3 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act;
|
"annual return" « état annuel »
|
"annual return" means a return prepared in accordance with section 601;
|
"annual statement" « rapport annuel »
|
"annual statement", in relation to a bank, means
the annual financial statement of the bank within the meaning of
paragraph 308(1)(a) and, in relation to a bank holding company,
means the annual financial statement of the bank holding company within
the meaning of paragraph 840(1)(a);
|
"authorized foreign bank" « banque étrangère autorisée »
|
"authorized foreign bank" means a foreign bank in respect of which an order under subsection 524(1) has been made;
|
"bank" « banque »
|
"bank" means a bank listed in Schedule I or II;
|
"bank holding company" « société de portefeuille bancaire »
|
"bank holding company" means a body corporate that is incorporated or formed under Part XV;
|
"bearer" « porteur »
|
"bearer", in relation to a security, means the person in possession of a security payable to bearer or endorsed in blank;
|
"bearer form" « titre au porteur »
|
"bearer form", in respect of a security, means a security in bearer form as determined in accordance with subsection 83(2);
|
"beneficial ownership" « véritable propriétaire » et « propriété effective »
|
"beneficial ownership" includes ownership through one or more trustees, legal representatives, agents or other intermediaries;
|
"body corporate" « personne morale »
|
"body corporate" means an incorporated body wherever or however incorporated;
|
"branch" « succursale »
|
"branch"
(a) in respect of a bank, means an agency, the head office or any other office of the bank, and
(b) in respect of an authorized foreign
bank, means an agency, the principal office or any other office of the
authorized foreign bank in Canada at which is carried on the business
in Canada of the authorized foreign bank;
|
"Canadian entity" « entité canadienne »
|
"Canadian entity" means an entity that is
incorporated or formed by or under an Act of Parliament or of the
legislature of a province and that carries on business, directly or
indirectly, in Canada;
|
"Canadian financial institution" « institution financière canadienne »
|
"Canadian financial institution" means a
financial institution that is incorporated or formed by or under an Act
of Parliament or of the legislature of a province;
|
"central cooperative credit society" « société coopérative de crédit centrale »
|
"central cooperative credit society" means a body
corporate organized on cooperative principles by or under an Act of the
legislature of a province, one of whose principal purposes is to
receive deposits from and provide liquidity support to local
cooperative credit societies, and
(a) whose membership consists solely or primarily of local cooperative credit societies, or
(b) whose directors are wholly or primarily persons elected or appointed by local cooperative credit societies;
|
"central securities register" or "securities register" « registre central des valeurs mobilières » ou « registre des valeurs mobilières »
|
"central securities register" or "securities
register", in relation to a bank, means the register referred to in
section 248 and, in relation to a bank holding company, means the
register referred to in section 825;
|
"Commissioner" « commissaire »
|
"Commissioner" means the Commissioner of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada appointed under section 4 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act;
|
"common-law partner" « conjoint de fait »
|
"common-law partner", in relation to an
individual, means a person who is cohabiting with the individual in a
conjugal relationship, having so cohabited for a period of at least one
year;
|
"complainant" « plaignant »
|
"complainant", in relation to a bank or any matter concerning a bank, means
(a) a registered holder or beneficial
owner, and a former registered holder or beneficial owner, of a
security of a bank or any of its affiliates,
(b) a director or an officer, or a former director or officer, of a bank or any of its affiliates, or
(c) any other person who, in the discretion of a court, is a proper person to make an application under section 334, 338 or 989;
|
"consumer provision" « disposition visant les consommateurs »
|
"consumer provision" means a provision referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition "consumer provision" in section 2 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act;
|
"court" « tribunal »
|
"court" means
(a) in the Province of Ontario, the Superior Court of Justice,
(b) in the Province of Quebec, the Superior Court of the Province,
(c) in the Provinces of Nova Scotia and British Columbia, the Supreme Court of the Province,
(d) in the Provinces of New Brunswick, Manitoba, Saskatchewan and Alberta, the Court of Queen's Bench for the Province,
(e) in the Provinces of Prince Edward Island and Newfoundland, the trial division of the Supreme Court of the Province, and
(f) the Supreme Court of Yukon, the Supreme Court of the Northwest Territories and the Nunavut Court of Justice;
|
"court of appeal" « cour d'appel »
|
"court of appeal" means the court to which an appeal lies from a decision or order of a court;
|
"debt obligation" « titre de créance »
|
"debt obligation" means a bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness of an entity, whether secured or unsecured;
|
"director", "board of directors" or "directors" « administrateur », « conseil d'administration » ou « conseil »
|
"director" means a natural person occupying the
position of director, by whatever name called, of a body corporate, and
"board of directors" or "directors" refers to the directors of a body
corporate as a body;
|
"entity" « entité »
|
"entity" means a body corporate, trust,
partnership, fund, an unincorporated association or organization, Her
Majesty in right of Canada or of a province, an agency of Her Majesty
in either of such rights and the government of a foreign country or any
political subdivision thereof and any agency thereof;
|
"equity" « capitaux propres »
|
"equity", in respect of a bank or a bank holding company, means its equity as determined in accordance with the regulations;
|
"federal financial institution" « institution financière fédérale »
|
"federal financial institution" means
(a) a bank,
(b) a body corporate to which the Trust and Loan Companies Act applies,
(c) an association to which the Cooperative Credit Associations Act applies or a central cooperative credit society for which an order has been made under subsection 473(1) of that Act, or
(d) an insurance company or a fraternal benefit society incorporated or formed under the Insurance Companies Act;
|
"federation of cooperative credit societies" « fédération de sociétés coopératives de crédit »
|
"federation of cooperative credit societies" means an association under the Cooperative Credit Associations Act
or a federation, league or corporation incorporated or organized by or
under an Act of the legislature of a province, the membership or the
shareholders of which include two or more central cooperative credit
societies;
|
"fiduciary" « représentant »
|
"fiduciary" means any person acting in a fiduciary capacity and includes a personal representative of a deceased person;
|
"financial institution" « institution financière »
|
"financial institution" means
(a) a bank or an authorized foreign bank,
(b) a body corporate to which the Trust and Loan Companies Act applies,
(c) an association to which the Cooperative Credit Associations Act applies or a central cooperative credit society for which an order has been made under subsection 473(1) of that Act,
(d) an insurance company or a fraternal benefit society incorporated or formed under the Insurance Companies Act,
(e) a trust, loan or insurance corporation incorporated by or under an Act of the legislature of a province,
(f) a cooperative credit society incorporated and regulated by or under an Act of the legislature of a province,
(g) an entity that is incorporated or
formed by or under an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a
province and that is primarily engaged in dealing in securities,
including portfolio management and investment counselling, and
(h) a foreign institution;
|
"foreign bank" « banque étrangère »
|
"foreign bank", subject to section 12, means an
entity incorporated or formed by or under the laws of a country other
than Canada that
(a) is a bank according to the laws of any foreign country where it carries on business,
(b) carries on a business in any foreign
country that, if carried on in Canada, would be, wholly or to a
significant extent, the business of banking,
(c) engages, directly or indirectly, in
the business of providing financial services and employs, to identify
or describe its business, a name that includes the word "bank",
"banque", "banking" or "bancaire", either alone or in combination with
other words, or any word or words in any language other than English or
French corresponding generally thereto,
(d) engages in the business of lending money and accepting deposit liabilities transferable by cheque or other instrument,
(e) engages, directly or indirectly, in the business of providing financial services and is affiliated with another foreign bank,
(f) controls another foreign bank, or
(g) is a foreign institution, other than a foreign bank within the meaning of any of paragraphs (a) to (f), that controls a bank incorporated or formed under this Act,
but does not include a subsidiary of a bank named
in Schedule I as that Schedule read immediately before the day section
184 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act comes into force, unless the Minister has specified that subsection 378(1) no longer applies to the bank;
"foreign bank subsidiary" [Repealed, 2001, c. 9, s. 35]
|
"foreign institution" « institution étrangère »
|
"foreign institution" means an entity that is
(a) engaged in the business of banking,
the trust, loan or insurance business, the business of a cooperative
credit society or the business of dealing in securities or is otherwise
engaged primarily in the business of providing financial services, and
(b) incorporated or formed otherwise than by or under an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a province;
|
"form of proxy" « formulaire de procuration »
|
"form of proxy" means a written or printed form
that, when completed and executed by or on behalf of a shareholder,
constitutes a proxy;
|
"guarantee" « garantie »
|
"guarantee" includes a letter of credit;
|
"head office" « siège »
|
"head office", in relation to a bank, means the
office required to be maintained under section 237 and, in relation to
a bank holding company, means the office required to be maintained
under section 814;
|
"holder" « détenteur »
|
"holder" means
(a) in respect of a security
certificate, the person in possession of the certificate issued or
endorsed to that person or to bearer or in blank, and
(b) in respect of the ownership of a share, the shareholder of the share within the meaning of section 7;
|
"holding body corporate" « société mère »
|
"holding body corporate" means a holding body corporate within the meaning of section 4;
|
"incorporated" « constitué en personne morale »
|
"incorporated", when used with reference to a
body corporate that is incorporated by or under an Act of Parliament or
of the legislature of a province, also refers to a body corporate that
is continued by or under any such Act;
|
"incorporating instrument" « acte constitutif »
|
"incorporating instrument" means the special Act,
letters patent, instrument of continuance or other constating
instrument by which a body corporate was incorporated or continued and
includes any amendment to or restatement of the constating instrument;
|
"incorporator" « fondateur »
|
"incorporator", in relation to a bank or a bank
holding company, means a person who applied for letters patent to
incorporate the bank or bank holding company, as the case may be;
|
"insurance holding company" « société de portefeuille d'assurances »
|
"insurance holding company" means a body corporate that is incorporated or formed under Part XVII of the Insurance Companies Act;
|
"issuer" « émetteur »
|
"issuer", in respect of a security, means the entity that issues or issued the security;
|
"letters patent" « lettres patentes »
|
"letters patent", in respect of an instrument
authorized to be issued under this Act, means letters patent in a form
approved by the Superintendent;
|
"local cooperative credit society" « société coopérative de crédit locale »
|
"local cooperative credit society" means a body
corporate organized on cooperative principles incorporated by or under
an Act of the legislature of a province
(a) whose members or shareholders consist substantially of natural persons, and
(b) whose principal purpose is to receive deposits from and make loans to its members and shareholders;
|
"Minister" « ministre »
|
"Minister" means the Minister of Finance;
"NAFTA country resident" [Repealed, 1999, c. 28, s. 1]
|
"non-WTO Member foreign bank" « banque étrangère d'un non-membre de l'OMC »
|
"non-WTO Member foreign bank" means a foreign bank that is not controlled by a WTO Member resident;
|
"officer" « dirigeant »
|
"officer" means
(a) in relation to a body corporate, a
chief executive officer, president, vice-president, secretary,
controller, treasurer and any other natural person designated as an
officer of the body corporate by by-law or by resolution of the
directors of the body corporate, and
(b) in relation to any other entity, any
natural person designated as an officer of the entity by by-law, by
resolution of the members thereof or otherwise;
|
"order form" « titre à ordre »
|
"order form", in respect of a security, means a security in order form as determined in accordance with subsection 83(3);
|
"ordinary resolution" « résolution ordinaire »
|
"ordinary resolution" means a resolution passed
by a majority of the votes cast by or on behalf of the shareholders who
voted in respect of that resolution;
|
"person" « personne »
|
"person" means a natural person, an entity or a personal representative;
|
"personal representative" « représentant personnel »
|
"personal representative" means a person who
stands in place of and represents another person and, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, includes, as the circumstances
require, a trustee, an executor, an administrator, a committee, a
guardian, a tutor, a curator, an assignee, a receiver, an agent or an
attorney of any person;
|
"prescribed" Version anglaise seulement
|
"prescribed" means prescribed by regulation;
|
"principal office" « bureau principal »
|
"principal office" means, in relation to an authorized foreign bank, the office required to be maintained under section 535;
|
"principal officer" « dirigeant principal »
|
"principal officer" in relation to an authorized foreign bank means the person appointed under section 536;
|
"proxy" « procuration »
|
"proxy" means a completed and executed form of
proxy by means of which a shareholder appoints a proxyholder to attend
and act on the shareholder's behalf at a meeting of shareholders;
|
"proxyholder" « fondé de pouvoir »
|
"proxyholder" means the person appointed by proxy to attend and act on behalf of a shareholder at a meeting of shareholders;
|
"real property" « biens immeubles »
|
"real property" includes a leasehold interest in real property;
|
"recorded address" « adresse enregistrée »
|
"recorded address" means
(a) in relation to a person who is a
shareholder of a bank or a bank holding company, the latest postal
address of the person according to its central securities register, and
(b) in relation to a person in any other
respect in relation to a bank, the latest postal address of the person
according to the records of the branch concerned;
|
"registered form" « titre nominatif »
|
"registered form", in respect of a security,
means a security in registered form as determined in accordance with
subsection 83(4);
|
"regulatory capital" « capital réglementaire »
|
"regulatory capital", in respect of a bank or a bank holding company, has the meaning given that expression by the regulations;
|
"resident Canadian" « résident canadien »
|
"resident Canadian" means a natural person who is
(a) a Canadian citizen ordinarily resident in Canada,
(b) a Canadian citizen not ordinarily resident in Canada who is a member of a prescribed class of persons, or
(c) a permanent resident within the meaning of subsection 2(1) of the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act
and ordinarily resident in Canada, except a permanent resident who has
been ordinarily resident in Canada for more than one year after the
time at which the individual first became eligible to apply for
Canadian citizenship;
|
"residential property" « immeuble résidentiel »
|
"residential property" means real property
consisting of buildings that are used, or are to be used, to the extent
of at least one half of the floor space thereof, as one or more private
dwellings;
|
"securities underwriter" « souscripteur à forfait »
|
"securities underwriter" means a person who, as
principal, agrees to purchase securities with a view to the
distribution of the securities or who, as agent for a body corporate or
other person, offers for sale or sells securities in connection with a
distribution of the securities, and includes a person who participates,
directly or indirectly, in a distribution of securities, other than a
person whose interest in the distribution of securities is limited to
receiving a distributor's or seller's commission payable by a
securities underwriter;
|
"security" « titre » ou « valeur mobilière »
|
"security" means
(a) in relation to a body corporate, a
share of any class of shares of the body corporate or a debt obligation
of the body corporate, and includes a warrant of the body corporate,
but does not include a deposit with a financial institution or any
instrument evidencing such a deposit, and
(b) in relation to any other entity, any ownership interest in or debt obligation of the entity;
|
"security interest" « sûreté »
|
"security interest" means an interest in or
charge on property by way of mortgage, lien, pledge or otherwise taken
by a creditor or guarantor to secure the payment or performance of an
obligation;
|
"send" « envoyer »
|
"send" includes deliver;
|
"series" « série »
|
"series", in respect of shares, means a division of a class of shares;
|
"significant interest" « intérêt substantiel »
|
"significant interest" means a significant interest determined in accordance with section 8;
|
"special resolution" « résolution extraordinaire »
|
"special resolution" means a resolution passed by
a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast by or on
behalf of the shareholders who voted in respect of that resolution or
signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution;
|
"subordinated indebtedness" « titre secondaire »
|
"subordinated indebtedness" means an instrument
evidencing an indebtedness of a bank that by its terms provides that
the indebtedness will, in the event of the insolvency or winding-up of
the bank, be subordinate in right of payment to all deposit liabilities
of the bank and all other liabilities of the bank except those that, by
their terms, rank equally with or are subordinate to such indebtedness;
|
"subsidiary" « filiale »
|
"subsidiary" means an entity that is a subsidiary of another entity as defined in section 5;
|
"substantial investment" « intérêt de groupe financier »
|
"substantial investment" means a substantial investment determined in accordance with section 10;
|
"Superintendent" « surintendant »
|
"Superintendent" means the Superintendent of Financial Institutions appointed pursuant to the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Act;
|
"trade" « opération »
|
"trade", in respect of securities, means any sale or disposition of securities for valuable consideration;
|
"transfer" « transfert »
|
"transfer", in respect of securities, includes a transmission by operation of law;
|
"voting share" « action avec droit de vote »
|
"voting share" means a share of any class of
shares of a body corporate carrying voting rights under all
circumstances or by reason of an event that has occurred and is
continuing or by reason of a condition that has been fulfilled;
|
"WTO Member resident" « résident d'un membre de l'OMC »
|
"WTO Member resident" means a WTO Member resident within the meaning of section 11.1.
1991, c. 46, ss. 2, 572, c. 47, s. 756, c. 48,
s. 494; 1992, c. 51, s. 29; 1993, c. 34, s. 5(F), c. 44, s. 22; 1998,
c. 30, ss. 13(F), 15(E); 1999, c. 3, s. 14, c. 28, s. 1; 2000, c. 12,
s. 3; 2001, c. 9, s. 35, c. 27, s. 206; 2002, c. 7, s. 81(E).
|
|
Interpretation
|
References to "authorized foreign bank"
|
2.1 References in this Act to the carrying
on of business in Canada by an authorized foreign bank and to the
business in Canada of an authorized foreign bank are deemed,
respectively, to be references to the carrying on of business in
Canada, or to business in Canada, under Part XII.1.
1999, c. 28, s. 2.
|
Major shareholder
|
2.2 For the purposes of this Act, a person is a major shareholder of a body corporate if
(a) the aggregate of the shares of any
class of voting shares of the body corporate that are beneficially
owned by the person and that are beneficially owned by any entities
controlled by the person is more than 20 per cent of the outstanding
shares of that class of voting shares of the body corporate; or
(b) the aggregate of the shares of any
class of non-voting shares of the body corporate that are beneficially
owned by the person and that are beneficially owned by any entities
controlled by the person is more than 30 per cent of the outstanding
shares of that class of non-voting shares of the body corporate.
2001, c. 9, s. 36.
|
Widely held
|
2.3 For the purposes of this Act, an entity is widely held if it is
(a) a body corporate that has no major shareholder;
(b) an insurance company incorporated or formed under a mutual plan;
(c) an association to which the Cooperative Credit Associations Act applies; or
(d) a cooperative credit society incorporated or formed, and regulated, by or under an Act of the legislature of a province.
2001, c. 9, s. 36.
|
Control
|
3. (1) For the purposes of this Act,
(a) a person controls a body corporate if
securities of the body corporate to which are attached more than 50 per
cent of the votes that may be cast to elect directors of the body
corporate are beneficially owned by the person and the votes attached
to those securities are sufficient, if exercised, to elect a majority
of the directors of the body corporate;
(b) a person controls an unincorporated
entity, other than a limited partnership, if more than 50 per cent of
the ownership interests, however designated, into which the entity is
divided are beneficially owned by that person and the person is able to
direct the business and affairs of the entity;
(c) the general partner of a limited partnership controls the limited partnership; and
(d) a person controls an entity if the
person has any direct or indirect influence that, if exercised, would
result in control in fact of the entity.
|
Deemed control
|
(2) A person who controls an entity is deemed to
control any entity that is controlled, or deemed to be controlled, by
the entity.
|
Deemed control
|
(3) A person is deemed to control, within the meaning of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), an entity if the aggregate of
(a) any securities of the entity that are beneficially owned by that person, and
(b) any securities of the entity that are beneficially owned by any entity controlled by that person
is such that, if that person and all of the entities referred to in paragraph (b) that beneficially own securities of the entity were one person, that person would control the entity.
|
Guidelines
|
(4) The Minister may, for any purpose of any provision of this Act that refers to control within the meaning of paragraph (1)(d),
make guidelines respecting what constitutes such control, including
guidelines describing the policy objectives that the guidelines and the
relevant provisions of the Act are intended to achieve and, if any such
guidelines are made, the reference to paragraph (1)(d) in that provision shall be interpreted in accordance with the guidelines.
1991, c. 46, s. 3; 2001, c. 9, s. 37.
|
Holding body corporate
|
4. A body corporate is the holding body corporate of any entity that is its subsidiary.
1991, c. 46, s. 4; 2001, c. 9, s. 38.
|
Subsidiary
|
5. An entity is a subsidiary of another entity if it is controlled by the other entity.
1991, c. 46, s. 5; 2001, c. 9, s. 38.
|
Affiliated entities
|
6. (1) One entity is affiliated with
another entity if one of them is controlled by the other or both are
controlled by the same person.
|
Affiliated entities
|
(2) Despite subsection (1), for the purposes of
subsections 265(1) and 283(1), one entity is affiliated with another
entity if one of them is controlled, determined without regard to
paragraph 3(1)(d), by the other or both are controlled, determined without regard to paragraph 3(1)(d), by the same person.
1991, c. 46, s. 6; 2001, c. 9, s. 39.
|
Shareholder
|
7. (1) For the purposes of this Act, a
person is a shareholder of a body corporate when, according to the
securities register of the body corporate, the person is the owner of
one or more shares of the body corporate or is entitled to be entered
in the securities register or like record of the body corporate as the
owner of the share or shares.
|
Holder of a share
|
(2) A reference in this Act to the holding of a
share by or in the name of any person is a reference to the fact that
the person is registered or is entitled to be registered in the
securities register or like record of the body corporate as the holder
of that share.
|
Significant interest
|
8. (1) A person has a significant interest in a class of shares of a bank or a bank holding company if the aggregate of
(a) any shares of that class beneficially owned by the person, and
(b) any shares of that class beneficially owned by entities controlled by the person
exceeds 10 per cent of all of the outstanding shares of that class of shares of the bank or bank holding company.
|
Increasing significant interest
|
(2) A person who has a significant interest in a
class of shares of a bank or bank holding company increases that
significant interest in the class of shares if the person or any entity
controlled by the person
(a) acquires beneficial ownership of additional shares of that class, or
(b) acquires control of any entity that beneficially owns shares of that class,
in such number as to increase the percentage
of shares of that class that are beneficially owned by the person and
by any entities controlled by the person.
1991, c. 46, s. 8; 2001, c. 9, s. 40.
|
Acting in concert
|
9. (1) For the purposes of Part VII and
Division 7 of Part XV, if two or more persons have agreed, under any
agreement, commitment or understanding, whether formal or informal,
verbal or written, to act jointly or in concert in respect of
(a) shares of a bank or of a bank holding company that they beneficially own,
(b) shares or ownership interests that they
beneficially own of any entity that beneficially owns shares of a bank
or of a bank holding company, or
(c) shares or ownership interests that they
beneficially own of any entity that controls any entity that
beneficially owns shares of a bank or bank holding company,
those persons are deemed to be a single person
who is acquiring beneficial ownership of the aggregate number of shares
of the bank or bank holding company or shares or ownership interests of
the entity that are beneficially owned by them.
|
Acting in concert
|
(2) Without limiting the generality of subsection
(1), any agreement, commitment or understanding by or between two or
more persons who beneficially own shares of a bank or bank holding
company or shares or ownership interests of any entity referred to in
paragraph (1)(b) or (c),
(a) whereby any of them or their nominees
may veto any proposal put before the board of directors of the bank or
bank holding company, or
(b) under which no proposal put before the
board of directors of the bank or bank holding company may be approved
except with the consent of any of them or their nominees,
is deemed to be an agreement, commitment or understanding referred to in subsection (1).
|
Exceptions
|
(3) For the purposes of this section, persons
shall be presumed not to have agreed to act jointly or in concert
solely by reason of the fact that
(a) one is the proxyholder of one or more
of the others in respect of shares or ownership interests referred to
in subsection (1); or
(b) they vote the voting rights attached to shares or ownership interests referred to in subsection (1) in the same manner.
|
Designation
|
(4) Where in the opinion of the Superintendent it
is reasonable to conclude that an agreement, commitment or
understanding referred to in subsections (1) and (2) exists by or among
two or more persons, the Superintendent may designate those persons as
persons who have agreed to act jointly or in concert.
1991, c. 46, s. 9; 2001, c. 9, s. 41.
|
Substantial investment in body corporate
|
10. (1) A person has a substantial investment in a body corporate where
(a) the voting rights attached to the
aggregate of any voting shares of the body corporate beneficially owned
by the person and by any entities controlled by the person exceed 10
per cent of the voting rights attached to all of the outstanding voting
shares of the body corporate; or
(b) the aggregate of any shares of the body
corporate beneficially owned by the person and by any entities
controlled by the person represents ownership of greater than 25 per
cent of the shareholders' equity of the body corporate.
|
Increasing substantial investment in body corporate
|
(2) A person who has a substantial investment in a body corporate pursuant to paragraph (1)(a) increases that substantial investment when the person or any entity controlled by the person
(a) acquires beneficial ownership of
additional voting shares of the body corporate in such number as to
increase the percentage of voting rights attached to the aggregate of
the voting shares of the body corporate beneficially owned by the
person and by any entities controlled by the person; or
(b) acquires control of any entity that
beneficially owns any voting shares of the body corporate in such
number as to increase the percentage of voting rights attached to the
aggregate of the voting shares of the body corporate beneficially owned
by the person and by any entities controlled by the person.
|
Idem
|
(3) A person who has a substantial investment in a body corporate pursuant to paragraph (1)(b) increases that substantial investment when the person or any entity controlled by the person
(a) acquires beneficial ownership of
additional shares of the body corporate in such number as to increase
the percentage of the shareholders' equity of the body corporate
represented by the aggregate of the shares of the body corporate
beneficially owned by the person and by any entities controlled by the
person; or
(b) acquires control of any entity that
beneficially owns any shares of the body corporate in such number as to
increase the percentage of the shareholders' equity of the body
corporate represented by the aggregate of the shares of the body
corporate beneficially owned by the person and by any entities
controlled by the person.
|
New substantial investment
|
(4) For greater certainty,
(a) where a person has a substantial investment in a body corporate pursuant to paragraph (1)(a) and the person, or any entity controlled by the person,
(i) purchases or otherwise acquires beneficial ownership of shares of the body corporate, or
(ii) acquires control of any entity that beneficially owns shares of the body corporate,
in such number as to cause the shareholders'
equity of the body corporate represented by the aggregate of the shares
of the body corporate beneficially owned by the person and by any
entities controlled by the person to exceed 25 per cent of the
shareholders' equity of the body corporate, or
(b) where a person has a substantial investment in a body corporate pursuant to paragraph (1)(b) and the person or any entity controlled by the person
(i) purchases or otherwise acquires beneficial ownership of voting shares of the body corporate, or
(ii) acquires control of any entity that beneficially owns voting shares of the body corporate,
in such number as to cause the voting rights
attached to the aggregate of the voting shares beneficially owned by
the person and by any entities controlled by the person to exceed 10
per cent of the voting rights attached to all of the outstanding voting
shares of the body corporate,
the acquisition is deemed to cause the person to increase a substantial investment in the body corporate.
|
Substantial investment in unincorporated entity
|
(5) A person has a substantial investment in an
unincorporated entity where the aggregate of any ownership interests,
however designated, into which the entity is divided, beneficially
owned by the person and by any entities controlled by the person
exceeds 25 per cent of all of the ownership interests into which the
entity is divided.
|
Increasing substantial investment in unincorporated entities
|
(6) A person who has a substantial investment in
an unincorporated entity increases that substantial investment when the
person or any entity controlled by the person
(a) acquires beneficial ownership of
additional ownership interests in the unincorporated entity in such
number as to increase the percentage of ownership interests in the
unincorporated entity beneficially owned by the person and by any
entities controlled by the person; or
(b) acquires control of any entity that
beneficially owns ownership interests in the unincorporated entity in
such number as to increase the percentage of ownership interests
beneficially owned by the person and by any entities controlled by the
person.
|
Distribution to the public
|
11. (1) Subject to subsection (2), for the purposes of this Act, a security of a body corporate or an unincorporated entity
(a) is part of a distribution to the public
where, in respect of the security, there has been a filing of a
prospectus, statement of material facts, registration statement,
securities exchange take-over bid circular or similar document under
the laws of Canada, a province or a jurisdiction outside Canada; or
(b) is deemed to be part of a distribution
to the public where the security has been issued and a filing referred
to in paragraph (a) would be required if the security were being issued currently.
|
Exemption
|
(2) On application by a bank or bank holding
company, the Superintendent may determine that a security of the bank
or bank holding company is not or was not part of a distribution to the
public if the Superintendent is satisfied that the determination would
not prejudice any security holder of the bank or bank holding company.
|
Securities deemed part of distribution
|
(3) For the purposes of this Act, securities of a
bank or bank holding company issued on the conversion of other
securities or issued in exchange for other securities are deemed to be
securities that are part of a distribution to the public if those other
securities were part of a distribution to the public.
1991, c. 46, s. 11; 1997, c. 15, s. 1; 2001, c. 9, s. 42.
|
WTO Member resident
|
11.1 (1) For the purposes of this Act, a WTO Member resident is
(a) a natural person who is ordinarily
resident in a country or territory that is a WTO Member, as defined in
subsection 2(1) of the World Trade Organization Agreement Implementation Act, other than Canada;
(b) a body corporate, association,
partnership or other organization that is incorporated, formed or
otherwise organized in a country or territory that is a WTO Member, as
defined in subsection 2(1) of the World Trade Organization Agreement Implementation Act, other than Canada, and that is controlled
(i) directly or indirectly, by one or more persons referred to in paragraph (a), or
(ii) by a government of a WTO Member, whether federal, state or local, or an agency of one of those governments;
(c) a trust established by one or more persons referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) or a trust in which one or more of those persons have more than 50 per cent of the beneficial interest; or
(d) a body corporate, association,
partnership or other organization that is controlled, directly or
indirectly, by a trust referred to in paragraph (c).
|
Interpretation
|
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1),
(a) a body corporate is controlled by one or more persons if
(i) securities of the body corporate to which
are attached more than 50 per cent of the votes that may be cast to
elect directors of the body corporate are beneficially owned by the
person or persons, and
(ii) the votes attached to those securities are sufficient to elect a majority of the directors of the body corporate;
(b) an association, partnership or other organization is controlled by one or more persons if
(i) more than 50 per cent of the ownership
interests, however designated, into which the association, partnership
or other organization is divided are beneficially owned by the person
or persons, and
(ii) the person or persons are able to direct the business and affairs of the association, partnership or other organization;
(c) a body corporate, association,
partnership or other organization is controlled by one or more persons
if the person or persons have, directly or indirectly, control in fact
of the body corporate, association, partnership or other organization;
and
(d) a body corporate, association,
partnership or other organization that controls another body corporate,
association, partnership or other organization is deemed to control any
body corporate, association, partnership or other organization that is
controlled or deemed to be controlled by the other body corporate,
association, partnership or other organization.
1993, c. 44, s. 23; 1999, c. 28, s. 3.
|
Exemption from foreign bank status
|
12. (1) The Minister may, by order, and
subject to such terms and conditions as the Minister considers
appropriate, exempt for the purposes of any provision of this Act any
entity from being a foreign bank that, but for that order, would be a
foreign bank.
|
Revocation of order
|
(2) The Minister may, by further order, revoke or
vary any order made under subsection (1), and any such revocation or
variation shall come into force three months after the date the further
order is made, unless the Minister and the entity to which the order
relates agree that the revocation or variation should come into force
at some other time agreed by them.
|
Notice
|
(3) Before filing an application for an order
referred to in subsection (1), an applicant shall publish a notice of
intention to make the application in the Canada Gazette.
1991, c. 46, s. 12; 2001, c. 9, s. 42.1.
|
|
Application
|
Application of Act
|
13. This Act is the charter of and applies to each bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 13; 1999, c. 28, s. 4; 2001, c. 9, s. 43.
|
Schedule I and Schedule II banks
|
14. (1) Subject to this Act,
(a) there shall be set out in Schedule I
(i) the name of every bank named in Schedules I and II as those Schedules read immediately before the day section 184 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act comes into force that was not a subsidiary of a foreign bank,
(ii) the name of every bank incorporated or formed under this Act that is not a subsidiary of a foreign bank, and
(iii) the place in Canada where the head office of the bank is situated; and
(b) there shall be set out in Schedule II
(i) the name of every bank named in Schedule II as that Schedule read immediately before the day section 184 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act comes into force that was a subsidiary of a foreign bank,
(ii) the name of every bank incorporated or formed under this Act that is a subsidiary of a foreign bank, and
(iii) the place in Canada where the head office of the bank is situated.
|
Amending the schedules
|
(2) Where
(a) a bank is incorporated,
(b) a body corporate is continued as a bank,
(c) one or more bodies corporate are amalgamated as a bank,
(d) the name of a bank is changed,
(e) the head office of a bank is changed,
(f) a bank becomes, or ceases to be, a subsidiary of a foreign bank, or
(g) a bank is dissolved,
Schedules I and II shall be amended accordingly.
|
Notice of amendments
|
(3) If in any year either Schedule I or II is
amended, the Superintendent shall, within sixty days after the end of
the year, cause a notice to be published in the Canada Gazette showing Schedule I or II in its complete amended form as at the end of the year.
1991, c. 46, s. 14; 2001, c. 9, s. 43.
|
Schedule III authorized foreign banks
|
14.1 (1) There shall be set out in Schedule III
(a) the name of every authorized foreign
bank and, where applicable, any other name under which it is permitted
to carry on business in Canada;
(b) the place in Canada where the principal office of the authorized foreign bank is situated; and
(c) whether the authorized foreign bank is subject to the restrictions and requirements referred to in subsection 524(2).
|
Amending Schedule III
|
(2) Schedule III shall be amended accordingly where
(a) an order made under subsection 524(1) is revoked;
(b) any of the information referred to in paragraph (1)(a) or (b) changes; or
(c) the restrictions and requirements
referred to in subsection 524(2) to which an authorized foreign bank is
subject are added or removed.
|
Notice of amendments
|
(3) Where in any year Schedule III is amended, the
Superintendent shall, within sixty days after the end of the year,
cause a notice to be published in the Canada Gazette showing Schedule III in its complete amended form as at the end of the year.
1999, c. 28, s. 5.
|
Exemption of foreign banks
|
14.2 The Governor in Council may make
regulations exempting any class of foreign banks from the application
of any provision of this Act.
2001, c. 9, s. 43.1.
|
|
PART II STATUS AND POWERS
|
Corporate powers
|
15. (1) A bank has the capacity of a
natural person and, subject to this Act, the rights, powers and
privileges of a natural person.
|
Powers restricted
|
(2) A bank shall not carry on any business or
exercise any power that it is restricted by this Act from carrying on
or exercising, or exercise any of its powers in a manner contrary to
this Act.
|
Business in Canada
|
(3) A bank may carry on business throughout Canada.
|
Powers outside Canada
|
(4) Subject to this Act, a bank has the capacity
to carry on its business, conduct its affairs and exercise its powers
in any jurisdiction outside Canada to the extent and in the manner that
the laws of that jurisdiction permit.
|
No invalidity
|
16. No act of a bank or authorized foreign
bank, including any transfer of property to or by a bank or authorized
foreign bank, is invalid by reason only that the act or transfer is
contrary to
(a) in the case of a bank, the bank's incorporating instrument or this Act; or
(b) in the case of an authorized foreign bank, this Act.
1991, c. 46, s. 16; 1999, c. 28, s. 6.
|
By-law not necessary
|
17. It is not necessary for a bank to pass a by-law in order to confer any particular power on the bank or its directors.
|
No personal liability
|
18. The shareholders of a bank are not, as
shareholders, liable for any liability, act or default of the bank
except as otherwise provided by this Act.
|
No constructive notice
|
19. No person is affected by or is deemed
to have notice or knowledge of the contents of a document concerning a
bank or authorized foreign bank by reason only that the document has
been filed with the Superintendent or the Minister or is available for
inspection at a branch of the bank or authorized foreign bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 19; 1993, c. 34, s. 6(F); 1999, c. 28, s. 7.
|
Authority of directors and officers
|
20. A bank or a guarantor of an obligation
of a bank may not assert against a person dealing with the bank or with
any person who has acquired rights from the bank that
(a) the bank's incorporating instrument or any by-laws of the bank have not been complied with,
(b) the persons named as directors of the
bank in the most recent return sent to the Superintendent under section
632 are not the directors of the bank,
(c) the place named in the incorporating instrument or the by-laws of the bank is not the head office of the bank,
(d) a person held out by the bank as a
director, an officer or a representative of the bank has not been duly
appointed or has no authority to exercise the powers and perform the
duties that are customary in the business of the bank or usual for such
director, officer or representative, or
(e) a document issued by any director,
officer or representative of the bank with actual or usual authority to
issue the document is not valid or not genuine,
except where the person has or ought to have
by virtue of the person's position with or relationship to the bank
knowledge to that effect.
1991, c. 46, s. 20; 1999, c. 28, s. 8.
|
Sunset provision
|
21. (1) Subject to subsection (2), banks
shall not carry on business and authorized foreign banks shall not
carry on business in Canada after the day that is five years after this
section comes into force, except that, if Parliament dissolves on that
day or at any time within the three-month period before that day, banks
may continue to carry on business, and authorized foreign banks may
continue to carry on business in Canada, respectively, until the day
that is one hundred and eighty days after the first day of the first
session of the next Parliament.
|
Extension
|
(2) The Governor in Council may, by order, extend
by up to six months the time during which banks may continue to carry
on business and authorized foreign banks may continue to carry on
business in Canada. No more than one order may be made under this
subsection.
1991, c. 46, s. 21; 1997, c. 15, s. 2; 1999, c. 28, s. 9; 2001, c. 9, s. 44.
|
|
PART III INCORPORATION AND CONTINUANCE
|
|
Formalities of Incorporation
|
Incorporation of bank
|
22. On the application of one or more
persons made in accordance with this Act, the Minister may, subject to
this Part, issue letters patent incorporating a bank.
|
Restrictions on incorporation
|
23. Letters patent incorporating a bank may not be issued if the application therefor is made by or on behalf of
(a) Her Majesty in right of Canada or in
right of a province, an agency of Her Majesty in either of those
rights, or an entity controlled by Her Majesty in either of those
rights;
(b) the government of a foreign country or any political subdivision thereof;
(c) an agency of the government of a foreign country or any political subdivision thereof; or
(d) an entity that is controlled by the
government of a foreign country or any political subdivision thereof,
other than an entity that is a foreign bank, a foreign institution or a
subsidiary of a foreign bank or foreign institution.
1991, c. 46, s. 23; 2001, c. 9, s. 45.
|
Subsidiary of foreign bank
|
24. If a proposed bank would be a subsidiary of a foreign bank, within the meaning of paragraphs (a) to (f)
of the definition "foreign bank" in section 2, and the application for
letters patent to incorporate the bank is made by a non-WTO Member
foreign bank, letters patent to incorporate the bank may not be issued
unless the Minister is satisfied that treatment as favourable for banks
to which this Act applies exists or will be provided in the
jurisdiction in which the foreign bank principally carries on business,
either directly or through a subsidiary.
1991, c. 46, s. 24; 1999, c. 28, s. 10; 2001, c. 9, s. 46.
|
Application for incorporation
|
25. (1) An application for letters patent
to incorporate a bank setting out the names of the first directors of
the bank shall be filed with the Superintendent, together with such
other information, material and evidence as the Superintendent may
require.
|
Publishing notice of intent
|
(2) Before filing an application referred to in
subsection (1), the applicant or one of the applicants, as the case may
be, shall, at least once a week for a period of four consecutive weeks,
publish, in a form satisfactory to the Superintendent, a notice of
intention to make the application in the Canada Gazette and in a newspaper in general circulation at or near the place where the head office of the bank is to be situated.
|
Objections to incorporation
|
26. (1) Any person who objects to the
proposed incorporation of a bank may, within thirty days after the date
of the last publication under subsection 25(2) in respect of the
proposed bank, submit the objection in writing to the Superintendent.
|
Minister to be informed
|
(2) On receipt of an objection under subsection (1), the Superintendent shall inform the Minister of the objection.
|
Inquiry into objection and report
|
(3) On receipt of an objection under subsection
(1), and if the application for the issuance of the letters patent to
which the objection relates has been received, the Superintendent
shall, if satisfied that it is necessary and in the public interest to
do so, hold or cause to be held a public inquiry into the objection as
it relates to the application and, on completion of the inquiry, the
Superintendent shall report the findings of the inquiry to the Minister.
|
Report to be made available
|
(4) Within thirty days after receiving a report
under subsection (3), the Minister shall make the report available to
the public.
|
Rules governing proceedings
|
(5) Subject to the approval of the Governor in
Council, the Superintendent may make rules governing the proceedings at
public inquiries held under this section.
|
Matters for consideration
|
27. Before issuing letters patent to
incorporate a bank, the Minister shall take into account all matters
that the Minister considers relevant to the application, including
(a) the nature and sufficiency of the
financial resources of the applicant or applicants as a source of
continuing financial support for the bank;
(b) the soundness and feasibility of the
plans of the applicant or applicants for the future conduct and
development of the business of the bank;
(c) the business record and experience of the applicant or applicants;
(d) the character and integrity of the
applicant or applicants or, if the applicant or any of the applicants
is a body corporate, its reputation for being operated in a manner that
is consistent with the standards of good character and integrity;
(e) whether the bank will be operated
responsibly by persons with the competence and experience suitable for
involvement in the operation of a financial institution;
(f) the impact of any integration of the
businesses and operations of the applicant or applicants with those of
the bank on the conduct of those businesses and operations;
(g) the opinion of the Superintendent
regarding the extent to which the proposed corporate structure of the
applicant or applicants and their affiliates may affect the supervision
and regulation of the bank, having regard to
(i) the nature and extent of the proposed financial services activities to be carried out by the bank and its affiliates, and
(ii) the nature and degree of supervision and
regulation applying to the proposed financial services activities to be
carried out by the affiliates of the bank; and
(h) the best interests of the financial system in Canada.
1991, c. 46, s. 27; 2001, c. 9, s. 47.
|
Contents of letters patent
|
28. (1) There shall be set out in the letters patent incorporating a bank
(a) the name of the bank;
(b) the place in Canada where the head office of the bank is to be situated; and
(c) the date that the bank came, or is to come, into existence.
|
Provisions in letters patent
|
(2) The Minister may set out in the letters patent
incorporating a bank any provision not contrary to this Act that the
Minister considers advisable in order to take into account the
particular circumstances of the proposed bank.
|
Terms and conditions
|
(3) The Minister may impose such terms and
conditions in respect of the issuance of letters patent incorporating a
bank as the Minister considers necessary or appropriate.
|
Letters patent of incorporation on application of certain companies
|
29. (1) If the Minister issues letters patent, under section 22, incorporating a bank on the application of a company to which the Trust and Loan Companies Act or the Insurance Companies Act
applies and the paid-in capital of the bank immediately following its
incorporation will be not less than five million dollars or any greater
amount that the Minister may specify under subsection 46(1), there may,
on the request of the company and with the approval of the Minister, be
included in the letters patent a provision deeming shares of the bank
to be issued, on a share for share basis, to all shareholders of the
company in exchange for all the issued and outstanding shares of the
company.
|
Effect of provision
|
(2) Shares of a bank deemed to be issued pursuant
to subsection (1) are subject to the same designation, rights,
privileges and restrictions or conditions and, subject to any agreement
to the contrary, to the same charges, encumbrances and other
restrictions as the shares of the company for which they are exchanged
and the shares of the company, on the issuance of the letters patent,
become the property of the bank free and clear of any charge,
encumbrance or other restriction.
|
Idem
|
(3) An exchange of shares of a company referred to
in subsection (1) pursuant to a provision included in the letters
patent incorporating a bank does not deprive a person who was a holder
of shares of the company immediately prior to the exchange of any right
or privilege with respect to the shares or relieve the person of any
liability in respect thereof, but any such right or privilege shall be
exercised in accordance with this Act.
|
Transfer and voting of bank shares
|
(4) Notwithstanding subsection (3), no share of a
bank that is deemed to be issued pursuant to a provision included in
the letters patent incorporating a bank may subsequently be transferred
or voted contrary to this Act, but any shareholder of a bank who
acquired shares of the bank by means of an exchange of shares of a
company referred to in subsection (1) pursuant to that provision may,
for a period of ten years from the date of issuance of the letters
patent, exercise the voting rights attached to the shares without
regard to any provisions of this Act, other than subsection (7), that
would otherwise prohibit the shareholder from voting the shares.
|
Shareholder approval
|
(5) No provision described in subsection (1) may
be included in letters patent issued pursuant to section 22 unless the
application therefor is accompanied by evidence that the request for
such a provision was approved by a vote of at least two thirds of those
shareholders of the applicant company entitled to vote thereon, present
or represented by proxy and voting at a shareholders' meeting called to
consider the application.
|
Exchange of share certificates
|
(6) Where, pursuant to a provision included in the
letters patent incorporating a bank, a share exchange is deemed to have
taken place, the bank shall, within ninety days after the issuance of
the letters patent, make provision for the issue of share certificates
representing shares of the bank and for the exchange of those
certificates for share certificates representing the shares of the
company that were outstanding on the day the letters patent were issued.
|
Shares of bank may continue to be held
|
(7) Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Act, where letters patent incorporating a bank include a provision
described in subsection (1) and, on the date of issuance of the letters
patent, another bank and any entities controlled by that other bank
held, in the aggregate, more than ten per cent of any class of shares
of the applicant company, that other bank may have a significant
interest in any class of shares of the bank deemed to be issued
pursuant to subsection (1) in exchange for the shares of the company
for a period of two years from the date of issuance of the letters
patent.
|
Extension of period
|
(8) On application of a bank authorized by
subsection (7) to hold, directly or through a subsidiary, shares of
another bank, the Minister may, by order, extend the period referred to
in subsection (7), but the aggregate of such extensions from time to
time granted to a bank and of the period referred to in subsection (7)
may not, in any case, exceed ten years.
(9) [Repealed, 2001, c. 9, s. 48]
1991, c. 46, ss. 29, 573, c. 47, s. 756; 2001, c. 9, s. 48.
|
Notice of issue of letters patent
|
30. The Superintendent shall cause to be published in the Canada Gazette a notice of the issuance of letters patent incorporating a bank.
|
First directors
|
31. The first directors of a bank are the directors named in the application for letters patent to incorporate the bank.
|
Effect of letters patent
|
32. A bank comes into existence on the date provided therefor in its letters patent.
|
|
Continuance
|
Federal corporations
|
33. (1) A body corporate incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act or
any other Act of Parliament, including a bank holding company, may
apply to the Minister for letters patent continuing the body corporate
as a bank under this Act.
|
Other corporations
|
(2) A body corporate incorporated otherwise than
by or under an Act of Parliament may, if so authorized by the laws of
the jurisdiction where it is incorporated, apply to the Minister for
letters patent continuing the body corporate as a bank under this Act.
1991, c. 46, s. 33; 1994, c. 24, s. 34(F); 2001, c. 9, s. 49.
|
Application for continuance
|
34. (1) Where a body corporate applies for
letters patent under subsection 33(1) or (2), sections 23 to 27 apply
in respect of the application, with such modifications as the
circumstances require.
|
Special resolution approval
|
(2) Where a body corporate applies for letters
patent under subsection 33(1) or (2), the application must be duly
authorized by a special resolution.
|
Copy of special resolution
|
(3) A copy of the special resolution referred to in subsection (2) shall be filed with the application.
|
Power to issue letters patent
|
35. (1) On the application of a body
corporate under subsection 33(1) or (2), the Minister may, subject to
this Part, issue letters patent continuing the body corporate as a bank
under this Act.
|
Issue of letters patent
|
(2) Where letters patent are issued to a body
corporate under subsection (1), section 28 applies in respect of the
issue of letters patent, with such modifications as the circumstances
require.
|
Effect of letters patent
|
36. On the day set out in the letters patent continuing a body corporate as a bank under subsection 35(1),
(a) the body corporate becomes a bank as if it had been incorporated under this Act; and
(b) the letters patent are deemed to be the incorporating instrument of the continued bank.
|
Copy of letters patent
|
37. (1) Where a body corporate is continued
as a bank under this Part, the Superintendent shall forthwith send a
copy of the letters patent to the appropriate official or public body
in the jurisdiction in which the body corporate was authorized to apply
to be continued under this Act.
|
Notice of issuance of letters patent
|
(2) The Superintendent shall cause to be published in the Canada Gazette a notice of the issuance of letters patent continuing a body corporate as a bank under this Act.
|
Effects of continuance
|
38. Where a body corporate is continued as a bank under this Part,
(a) the property of the body corporate continues to be the property of the bank;
(b) the bank continues to be liable for the obligations of the body corporate;
(c) an existing cause of action or claim by
or against the body corporate or any liability of the body corporate to
prosecution is unaffected;
(d) a civil, criminal or administrative
action or proceeding pending by or against the body corporate may
continue to be prosecuted by or against the bank;
(e) a conviction against, or any ruling,
order or judgment in favour of or against the body corporate may be
enforced by or against the bank;
(f) a person who, on the day the body
corporate becomes a bank, was the holder of a security issued by the
body corporate is not deprived of any right or privilege available to
the person at that time in respect of the security or relieved of any
liability in respect thereof, but any such right or privilege may be
exercised only in accordance with this Act; and
(g) the by-laws of the body corporate, except those that are in conflict with this Act, continue as the by-laws of the bank.
|
Transitional
|
39. (1) Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Act or the regulations, the Minister may, on the recommendation
of the Superintendent, by order, grant to a bank in respect of which
letters patent were issued under subsection 35(1) permission to
(a) engage in a business activity specified
in the order that a bank is not otherwise permitted by this Act to
engage in and that the body corporate continued as the bank was
engaging in at the time the application for the letters patent was made;
(b) continue to have issued and outstanding
debt obligations the issue of which is not authorized by this Act if
the debt obligations were outstanding at the time the application for
the letters patent was made;
(c) [Repealed, 1994, c. 47, s. 14]
(d) hold assets that a bank is not
otherwise permitted by this Act to hold if the assets were held by the
body corporate continued as the bank at the time the application for
the letters patent was made;
(e) acquire and hold assets that a bank is
not otherwise permitted by this Act to acquire or hold if the body
corporate continued as the bank was obliged, at the time the
application for the letters patent was made, to acquire those assets;
and
(f) maintain outside Canada any records or
registers required by this Act to be maintained in Canada and maintain
and process outside Canada information and data relating to the
preparation and maintenance of such records or registers.
|
Duration
|
(2) The permission granted under subsection (1)
shall be expressed to be granted for a period specified in the order
not exceeding
(a) with respect to any activity described in paragraph (1)(a),
thirty days after the date of issue of the letters patent or, where the
activity is conducted pursuant to an agreement existing on the date of
issue of the letters patent, the expiration of the agreement;
(b) with respect to any matter described in paragraph (1)(b), ten years; and
(c) with respect to any matter described in any of paragraphs (1)(d) to (f), two years.
|
Renewal
|
(3) Subject to subsection (4), the Minister may,
on the recommendation of the Superintendent, by order, renew a
permission granted by order under subsection (1) with respect to any
matter described in paragraphs (1)(b) to (e) for such further period or periods as the Minister considers necessary.
|
Limitation
|
(4) The Minister shall not grant to a bank any permission
(a) with respect to matters described in paragraph (1)(b),
that purports to be effective more than ten years after the date of the
approval for the bank to commence and carry on business, unless the
Minister is satisfied on the basis of evidence on oath provided by an
officer of the bank that the bank will not be able at law to redeem at
the end of the ten years the outstanding debt obligations to which the
permission relates; and
(b) with respect to matters described in paragraphs (1)(d) and (e),
that purports to be effective more than ten years after the date of the
approval for the bank to commence and carry on business.
1991, c. 46, s. 39; 1994, c. 47, s. 14; 1997, c. 15, s. 3.
|
|
Discontinuance
|
This Act ceases to apply
|
39.1 If section 39.2 or 402.1 applies in
respect of a bank, on the day specified in the letters patent
continuing the bank as a company under subsection 33(1) or 234(1) of
the Trust and Loan Companies Act, this Act ceases to apply to the bank and that Act applies to the company so continued under that Act.
1991, c. 46, s. 574; 1997, c. 15, s. 4; 1999, c. 28, s. 11; 2001, c. 9, s. 50.
|
Other transfer
|
39.2 A bank may apply for letters patent continuing the bank as a company under subsection 33(1) of the Trust and Loan Companies Act or amalgamating and continuing the bank as a company under section 228 and subsection 234(1) of that Act.
1997, c. 15, s. 4; 2001, c. 9, s. 50.
|
|
Corporate Name
|
Prohibited names
|
40. A bank may not be incorporated under this Act with a name
(a) that is prohibited by an Act of Parliament;
(b) that is, in the opinion of the Superintendent, deceptively misdescriptive;
(c) that is the same as or, in the opinion
of the Superintendent, substantially the same as or confusingly similar
to, any existing
(i) trade-mark or trade name, or
(ii) corporate name of a body corporate,
except where the trade-mark or trade name is being
changed or the body corporate is being dissolved or is changing its
corporate name and consent to the use of the trade-mark, trade name or
corporate name is signified to the Superintendent in such manner as the
Superintendent may require;
(d) that is the same as or, in the opinion
of the Superintendent, substantially the same as or confusingly similar
to, the known name under or by which any entity carries on business or
is identified; or
(e) that is reserved under section 43 for
another bank or an authorized foreign bank or a proposed bank or a
proposed authorized foreign bank or under section 697 for a bank
holding company or a proposed bank holding company.
1991, c. 46, s. 40; 1996, c. 6, s. 1; 1997, c. 15, s. 5; 1999, c. 28, s. 12; 2001, c. 9, s. 51.
|
Affiliated bank
|
41. Despite section 40, a bank that is
affiliated with another entity may, with the consent of that entity and
the approval of the Superintendent, be incorporated with, or change its
name to, substantially the same name as that of the affiliated entity.
1991, c. 46, s. 41; 1996, c. 6, s. 1; 2001, c. 9, s. 52.
|
French or English form of name
|
42. (1) The name of a bank may be set out
in its letters patent in an English form, a French form, an English
form and a French form or in a combined English and French form, and
the bank may use and be legally designated by any such form.
|
Alternate name
|
(2) A bank may identify itself outside Canada by
its name in any language and the bank may use and be legally designated
by any such form of its name outside Canada.
|
Other name
|
(3) Subject to subsection (4) and section 255, a
bank may carry on business under or identify itself by a name other
than its corporate name.
|
Directions
|
(4) Where a bank is carrying on business under or
identifying itself by a name other than its corporate name, the
Superintendent may, by order, direct the bank not to use that other
name if the Superintendent is of the opinion that that other name is a
name referred to in any of paragraphs 40(a) to (e).
1991, c. 46, s. 42; 1996, c. 6, s. 2.
|
Reserved name
|
43. The Superintendent may, on request,
reserve for ninety days a name for a proposed bank or proposed
authorized foreign bank or for a bank or authorized foreign bank that
intends to change its name.
1991, c. 46, s. 43; 1999, c. 28, s. 13.
|
Directing change of name
|
44. (1) If through inadvertence or otherwise a bank
(a) comes into existence or is continued with a name, or
(b) on an application to change its name, is granted a name
that is prohibited by section 40, the
Superintendent may, by order, direct the bank to change its name and
the bank shall comply with that direction.
|
Revoking name
|
(2) If a bank has been directed under subsection
(1) to change its name and has not, within sixty days after the service
of the direction, changed its name to a name that is not prohibited by
this Act, the Superintendent may revoke the name of the bank and assign
to it a name and, until changed in accordance with section 215 or 217,
the name of the bank is thereafter the name so assigned.
1991, c. 46, s. 44; 1996, c. 6, s. 3; 2001, c. 9, s. 53.
|
|
PART IV ORGANIZATION AND COMMENCEMENT
|
|
Organization Meetings
|
First directors' meeting
|
45. (1) After letters patent incorporating
a bank are issued, a meeting of the directors of the bank shall be held
at which the directors may, subject to this Part,
(a) make by-laws;
(b) adopt forms of share certificates and corporate records;
(c) authorize the issue of shares of the bank;
(d) appoint officers;
(e) appoint, pursuant to subsection 314(1), an auditor or auditors to hold office until the first meeting of shareholders;
(f) make banking arrangements; and
(g) deal with any other matters necessary to organize the bank.
|
Calling directors' meeting
|
(2) An incorporator or a director named in the
application for letters patent may call the meeting referred to in
subsection (1) by giving, subject to subsection 181(2), no fewer than
five days notice of the purpose, time and place of the meeting to each
director of the bank.
|
Calling shareholders' meeting
|
46. (1) If at least five million dollars,
or any greater amount that the Minister may specify, has been received
by a bank in respect of which letters patent were issued under section
22 from the issue of its shares, the directors of the bank shall
without delay call a meeting of the shareholders of the bank.
|
Meeting of shareholders
|
(2) The shareholders of a bank shall, by resolution at the meeting of shareholders called pursuant to subsection (1),
(a) approve, amend or reject any by-law made by the directors of the bank;
(b) subject to section 168, elect directors
to hold office for a term expiring not later than the close of the
third annual meeting of shareholders following the election; and
(c) appoint an auditor or auditors to hold office until the close of the first annual meeting of shareholders.
1991, c. 46, s. 46; 2001, c. 9, s. 54.
|
Term of first directors
|
47. A director named in the application for
letters patent to incorporate a bank holds office until the election of
directors at the meeting of shareholders called pursuant to subsection
46(1).
|
|
Commencement and Carrying on of Business
|
Order to commence and carry on business
|
48. (1) A bank shall not carry on any
business until the Superintendent has, by order, approved the
commencement and carrying on of business by the bank.
|
Deeming
|
(2) If, on the day this subsection comes into
force, an order approving the commencement and carrying on of business
by a bank named in Schedule I or II as those Schedules read immediately
before that day, has not been made, such an order is deemed to have
been made in respect of the bank on that day.
|
Continued bank
|
(3) Except in respect of a body corporate that is
continued as a bank under this Act for the purposes of forthwith
amalgamating with one or more bodies corporate and continuing as a bank
under this Act, where letters patent continuing a body corporate as a
bank under this Act are issued, the Superintendent shall make an order
approving the commencement and carrying on of business by the bank.
|
Amalgamated bank
|
(4) Where letters patent amalgamating and
continuing two or more bodies corporate as a bank under this Act are
issued, the Superintendent shall make an order approving the
commencement and carrying on of business by the bank.
|
Subsection 49(2) and section 52 do not apply
|
(5) For greater certainty, subsection 49(2) and
section 52 do not apply in respect of a bank referred to in subsections
(3) and (4).
1991, c. 46, s. 48; 2001, c. 9, s. 55.
|
Authority to make order
|
49. (1) On application by a bank, the
Superintendent may make an order approving the commencement and
carrying on of business by the bank.
|
Statement of payments
|
(2) An application by a bank for an order under
subsection (1) must contain a statement setting out the amounts paid or
to be paid by the bank in connection with its incorporation and
organization.
|
No payments before order
|
50. Until an order approving the
commencement and carrying on of business is made for a bank, the bank
shall not make any payment on account of incorporation or organization
expenses out of moneys received from the issue of the shares of the
bank and interest thereon, except reasonable sums
(a) for the remuneration of not more than two officers;
(b) for the payment of costs related to the issue of shares of the bank; and
(c) for the payment of clerical assistance,
legal services, accounting services, office accommodation at one
location, office expenses, advertising, stationery, postage and travel
expenses.
|
Deposits and investments before order
|
51. Where a bank comes into existence but
no order approving the commencement and carrying on of business is made
for the bank, the bank may only
(a) deposit, in Canada, paid-in capital of the bank in another deposit-taking Canadian financial institution; or
(b) invest paid-in capital of the bank in unencumbered securities of the Government of Canada or the government of any province.
|
Conditions for order
|
52. (1) The Superintendent shall not make
an order approving the commencement and carrying on of business by a
bank until it has been shown to the satisfaction of the Superintendent
that
(a) the meeting of shareholders of the bank referred to in subsection 46(1) has been duly held;
(b) the bank has paid-in capital of at
least five million dollars or any greater amount that is specified by
the Minister under subsection 46(1);
(c) the expenses of incorporation and organization to be borne by the bank are reasonable; and
(d) all other relevant requirements of this Act have been complied with.
|
Time limit
|
(2) The Superintendent shall not make an order
approving the commencement and carrying on of business by a bank more
than one year after the day on which the bank comes into existence.
1991, c. 46, s. 52; 2001, c. 9, s. 56.
|
Conditions of order
|
53. An order approving the commencement and
carrying on of business by a bank may contain such conditions or
limitations that are consistent with this Act and relate to the
business of the bank as the Superintendent deems expedient and
necessary.
|
Variations
|
54. (1) In respect of the order approving
the commencement and carrying on of business by a bank, the
Superintendent may at any time, by further order,
(a) make the order subject to such
conditions or limitations that are consistent with this Act and that
relate to the business of the bank as the Superintendent deems
expedient and necessary, or
(b) amend or revoke any authorization contained in the order or any condition or limitation to which the order is subject,
but before making any such further order the
Superintendent shall provide the bank with an opportunity to make
representations regarding that further order.
(2) to (6) [Repealed, 1996, c. 6, s. 4]
1991, c. 46, s. 54; 1996, c. 6, s. 4.
|
Limit on assets
|
54.1 (1) The Minister may, by order,
require a bank not to have average total assets in any three month
period ending on the last day of a month subsequent to the month
specified in the order exceeding the bank's average total assets in the
three month period ending on the last day of the month immediately
before the month specified in the order if the Minister is of the
opinion that it is in the best interests of the financial system in
Canada to do so, after having considered the Superintendent's opinion on
(a) the nature and extent of the financial services activities carried out by entities affiliated with the bank; and
(b) the impact that the nature and degree
of supervision and regulation of those financial services activities
have on the supervision and regulation of the bank.
|
Revocation of order
|
(2) If the Minister is of the opinion that the
circumstances giving rise to the order have ceased to exist or have
changed substantially, the Minister may, by further order, revoke the
order.
|
Average total assets
|
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1), the
average total assets of a bank in a three month period shall be
computed by adding the total assets of the bank as calculated for the
month end of each of the three months in the period and by dividing the
sum by three.
|
Definition of "total assets"
|
(4) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (3),
"total assets", in respect of a bank, has the meaning given that
expression by the regulations.
2001, c. 9, s. 57.
|
Permission to subsidiary of foreign bank
|
55. (1) On the recommendation of the
Superintendent, the Minister may, at the same time that an order is
made approving the commencement and carrying on of business by a bank
that is the subsidiary of a foreign bank, by further order, grant the
subsidiary permission to
(a) hold assets that banks are not
otherwise permitted by this Act to hold if those assets consist of
shares of a body corporate incorporated by or under an Act of
Parliament or of the legislature of a province that, at the time
application for letters patent incorporating the subsidiary was made,
were held by the eligible foreign institution, as defined in subsection
370(1), that is the holding body corporate of the subsidiary or any
affiliate of that eligible foreign institution; and
(b) hold assets that banks are not
otherwise permitted by this Act to hold if, at the time application for
letters patent incorporating the subsidiary was made, the assets were
held by an affiliate of the eligible foreign institution, as defined in
subsection 370(1), that is the holding body corporate of the subsidiary.
Despite any other provision of this Act or the regulations, the subsidiary may act in accordance with that permission.
|
Extension of permission
|
(2) Permission granted to a bank by order of the
Minister under subsection (1) is only for the period specified in the
order. That period may not be more than two years, except that the
Minister may extend the period by further order on application by the
bank. The total of the period and any extensions of it may not, in any
case, exceed ten years.
1991, c. 46, s. 55; 1997, c. 15, s. 6; 1999, c. 31, s. 9; 2001, c. 9, s. 58.
|
Public notice
|
56. (1) On the making of an order approving
the commencement and carrying on of business by a bank, the bank shall
publish a notice of the making of the order in a newspaper in general
circulation at or near the place where the head office of the bank is
located.
|
Notice in Canada Gazette
|
(2) The Superintendent shall cause to be published in the Canada Gazette a notice of the making of an order approving the commencement and carrying on of business by a bank.
|
Non-application to existing bank
|
(3) For greater certainty, this section does not apply to a bank referred to in subsection 48(2).
|
Cessation of existence
|
57. Except for the sole purpose of winding
up the bank's affairs, a bank ceases to exist one year after the day on
which its incorporating instrument became effective if it does not
obtain an order approving the commencement and carrying on of business
within that year.
|
Allowed disbursements
|
58. (1) Where an order approving the
commencement and carrying on of business is not made for a bank, no
part of the moneys of the bank shall be used for the payment of
incorporation and organization expenses, other than remuneration and
costs referred to in section 50, unless the payment has been approved
by a special resolution.
|
Application to court to settle disbursements
|
(2) If the amount allowed by a special resolution
for the payment of any incorporation and organization expenses referred
to in subsection (1) is considered insufficient by the directors or if
no special resolution for the payment of such expenses is passed, the
directors may apply to any court having jurisdiction in the place where
the head office of the bank is situated to settle and determine the
amounts to be paid out of any moneys of the bank before distribution of
the balance to the shareholders or, where there are no shareholders, to
the incorporators.
|
Notice of application to court
|
(3) The directors shall, at least twenty-one days
prior to the date fixed for the hearing of the application referred to
in subsection (2), send to the shareholders or incorporators, as the
case may be, a notice of the application, which notice shall contain a
statement of the amounts that are proposed to be settled and determined
by the court.
|
Ratio payable
|
(4) In order that the amounts paid and payable
under this section may be equitably borne by the shareholders or
incorporators, as the case may be, the directors shall, after the
amounts of the payments have been approved by special resolution or
settled and determined by a court, fix the proportionate part thereof
chargeable to each shareholder or incorporator as the ratio of the
amount paid in by the shareholder or incorporator to the aggregate of
all the amounts paid in by the shareholders or incorporators.
|
Return of excess
|
(5) After the amounts referred to in this section
have been paid, the directors shall pay, with any interest earned
thereon, to the shareholders or incorporators, the respective balances
of the moneys paid in by them, less the amount chargeable to each
shareholder or incorporator under subsection (4).
|
|
PART V CAPITAL STRUCTURE
|
|
Share Capital
|
Power to issue shares
|
59. (1) Subject to this Act and the by-laws
of the bank, shares of a bank may be issued at such times and to such
persons and for such consideration as the directors of the bank may
determine.
|
Shares
|
(2) Shares of a bank shall be in registered form and shall be without nominal or par value.
|
Shares of existing bank
|
(3) Shares with nominal or par value of a bank
that was in existence immediately prior to the day this Part comes into
force are deemed to be shares without nominal or par value.
|
Shares of continued bank
|
(4) Where a body corporate is continued as a bank
under this Act, shares with nominal or par value issued by the body
corporate before it was so continued are deemed to be shares without
nominal or par value.
|
Deemed share conditions
|
(5) If a right, other than a voting right, of a
holder of a share with nominal or par value of a bank referred to in
subsection (3) or a body corporate continued as a bank under this Act
was stated or expressed in terms of the nominal or par value of the
share immediately before the coming into force of this subsection or
the continuance under this Act, as the case may be, that right is
deemed, after the coming into force of this Part or the continuance, as
the case may be, to be the same right stated or expressed without
reference to the nominal or par value of the share.
1991, c. 46, s. 59; 2001, c. 9, s. 59.
|
Common shares
|
60. (1) A bank shall have one class of
shares, to be designated as "common shares", which are non-redeemable
and in which the rights of the holders thereof are equal in all
respects, and those rights include
(a) the right to vote at all meetings of
shareholders except where only holders of a specified class of shares
are entitled to vote;
(b) the right to receive dividends declared on those shares; and
(c) the right to receive the remaining property of the bank on dissolution.
|
Designations of shares
|
(2) No bank shall designate more than one class of its shares as "common shares" or any variation of that term.
|
Existing bank
|
(3) A bank that is not in compliance with
subsection (2) on the coming into force of this Part shall, within
twelve months after the coming into force of this Part, redesignate its
shares to comply with that subsection.
|
Continued bank
|
(4) A body corporate continued as a bank under
this Act that is not in compliance with subsection (2) on the date
letters patent continuing it as a bank are issued shall, within twelve
months after that date, redesignate its shares to comply with that
subsection.
|
Classes of shares
|
61. (1) The by-laws of a bank may provide for more than one class of shares and, if they so provide, shall set out
(a) the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the shares of each class; and
(b) the maximum number, if any, of shares of any class that the bank is authorized to issue.
|
Shareholder approval
|
(2) Where a by-law referred to in subsection (1)
is made, the directors of the bank shall submit the by-law to the
shareholders at the next meeting of shareholders.
|
Effective date
|
(3) A by-law referred to in subsection (1) is not
effective until it is confirmed or confirmed with amendments by special
resolution of the shareholders at the meeting referred to in subsection
(2).
1991, c. 46, s. 61; 2001, c. 9, s. 60.
|
Shares in series
|
62. (1) The by-laws of a bank made pursuant
to section 61 may authorize the issue of any class of shares in one or
more series and may authorize the directors of the bank to fix the
maximum number, if any, of shares in each series and to determine the
designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching
to the shares of each series, subject to the limitations set out in the
by-laws.
|
Series participation
|
(2) If any cumulative dividend or amounts payable
on return of capital in respect of a series of shares are not paid in
full, the shares of all series of the same class participate rateably
in respect of accumulated dividends and return of capital.
|
Voting rights
|
(3) Where voting rights are attached to any series
of a class of shares, the shares of every other series of that class
shall have the same voting rights.
|
Restriction on series
|
(4) No rights, privileges, restrictions or
conditions attached to a series of shares authorized under this section
confer on the series a priority in respect of dividends or return of
capital over any other series of shares of the same class that are then
outstanding.
|
Material to Superintendent
|
(5) Before the issue of shares of a series of
shares authorized under this section, the directors shall send to the
Superintendent a copy of the by-law authorizing the directors to fix
the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions of those shares and
shall provide the Superintendent with particulars of the proposed
series of shares.
|
One share, one vote
|
63. Where voting rights are attached to a share of a bank, the voting rights may confer only one vote in respect of that share.
|
Shares non-assessable
|
64. Shares issued by a bank after the
coming into force of this section are non-assessable and the
shareholders are not liable to the bank or to its creditors in respect
thereof.
|
Consideration for share
|
65. (1) No share of any class of shares of
a bank shall be issued until it is fully paid for in money or, with the
approval of the Superintendent, in property.
|
Other currencies
|
(2) When issuing shares, a bank may provide that
any aspect of the shares relating to money or involving the payment of
or the liability to pay money be in a currency other than the currency
of Canada.
|
Stated capital account
|
66. (1) A bank shall maintain a separate stated capital account for each class and series of shares it issues.
|
Addition to stated capital account
|
(2) A bank shall record in the appropriate stated
capital account the full amount of any consideration it receives for
any shares it issues.
|
Exception
|
(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2), a bank may
record in the appropriate stated capital account part of the amount of
any consideration it receives for shares it issues
(a) in exchange for
(i) property of a person who immediately before
the exchange did not deal with the bank at arm's length within the
meaning of the Income Tax Act, or
(ii) shares of a body corporate that
immediately before the exchange, or because of the exchange, did not
deal with the bank at arm's length within the meaning of the Income Tax Act; or
(b) under an agreement referred to in
subsection 224(1) to shareholders of an amalgamating body corporate who
receive the shares in addition to or instead of securities of the
amalgamated bank.
|
Limit on addition to a stated capital account
|
(4) On the issuance of a share, a bank shall not
add to the stated capital account in respect of the share an amount
greater than the amount of the consideration it receives for the share.
|
Constraint on addition to a stated capital account
|
(5) Where a bank that has issued any outstanding
shares of more than one class or series proposes to add to a stated
capital account that it maintains in respect of a class or series of
shares an amount that was not received by the bank as consideration for
the issue of shares, the addition must be approved by special
resolution unless all the issued and outstanding shares are of not more
than two classes of convertible shares referred to in subsection 77(4).
1991, c. 46, s. 66; 1997, c. 15, s. 7.
|
Stated capital of continued bank
|
67. (1) Where a body corporate is continued
as a bank under this Act, the bank shall record in the stated capital
account maintained for each class and series of shares then outstanding
an amount that is equal to the aggregate of
(a) the aggregate amount paid up on the
shares of each class and series of shares immediately before the body
corporate was so continued, and
(b) the amount of the contributed surplus of the bank that is attributable to those shares.
|
Contributed surplus entry
|
(2) The amount of any contributed surplus recorded in the stated capital account pursuant to paragraph (1)(b) shall be deducted from the contributed surplus account of the bank.
|
Shares issued before continuance
|
(3) Any amount unpaid in respect of a share issued
by a body corporate before it was continued as a bank under this Act
and paid after it was so continued shall be recorded in the stated
capital account maintained by the bank for the shares of that class or
series.
|
Pre-emptive right
|
68. (1) Where the by-laws of a bank so
provide, no shares of any class shall be issued unless the shares have
first been offered to the shareholders holding shares of that class,
and those shareholders have a pre-emptive right to acquire the offered
shares in proportion to their holdings of the shares of that class, at
such price and on such terms as those shares are to be offered to
others.
|
Exception
|
(2) Notwithstanding the existence of a pre-emptive
right, a shareholder of a bank has no pre-emptive right in respect of
shares of a class to be issued
(a) for a consideration other than money;
(b) as a share dividend; or
(c) pursuant to the exercise of conversion privileges, options or rights previously granted by the bank.
|
Idem
|
(3) Notwithstanding the existence of a pre-emptive
right, a shareholder of a bank has no pre-emptive right in respect of
shares to be issued
(a) where the issue of shares to the shareholder is prohibited by this Act; or
(b) where, to the knowledge of the
directors of the bank, the offer of shares to a shareholder whose
recorded address is in a country other than Canada ought not to be made
unless the appropriate authority in that country is provided with
information in addition to that submitted to the shareholders at the
last annual meeting.
|
Conversion privileges
|
69. (1) A bank may issue conversion
privileges, options or rights to acquire securities of the bank, and
shall set out the conditions thereof
(a) in the documents that evidence the conversion privileges, options or rights; or
(b) in the securities to which the conversion privileges, options or rights are attached.
|
Transferable rights
|
(2) Conversion privileges, options and rights to
acquire securities of a bank may be made transferable or
non-transferable, and options and rights to acquire such securities may
be made separable or inseparable from any securities to which they are
attached.
|
Reserved shares
|
(3) Where a bank has granted privileges to convert
any securities issued by the bank into shares, or into shares of
another class or series, or has issued or granted options or rights to
acquire shares, if the by-laws limit the number of authorized shares,
the bank shall reserve and continue to reserve sufficient authorized
shares to meet the exercise of such conversion privileges, options and
rights.
|
Holding of own shares
|
70. Except as provided in sections 71 to 74, or unless permitted by the regulations, a bank shall not
(a) hold shares of the bank or of any body corporate that controls the bank;
(b) hold any ownership interests of any unincorporated entity that controls the bank;
(c) permit any of its subsidiaries to hold any shares of the bank or of any body corporate that controls the bank; or
(d) permit any of its subsidiaries to hold any ownership interests of any unincorporated entity that controls the bank.
|
Purchase and redemption of shares
|
71. (1) Subject to subsection (2) and to
its by-laws, a bank may, with the consent of the Superintendent,
purchase, for the purpose of cancellation, any shares issued by it, or
redeem any redeemable shares issued by it at prices not exceeding the
redemption price thereof calculated according to a formula stated in
its by-laws or the conditions attaching to the shares.
|
Restrictions on purchase and redemption
|
(2) A bank shall not make any payment to purchase
or redeem any shares issued by it if there are reasonable grounds for
believing that the bank is, or the payment would cause the bank to be,
in contravention of any regulation referred to in subsection 485(1) or
(2) or any direction made pursuant to subsection 485(3).
|
Donated shares
|
(3) A bank may accept from any shareholder a share
of the bank surrendered to it as a gift, but may not extinguish or
reduce a liability in respect of an amount unpaid on any such share
except in accordance with section 75.
|
Holding as personal representative
|
72. (1) A bank may, and may permit its
subsidiaries to, hold, in the capacity of a personal representative,
shares of the bank or of any body corporate that controls the bank or
ownership interests in any unincorporated entity that controls the
bank, but only where the bank or the subsidiary does not have a
beneficial interest in the shares or ownership interests.
|
Security interest
|
(2) A bank may, and may permit its subsidiaries to, by way of a security interest
(a) hold shares of the bank or of any body corporate that controls the bank, or
(b) hold any ownership interests of any entity that controls the bank,
where the security interest is nominal or
immaterial when measured by criteria established by the bank that have
been approved in writing by the Superintendent.
|
Saving
|
(3) Nothing in subsection (2) precludes a bank
that was in existence immediately prior to the day this Part comes into
force, or any of its subsidiaries, from holding any security interest
held immediately prior to the coming into force of this Part.
|
Cancellation of shares
|
73. (1) Subject to subsection (2), where a
bank purchases shares of the bank or fractions thereof or redeems or
otherwise acquires shares of the bank, the bank shall cancel those
shares.
|
Requirement to sell
|
(2) Where a bank or any of its subsidiaries,
through the realization of security, acquires any shares of the bank or
of any body corporate that controls the bank or any ownership interests
in an unincorporated entity that controls the bank, the bank shall, or
shall cause its subsidiaries to, as the case may be, within six months
after the day of the realization, sell or otherwise dispose of the
shares or ownership interests.
|
Subsidiary holding shares
|
74. Subject to the regulations, a bank that
was in existence immediately prior to the day this Part comes into
force shall cause any subsidiary of the bank that holds shares of the
bank, or of any body corporate that controls the bank, or any ownership
interests of any unincorporated entity that controls the bank to sell
or otherwise dispose of those shares or ownership interests within six
months after the day this section comes into force.
|
Reduction of capital
|
75. (1) The stated capital of a bank may be reduced by special resolution.
|
Limitation
|
(2) A bank shall not reduce its stated capital by
special resolution if there are reasonable grounds for believing that
the bank is, or the reduction would cause the bank to be, in
contravention of any regulation referred to in subsection 485(1) or (2)
or any direction made pursuant to subsection 485(3).
|
Contents of special resolution
|
(3) A special resolution to reduce the stated
capital of a bank shall specify the stated capital account or accounts
from which the reduction of stated capital effected by the special
resolution will be deducted.
|
Approval by Superintendent
|
(4) A special resolution to reduce the stated
capital of a bank has no effect until it is approved in writing by the
Superintendent.
|
Conditions for approval
|
(5) No approval to reduce the stated capital of a
bank may be given by the Superintendent unless application therefor is
made within three months after the time of the passing of the special
resolution and a copy of the special resolution, together with a notice
of intention to apply for approval, has been published in the Canada Gazette.
|
Statements to be submitted
|
(6) In addition to evidence of the passing of a
special resolution to reduce the stated capital of a bank and of the
publication thereof, statements showing
(a) the number of the bank's shares issued and outstanding,
(b) the results of the voting by class of shares of the bank,
(c) the bank's assets and liabilities, and
(d) the reason why the bank seeks the reduction of capital
shall be submitted to the Superintendent at the time of the application for approval of the special resolution.
|
Recovery by action
|
76. (1) Where any money or property was
paid or distributed to a shareholder or other person as a consequence
of a reduction of capital made contrary to section 75, a creditor of
the bank may apply to a court for an order compelling the shareholder
or other person to pay the money or deliver the property to the bank.
|
Shares held by personal representative
|
(2) No person holding shares in the capacity of a
personal representative and registered on the records of the bank as a
shareholder and therein described as the personal representative of a
named person is personally liable under subsection (1), but the named
person is subject to all the liabilities imposed by that subsection.
|
Limitation
|
(3) An action to enforce a liability imposed by
subsection (1) may not be commenced more than two years after the date
of the act complained of.
|
Remedy preserved
|
(4) This section does not affect any liability that arises under section 207.
|
Adjustment of stated capital account
|
77. (1) On a purchase, redemption or other
acquisition by a bank of shares or fractions thereof issued by it,
other than shares acquired pursuant to section 72 or acquired through
the realization of security and sold pursuant to subsection 73(2), the
bank shall deduct from the stated capital account maintained for the
class or series of shares so purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired
an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying the stated
capital in respect of the shares of that class or series by the number
of shares of that class or series so purchased, redeemed or otherwise
acquired and dividing by the number of shares of that class or series
outstanding immediately before the purchase, redemption or other
acquisition.
|
Idem
|
(2) A bank shall adjust its stated capital account
or accounts in accordance with any special resolution referred to in
section 75.
|
Shares converted to another class
|
(3) On a conversion of outstanding shares of a
bank into shares of another class or series, or on a change of
outstanding shares of the bank into shares of another class or series,
the bank shall
(a) deduct from the stated capital account
maintained for the class or series of shares converted or changed an
amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying the stated capital
of the shares of that class or series by the number of shares of that
class or series converted or changed, and dividing by the number of
outstanding shares of that class or series immediately before the
conversion or change; and
(b) record the result obtained under paragraph (a)
and any additional consideration received pursuant to the conversion or
change in the stated capital account maintained or to be maintained for
the class or series of shares into which the shares have been converted
or changed.
|
Stated capital of convertible shares
|
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3) and subject
to the bank's by-laws, where a bank issues two classes of shares and
there is attached to each class a right to convert a share of one class
into a share of the other class and a share is so converted, the amount
of stated capital attributable to a share in either class is the
aggregate of the stated capital of both classes divided by the number
of outstanding shares of both classes immediately before the conversion.
|
Conversion or change of shares
|
(5) Shares issued by a bank and converted into
shares of another class or series, or changed under subsection 217(1)
into shares of another class or series, become issued shares of the
class or series of shares into which the shares have been converted or
changed.
|
Addition to stated capital account
|
78. On a conversion of any debt obligation of a bank into shares of a class or series of shares, the bank shall
(a) deduct from the liabilities of the bank the nominal value of the debt obligation being converted; and
(b) record the result obtained under paragraph (a)
and any additional consideration received for the conversion in the
stated capital account maintained or to be maintained for the class or
series of shares into which the debt obligation has been converted.
|
Declaration of dividend
|
79. (1) The directors of a bank may declare
and a bank may pay a dividend by issuing fully paid shares of the bank
or options or rights to acquire fully paid shares of the bank and,
subject to subsections (4) and (5), the directors of a bank may declare
and a bank may pay a dividend in money or property, and where a
dividend is to be paid in money, the dividend may be paid in a currency
other than the currency of Canada.
|
Notice to Superintendent
|
(2) The directors of a bank shall notify the
Superintendent of the declaration of a dividend at least ten days prior
to the day fixed for its payment.
|
Share dividend
|
(3) If shares of a bank are issued in payment of a
dividend, the bank shall record in the stated capital account
maintained or to be maintained for the shares of the class or series
issued in payment of the dividend the declared amount of the dividend
stated as an amount of money.
|
When dividend not to be declared
|
(4) The directors of a bank shall not declare and
a bank shall not pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for
believing that the bank is, or the payment would cause the bank to be,
in contravention of any regulation referred to in subsection 485(1) or
(2) or any direction made pursuant to subsection 485(3).
|
When dividend not to be declared
|
(5) The directors of a bank shall not declare and
a bank shall not pay a dividend in any financial year without the
approval of the Superintendent if, on the day the dividend is declared,
the total of all dividends declared by the bank in that year would
exceed the aggregate of the bank's net income up to that day in that
year and of its retained net income for the preceding two financial
years.
1991, c. 46, s. 79; 2001, c. 9, s. 61.
|
|
Subordinated Indebtedness
|
Restriction on subordinated indebtedness
|
80. (1) A bank shall not issue subordinated
indebtedness unless the subordinated indebtedness is fully paid for in
money or, with the approval of the Superintendent, in property.
|
References to subordinated indebtedness
|
(2) A person shall not in any prospectus,
advertisement, correspondence or literature relating to any
subordinated indebtedness issued or to be issued by a bank refer to the
subordinated indebtedness otherwise than as subordinated indebtedness.
|
Deemed not to be a deposit
|
(3) Subordinated indebtedness issued by a bank is deemed not to be a deposit.
|
Other currencies
|
(4) When issuing subordinated indebtedness, a bank
may provide that any aspect of the subordinated indebtedness relating
to money or involving the payment of or the liability to pay money in
relation thereto be in a currency other than that of Canada including,
without restricting the generality of the foregoing, the payment of any
interest thereon.
|
|
Security Certificates and Transfers
|
Definitions
|
81. In this section and sections 82 to 135,
|
"adverse claim" « opposition »
|
"adverse claim" includes a claim that a transfer
was or would be wrongful or that a particular adverse person is the
owner of or has an interest in a security;
|
"bona fide purchaser" « acheteur de bonne foi »
|
"bona fide purchaser" means a purchaser
for value in good faith and without notice of any adverse claim who
takes delivery of a security in bearer form or order form or of a
security in registered form issued to the purchaser or endorsed to the
purchaser or endorsed in blank;
|
"clearing agency" « agence de compensation et de dépôt »
|
"clearing agency" means a person designated as a recognized clearing agency by the Superintendent;
|
"delivery" « livraison » ou « remise »
|
"delivery" means voluntary transfer of possession;
|
"fungible" « fongibles »
|
"fungible", in respect of securities, means
securities of which any unit is, by nature or usage of trade, the
equivalent of any other like unit;
|
"genuine" « authentique »
|
"genuine" means free of forgery or counterfeit;
|
"good faith" « bonne foi »
|
"good faith" means honesty in fact in the conduct of the transaction concerned;
|
"over-issue" « émission excédentaire »
|
"over-issue" means the issue of securities in excess of any maximum number of securities that the issuer is authorized to issue;
|
"purchaser" « acquéreur »
|
"purchaser" means a person who takes an interest
in a security by sale, mortgage, pledge, issue, reissue, gift or any
other voluntary transaction;
|
"security" or "security certificate" « valeur mobilière » ou « certificat de valeur mobilière »
|
"security" or "security certificate" means an instrument issued by a bank that is
(a) in bearer, order or registered form,
(b) of a type commonly dealt in on
securities exchanges or markets or commonly recognized in any area in
which it is issued or dealt in as a medium for investment,
(c) one of a class or series or by its terms divisible into a class or series of instruments, and
(d) evidence of a share, participation or other interest in or obligation of a bank,
but does not include an instrument evidencing a deposit;
|
"securities broker" « courtier »
|
"securities broker" means a person who is engaged
for all or part of the person's time in the business of buying and
selling securities and who, in the transaction concerned, acts for, or
buys a security from, or sells a security to, a customer;
|
"trust indenture" « acte de fiducie »
|
"trust indenture" has the meaning given that expression by section 294;
|
"unauthorized" « non autorisé »
|
"unauthorized", in relation to a signature or an
endorsement, means a signature or an endorsement made without actual,
implied or apparent authority, and includes a forgery;
|
"uncertificated security" « valeur mobilière sans certificat »
|
"uncertificated security" means a security, not
evidenced by a security certificate, the issue and any transfer of
which is registered or recorded in records maintained for that purpose
by or on behalf of a bank;
|
"valid" « valide »
|
"valid" means issued in accordance with the applicable law or validated under section 97.
|
Provisions governing transfers of securities
|
82. The transfer of a security is governed by sections 83 to 135.
|
Security a negotiable instrument
|
83. (1) A security is a negotiable instrument but, in the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Bills of Exchange Act and this Act, this Act prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.
|
Bearer form
|
(2) A security is in bearer form if it is payable to bearer according to its terms and not by reason of any endorsement.
|
Order form
|
(3) A security is in order form where the security
is not a share and, by its terms, it is payable to the order or assigns
of any person therein specified with reasonable certainty or to the
person or the person's order.
|
Registered form
|
(4) A security is in registered form if
(a) it specifies a person entitled to the
security or to the rights it evidences, and its transfer is capable of
being recorded in a securities register; or
(b) it bears a statement that it is in registered form.
|
Status of guarantor
|
84. A guarantor for an issuer of a security
is deemed to be an issuer to the extent of the guarantee, whether or
not the guarantor's obligation is noted on the security.
|
Rights of holder
|
85. (1) Subject to Part VII, every security
holder is entitled at the holder's option to a security certificate
that complies with this Act or to a non-transferable written
acknowledgement of the holder's right to obtain a security certificate
that complies with this Act from a bank in respect of the securities of
that bank held by the security holder.
|
Fee for security certificate
|
(2) A bank may charge a fee, not exceeding a prescribed amount, for a security certificate issued in respect of a transfer.
|
Joint holders
|
(3) A bank is not required to issue more than one
security certificate in respect of securities held jointly by several
persons, and delivery of a security certificate to one of several joint
holders is sufficient delivery to all joint holders of the security.
1991, c. 46, s. 85; 1999, c. 31, s. 10.
|
Signatures on security certificate
|
86. (1) A security certificate shall be signed manually
(a) by at least one director or officer of the bank,
(b) by or on behalf of a registrar, transfer agent or branch transfer agent of the bank, or
(c) by a trustee who certifies it in accordance with a trust indenture,
and any additional signatures required on a security certificate may be printed or otherwise mechanically produced thereon.
|
No manual signature required
|
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), a manual
signature is not required on a security certificate representing a
fractional share, on an option or a right to acquire a security or on a
scrip certificate.
|
Continuation of signature
|
(3) Where a security certificate contains a
printed or mechanically reproduced signature of a person, the bank may
issue the security certificate, notwithstanding that the person has
ceased to be a director or an officer of the bank, and the security
certificate is as valid as if the person were a director or an officer
at the date of its issue.
|
Contents of share certificate
|
87. There shall be stated on the face of each share certificate issued by a bank after the coming into force of this section
(a) the name of the bank;
(b) a statement that the bank is subject to the Bank Act;
(c) the name of the person to whom the share certificate is issued; and
(d) the number and class of shares and the designation of any series that the certificate represents.
|
Restrictions and constraints
|
88. (1) If a security certificate issued by a bank is or becomes subject to
(a) a restriction on its transfer other than a constraint under Part VII, or
(b) a lien in favour of the bank,
the restriction or lien is ineffective against
a transferee of the security who has no actual knowledge of it, unless
the restriction or lien or a reference to it is noted conspicuously on
the security certificate.
|
Limit on restriction
|
(2) Where any of the issued shares of a bank are
or were part of a distribution to the public and remain outstanding and
are held by more than one person, the bank shall not have a restriction
on the issue, transfer or ownership of its shares of any class or
series except by way of a constraint under Part VII.
|
Transitional
|
(3) If a body corporate that is continued as a
bank under this Act has outstanding security certificates and the words
"private company" or "private corporation" appear on the certificates,
those words are deemed to be a notice of a restriction or lien for the
purposes of subsection (1).
|
Particulars of class
|
89. (1) There shall be stated legibly on a
share certificate issued after the coming into force of this section by
a bank that is authorized to issue shares of more than one class or
series
(a) the rights, privileges, restrictions
and conditions attached to the shares of each class and series existing
when the share certificate is issued; or
(b) that the class or series of shares that
the certificate represents has rights, privileges, restrictions or
conditions attached thereto and that the bank will furnish a
shareholder, on demand and without charge, with a full copy of
(i) the text of the rights, privileges,
restrictions and conditions attached to each class authorized to be
issued and to each series in so far as those rights, privileges,
restrictions and conditions have been fixed by the directors, and
(ii) the text of the authority of the
directors, if the directors are so authorized, to fix the rights,
privileges, restrictions and conditions of subsequent series of shares.
|
Duty
|
(2) Where a share certificate issued by a bank contains the statement mentioned in paragraph (1)(b),
the bank shall provide a shareholder, on demand and without charge,
with a full copy of the texts referred to in subparagraphs (1)(b)(i) and (ii).
|
Fractional share
|
90. A bank may issue a certificate for a
fractional share or may issue in place thereof a scrip certificate in
bearer form that entitles the holder to receive a certificate for a
full share by exchanging scrip certificates aggregating a full share.
|
Scrip certificates
|
91. The directors of a bank may attach conditions to any scrip certificate issued by the bank, including conditions that
(a) the scrip certificate becomes void if
not exchanged for a share certificate representing a full share before
a specified date; and
(b) any shares for which the scrip
certificate is exchangeable may, notwithstanding any pre-emptive right,
be issued by the bank to any person and the proceeds thereof may be
distributed rateably to the holders of all the scrip certificates.
|
Holders of fractional shares
|
92. (1) A holder of a fractional share
issued by a bank is not entitled to exercise voting rights or to
receive a dividend in respect of the fractional share.
|
Holders of scrip certificates
|
(2) A holder of a scrip certificate is not
entitled to exercise voting rights or to receive a dividend in respect
of the scrip certificate.
|
Dealings with registered holder
|
93. (1) A bank or a trustee within the
meaning of section 294 may, subject to subsections 137(2) to (5) and
sections 138 to 141 and 145, treat the registered owner of a security
as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notices, to
receive any interest, dividend or other payment in respect of the
security and to exercise all of the rights and powers of an owner of
the security.
|
Constructive registered holder
|
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), a bank may
treat a person as a registered security holder entitled to exercise all
of the rights of the security holder that the person represents, if
that person provides the bank with evidence as described in subsection
127(4) that the person is
(a) the heir or personal representative of
a deceased security holder or the personal representative of the heirs
of the deceased security holder;
(b) the personal representative of a registered security holder who is an infant, an incompetent person or a missing person; or
(c) a liquidator of, or a trustee in bankruptcy for, a registered security holder.
|
Permissible registered holder
|
(3) If a person on whom the ownership of a
security of a bank devolves by operation of law, other than a person
described in subsection (2), provides proof of that person's authority
to exercise rights or privileges in respect of a security of the bank
that is not registered in the person's name, the bank shall, subject to
this Act, treat that person as entitled to exercise those rights or
privileges.
|
Immunity of bank
|
(4) A bank is not required to inquire into the
existence of, or see to the performance or observance of, any duty owed
to a third person by a registered holder of any of its securities or by
anyone whom it treats, as permitted or required by this Part, as the
owner or registered holder thereof.
1991, c. 46, s. 93; 2001, c. 9, s. 62(F).
|
Infant owner
|
94. If an infant exercises any rights of
ownership in the securities of a bank, no subsequent repudiation or
avoidance is effective against the bank.
|
Joint shareholders
|
95. A bank may treat as owners of a
security the survivors of persons to whom the security was issued as
joint holders, if the bank receives proof satisfactory to it of the
death of any of the joint holders.
|
Transmission of securities
|
96. (1) Subject to the provisions of Part
VII and any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes, a
person referred to in paragraph 93(2)(a) is entitled to become
registered as the owner of a security, or to designate another person
to be registered as the owner of a security, if the person referred to
in paragraph 93(2)(a) delivers to the bank or its transfer agent
(a) the original grant of probate or of letters of administration, or a copy thereof certified to be a true copy by
(i) the court that granted the probate or letters of administration,
(ii) a trust company incorporated under the Trust and Loan Companies Act or under the laws of a province, or
(iii) a lawyer or notary acting on behalf of the person referred to in paragraph 93(2)(a), or
(b) in the case of transmission by notarial
will in the Province of Quebec, a copy thereof authenticated pursuant
to the laws of that Province,
together with
(c) an affidavit or declaration of transmission made by the person referred to in paragraph 93(2)(a) that states the particulars of the transmission, and
(d) the security certificate that was owned by the deceased holder
(i) in the case of a transfer to the person referred to in paragraph 93(2)(a), with or without the endorsement of that person, and
(ii) in the case of a transfer to any other person, endorsed in accordance with section 111,
and accompanied by any assurance the bank may require under section 127.
|
Excepted transmissions
|
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), if the laws of
the jurisdiction governing the transmission of a security of a deceased
holder do not require a grant of probate or of letters of
administration in respect of the transmission, a personal
representative of the deceased holder is entitled, subject to Part VII
and any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes, to become
registered as the owner or to designate a person to be registered as
the owner, if the personal representative delivers to the bank or its
transfer agent the following documents, namely,
(a) the security certificate that was owned by the deceased holder; and
(b) reasonable proof of the governing laws,
of the deceased holder's interest in the security and of the right of
the personal representative or the designated person to become the
registered shareholder.
|
Right of bank to treat as owner
|
(3) Subject to Part VII, delivery of the documents
referred to in this section empowers a bank or its transfer agent to
record in a securities register the transmission of a security from the
deceased holder to a person referred to in paragraph 93(2)(a) or
to such person as the person referred to in that paragraph may
designate and, thereafter, to treat the person who becomes so
registered as the owner of that security.
1991, c. 46, ss. 96, 575.
|
Over-issue
|
97. (1) The provisions of this Part that
validate a security or compel its issue or reissue do not apply to the
extent that a validation, issue or reissue would result in over-issue,
but
(a) if a valid security similar in all
respects to the security involved in the over-issue is reasonably
available for purchase, the person entitled to the validation or issue
may compel the issuer to purchase and deliver such a security to that
person against surrender of the security that the person holds; or
(b) if a valid security similar in all
respects to the security involved in the over-issue is not reasonably
available for purchase, the person entitled to the validation or issue
may recover from the issuer an amount equal to the price the last
purchaser for value paid for the invalid security.
|
Retroactive validation
|
(2) Where an issuer is subsequently authorized to
issue securities of a number equal to or exceeding the number of
securities previously authorized plus the amount of the securities
over-issued, the securities so over-issued are valid from the date of
their issue.
|
Payment not a purchase or redemption
|
(3) A purchase or payment by an issuer under
subsection (1) is not a purchase or payment in respect of which section
71 or 77 applies.
|
Burden of proof
|
98. In any action on a security,
(a) unless specifically denied in the pleadings, each signature on the security or in a necessary endorsement is admitted;
(b) a signature on the security is presumed
to be genuine and authorized but, if the effectiveness of the signature
is put in issue, the burden of establishing that it is genuine and
authorized is on the party claiming under the signature;
(c) if a signature is admitted or
established, production of the instrument entitles a holder to recover
on it unless the defendant establishes a defence or a defect going to
the validity of the security; and
(d) if the defendant establishes that a
defence or defect exists, the plaintiff has the burden of establishing
that the defence or defect is ineffective against the plaintiff or any
person under whom the plaintiff claims.
|
Securities fungible
|
99. Unless otherwise agreed, and subject to
any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, a person
required to deliver securities may deliver any security of the
specified issue in bearer form or registered in the name of the
transferee or endorsed to the transferee or in blank.
|
Notice of defect
|
100. (1) Even against a purchaser for value
and without notice of a defect going to the validity of a security, the
terms of the security include those stated on the security and those
incorporated therein by reference to another instrument, statute, rule,
regulation or order to the extent that the terms so referred to do not
conflict with the stated terms, but such a reference is not of itself
notice to a purchaser for value of a defect going to the validity of
the security, notwithstanding that the security expressly states that a
person accepting it admits the notice.
|
Purchaser for value
|
(2) A security is valid in the hands of a purchaser for value without notice of any defect going to its validity.
|
Lack of genuineness
|
(3) Except as provided in section 101, the fact
that a security is not genuine is a complete defence even against a
purchaser for value and without notice.
|
Ineffective defences
|
(4) All defences of an issuer, including
non-delivery and conditional delivery of a security but not including
lack of genuineness, are ineffective against a purchaser for value
without notice of the particular defence.
|
Staleness as defect notice
|
(5) After an event that creates a right to
immediate performance of the principal obligation evidenced by a
security, or that sets a date on or after which a security is to be
presented or surrendered for redemption or exchange, a purchaser is
deemed to have notice of any defect in its issue or of any defence of
the issuer
(a) if the event requires the payment of
money or the delivery of securities, or both, on presentation or
surrender of the security, and the funds or securities are available on
the date set for payment or exchange, and the purchaser takes the
security more than one year after that date; or
(b) if the purchaser takes the security
more than two years after the date set for presentation or surrender or
the date on which the performance became due.
|
Unauthorized signature
|
101. An unauthorized signature on a
security before or in the course of issue is ineffective, except that
the signature is effective in favour of a purchaser for value and
without notice of the lack of authority, if the signing has been done by
(a) an authenticating trustee, registrar,
transfer agent or other person entrusted by the issuer with the signing
of the security, or of similar securities, or their immediate
preparation for signing; or
(b) an employee of the issuer or of a person referred to in paragraph (a) who, in the ordinary course of the employee's duties, handles the security.
|
Completion or alteration
|
102. (1) Where a security contains the signatures necessary to its issue or transfer but is incomplete in any other respect,
(a) any person may complete it by filling in the blanks in accordance with the person's authority; and
(b) notwithstanding that the blanks are
incorrectly filled in, the security as completed is enforceable by a
purchaser who took it for value and without notice of the incorrectness.
|
Enforceability
|
(2) A completed security that has been improperly
altered, even if fraudulently altered, remains enforceable, but only
according to its original terms.
|
Warranties of agents
|
103. (1) A person signing a security, as
authenticating trustee, registrar, transfer agent or other person
entrusted by the issuer with the signing of the security, warrants to a
purchaser for value without notice that
(a) the security is genuine;
(b) the person's acts in connection with the issue of the security are within the person's authority; and
(c) the person has reasonable grounds for
believing that the security is in the form and within the amount the
issuer is authorized to issue.
|
Limitation of liability
|
(2) Unless otherwise agreed, a person referred to
in subsection (1) does not assume any further liability for the
validity of a security.
|
Title of purchaser
|
104. (1) Subject to Part VII, on delivery
of a security the purchaser acquires the rights in the security that
the purchaser's transferor had or had authority to convey, except that
the position of a purchaser who has been a party to any fraud or
illegality affecting the security or who as a prior holder had notice
of an adverse claim is not improved by taking from a later bona fide purchaser.
|
Title of bona fide purchaser
|
(2) A bona fide purchaser, in addition to acquiring the rights of a purchaser, also acquires the security free from any adverse claim.
|
Limited interest purchaser
|
(3) A purchaser of a limited interest acquires rights only to the extent of the interest purchased.
|
Deemed notice of adverse claim
|
105. A purchaser of a security, or any securities broker for a seller or purchaser, is deemed to have notice of an adverse claim if
(a) the security, whether in bearer form or
registered form, has been endorsed "for collection" or "for surrender"
or for some other purpose not involving transfer; or
(b) the security is in bearer form and has
on it a statement that it is the property of a person other than the
transferor, except that the mere writing of a name on a security is not
such a statement.
|
Notice of fiduciary duty
|
106. Notwithstanding that a purchaser, or
any securities broker for a seller or purchaser, has notice that a
security is held for a third person by, or is registered in the name of
or endorsed by, a fiduciary, neither the purchaser nor the securities
broker has any duty to inquire into the rightfulness of the transfer or
any notice of an adverse claim, except that if the purchaser or
securities broker for the seller or purchaser knows that the
consideration is to be used for, or that the transaction is for, the
personal benefit of the fiduciary or is otherwise in breach of the
fiduciary's duty, the purchaser or securities broker is deemed to have
notice of an adverse claim.
|
Staleness as notice
|
107. An event that creates a right to
immediate performance of the principal obligation evidenced by a
security or that sets a date on or after which the security is to be
presented or surrendered for redemption or exchange is not of itself
notice of an adverse claim, except in the case of a purchase
(a) made more than one year after any date set for such a presentation or surrender; or
(b) made more than six months after any
date set for payment of money against such a presentation or surrender
if funds are available for payment on that date.
|
Warranties to issuer
|
108. (1) A person who presents a security
for registration of transfer or for payment or exchange warrants to the
issuer that the person is entitled to the registration, payment or
exchange, except that a purchaser for value without notice of an
adverse claim who receives a new, reissued or re-registered security on
registration of transfer warrants only that the purchaser has no
knowledge of any unauthorized signature in a necessary endorsement.
|
Warranties to purchaser
|
(2) A person by transferring a security to a purchaser for value warrants only that
(a) the transfer is effective and rightful;
(b) the security is genuine and has not been materially altered; and
(c) the person knows of nothing that might impair the validity of the security.
|
Warranties of intermediary
|
(3) Where a security is delivered by an
intermediary known by the purchaser to be entrusted with delivery of
the security on behalf of another or with collection of a draft or
other claim to be collected against that delivery, the intermediary by
that delivery warrants only the intermediary's own good faith and
authority even if the intermediary has purchased or made advances
against the draft or other claim to be collected against the delivery.
|
Warranties of pledgee
|
(4) A pledgee or other holder for purposes of
security who redelivers a security received, or after payment and on
order of the debtor delivers that security to a third person, gives
only the warranties of an intermediary under subsection (3).
|
Warranties of securities broker
|
(5) A securities broker gives to the broker's
customer, to the issuer and to a purchaser, as the case may be, the
warranties provided in subsections (1) to (4) and has the rights and
privileges of a purchaser under those subsections, and those warranties
of and in favour of the broker acting as an agent are in addition to
warranties given by the broker's customer and warranties given in
favour of the broker's customer.
|
Right to compel endorsement
|
109. Where a security in registered form is delivered to a purchaser without a necessary endorsement, the purchaser may become a bona fide
purchaser only as of the time the endorsement is supplied, but against
the transferor the transfer is complete on delivery and the purchaser
has a specifically enforceable right to have any necessary endorsement
supplied.
|
Definition of "appropriate person"
|
110. (1) In this section, section 111, subsections 118(1), 121(4) and 126(1) and section 130, "appropriate person" means
(a) the person specified by the security or by special endorsement to be entitled to the security;
(b) if a person described in paragraph (a) is described as a fiduciary but is no longer serving in the described capacity, either that person or that person's successor;
(c) if the security or endorsement mentioned in paragraph (a)
specifies more than one person as fiduciaries and one or more of those
persons are no longer serving in the described capacity, the remaining
fiduciary or fiduciaries, whether or not a successor has been appointed;
(d) if a person described in paragraph (a)
is a natural person and is without capacity to act by reason of death,
incompetence, minority or other reason, the person's fiduciary;
(e) if the security or endorsement mentioned in paragraph (a)
specifies more than one person with right of survivorship and by reason
of death not all of the persons can sign, the survivor or survivors;
(f) a person having power to sign under any applicable law or a power of attorney; or
(g) to the extent that a person described in any of paragraphs (a) to (f) may act through an agent, the person's authorized agent.
|
Determining an "appropriate person"
|
(2) Whether the person signing is an appropriate
person is determined as of the time of signing, and an endorsement by
such a person does not become unauthorized for the purposes of this
Part by reason of any subsequent change of circumstances.
|
Endorsement
|
111. (1) An endorsement of a security in
registered form is made when an appropriate person signs, either on the
security or on a separate document, an assignment or transfer of the
security or a power to assign or transfer it, or when the signature of
an appropriate person is written without more on the back of the
security.
|
Special or blank
|
(2) An endorsement may be special or in blank.
|
Blank endorsement
|
(3) An endorsement in blank includes an endorsement to bearer.
|
Special endorsement
|
(4) A special endorsement specifies the person to whom the security is to be transferred, or who has power to transfer it.
|
Right of holder
|
(5) A holder may convert an endorsement in blank into a special endorsement.
|
Immunity of endorser
|
112. Unless otherwise agreed, the endorser
by the endorsement assumes no obligation that the security will be
honoured by the issuer.
|
Partial endorsement
|
113. An endorsement purporting to be an
endorsement of only part of a security representing units intended by
the issuer to be separately transferable is effective to the extent of
the endorsement.
|
Effect of failure by fiduciary to comply
|
114. Failure of a fiduciary to comply with
a controlling instrument or with the law of the jurisdiction governing
the fiduciary relationship, including any law requiring the fiduciary
to obtain court approval of a transfer, does not render the fiduciary's
endorsement unauthorized for the purposes of this Part.
|
Effect of endorsement without delivery
|
115. An endorsement of a security, whether
special or in blank, does not constitute a transfer until delivery of
the security on which it appears or, if the endorsement is on a
separate document, until delivery of both the security and that
document.
|
Endorsement in bearer form
|
116. An endorsement of a security in bearer
form may give notice of an adverse claim under section 105 but does not
otherwise affect any of the holder's rights.
|
Effect of unauthorized endorsement
|
117. (1) The owner of a security may assert
the ineffectiveness of an endorsement against the issuer or any
purchaser, other than a purchaser for value and without notice of an
adverse claim, who has in good faith received a new, reissued or
re-registered security on registration of transfer, unless the owner
(a) has ratified an unauthorized endorsement of the security; or
(b) is otherwise precluded from impugning the effectiveness of an unauthorized endorsement.
|
Liability of issuer
|
(2) An issuer who registers the transfer of a security on an unauthorized endorsement is liable for improper registration.
|
Warranties of guarantor of signature
|
118. (1) A person who guarantees the signature of an endorser of a security warrants that, at the time of signing,
(a) the signature was genuine;
(b) the signer was an appropriate person to endorse; and
(c) the signer had legal capacity to sign.
|
Limitation of liability
|
(2) A person who guarantees the signature of an
endorser does not otherwise warrant the rightfulness of the transfer to
which the signature relates.
|
Warranties of guarantor of endorsement
|
(3) A person who guarantees the endorsement of a
security warrants both the signature and the rightfulness, in all
respects, of the transfer to which the signature relates, but an issuer
may not require a guarantee of endorsement as a condition to
registration of transfer.
|
Extent of warrantor's liability
|
(4) The warranties referred to in subsections (1)
to (3) are made to any person who, relying on the guarantee, takes or
deals with the security, and the guarantor is liable to such a person
for any loss resulting from breach of warranty.
|
Constructive delivery of a security
|
119. Delivery to a purchaser occurs when
(a) the purchaser or a person designated by the purchaser acquires possession of a security;
(b) the purchaser's securities broker
acquires possession of a security specially endorsed to or issued in
the name of the purchaser;
(c) the purchaser's securities broker sends
the purchaser confirmation of the purchase and the broker in the
broker's records identifies a specific security as belonging to the
purchaser; or
(d) in respect of an identified security to
be delivered while still in the possession of a third person, that
person acknowledges that it is held for the purchaser.
|
Constructive ownership of security
|
120. (1) A purchaser is the owner of a
security held for the purchaser by a securities broker, but a purchaser
is not a holder except in the cases referred to in paragraphs 119(b) and (c).
|
Ownership of part of fungible bulk
|
(2) If a security is part of a fungible bulk, a
purchaser of the security is the owner of the proportionate interest in
the fungible bulk.
|
Notice to securities broker of adverse claim
|
(3) Notice of an adverse claim received by a
securities broker or by a purchaser after the broker takes delivery as
a holder for value is not effective against the broker or the
purchaser, except that, as between the broker and the purchaser, the
purchaser may demand delivery of an equivalent security in respect of
which no notice of an adverse claim has been received.
|
Delivery of security
|
121. (1) Unless otherwise agreed, if a sale of a security is made on a stock exchange or otherwise through securities brokers,
(a) the selling customer fulfils the
customer's duty to deliver when the customer delivers the security to
the selling securities broker or to a person designated by the selling
securities broker or causes an acknowledgement to be made to the
selling securities broker that it is held for the selling securities
broker; and
(b) the selling securities broker,
including a correspondent broker, acting for a selling customer fulfils
the securities broker's duty to deliver by delivering the security or a
like security to the buying securities broker or to a person designated
by the buying securities broker or by effecting clearance of the sale
in accordance with the rules of the exchange on which the transaction
took place.
|
Duty to deliver
|
(2) Except as otherwise provided in this section
and unless otherwise agreed, a transferor's duty to deliver a security
under a contract of purchase is not fulfilled until the transferor
delivers the security in negotiable form to the purchaser or to a
person designated by the purchaser, or causes an acknowledgement to be
made to the purchaser that the security is held for the purchaser.
|
Delivery to securities broker
|
(3) A sale to a securities broker purchasing for
the securities broker's own account is subject to subsection (2) and
not subsection (1), unless the sale is made on a stock exchange.
|
Transfer through clearing agency
|
(4) If a security shown in the records of a clearing agency is evidenced by
(a) a security certificate in the custody
of the clearing agency or a custodian, or a nominee of either, subject
to the instructions of the clearing agency, and is in bearer form or
endorsed in blank by an appropriate person or registered in the name of
the clearing agency or a custodian, or of a nominee of either, or
(b) an uncertificated security registered
or recorded in records maintained by or on behalf of the bank in the
name of the clearing agency or a custodian, or of a nominee of either,
subject to the instructions of the clearing agency,
then, in addition to other methods, a transfer
or pledge of the security or any interest therein may be effected by
the making of an appropriate entry in the records of the clearing
agency.
|
Interest in fungible bulk
|
(5) Under subsections (4) to (10), entries may be
in respect of like securities or interests therein as part of a
fungible bulk and may refer merely to a quantity of a particular
security without reference to the name of the registered owner,
certificate or bond number or the like and, in appropriate cases, may
be on a net basis taking into account other transfers or pledges of the
same security.
|
Constructive endorsement and delivery
|
(6) A transfer or pledge under subsections (4) to
(10) has the effect of a delivery of a security in bearer form or duly
endorsed in blank representing the amount of the obligation or the
number of shares or rights transferred or pledged.
|
Idem
|
(7) If a pledge or the creation of a security
interest is intended, the making of entries has the effect of a taking
of delivery by the pledgee or a secured party and the pledgee or
secured party shall be deemed to have taken possession for all purposes.
|
Holder
|
(8) A person depositing a security certificate or
an uncertificated security with a clearing agency, or a transferee or
pledgee of a security under subsections (4) to (10), is a holder of the
security and shall be deemed to have possession of the security so
deposited, transferred or pledged, as the case may be, for all purposes.
|
Not registration
|
(9) A transfer or pledge under subsections (4) to (10) does not constitute a registration of transfer under sections 126 to 133.
|
Error in records
|
(10) That entries made in the records of the
clearing agency as provided in subsection (4) are not appropriate does
not affect the validity or effect of the entries nor the liabilities or
obligations of the clearing agency to any person adversely affected
thereby.
|
Right to reclaim possession
|
122. (1) A person against whom the transfer
of a security is wrongful for any reason, including the person's
incapacity, may, against anyone except a bona fide purchaser,
(a) reclaim possession of the security or obtain possession of any new security evidencing all or part of the same rights; or
(b) claim damages.
|
Recovery where unauthorized endorsement
|
(2) If the transfer of a security is wrongful by
reason of an unauthorized endorsement, the owner may reclaim possession
of the security or a new security even from a bona fide purchaser if the ineffectiveness of the purported endorsement is asserted against the purchaser under section 117.
|
Remedies
|
(3) The right to reclaim possession of a security
may be specially enforced, its transfer may be restrained and the
security may be impounded pending litigation.
|
Right to requisites for registration
|
123. (1) Unless otherwise agreed, a
transferor shall, on demand, supply a purchaser with proof of the
transferor's authority to transfer a security or with any other
requisite that is necessary to obtain registration of the transfer of a
security, but if the transfer is not for value, it is not necessary for
a transferor to prove authority to transfer unless the purchaser pays
the reasonable and necessary costs of the proof and transfer.
|
Rescission of transfer
|
(2) If a transferor fails to comply with a demand
under subsection (1) within a reasonable time, the purchaser may reject
or rescind the transfer.
|
Seizure of security
|
124. No seizure of a security or other
interest evidenced thereby is effective until the person making the
seizure obtains possession of the security.
|
No conversion if good faith delivery
|
125. An agent or bailee who in good faith,
including observance of reasonable commercial standards if the agent or
bailee is in the business of buying, selling or otherwise dealing with
securities of a bank, has received securities and sold, pledged or
delivered them according to the instructions of the agent's or bailee's
principal is not liable for conversion or for participation in breach
of fiduciary duty even though the principal has no right to dispose of
the securities.
|
Duty to register transfer
|
126. (1) Subject to Part VII, where a
security in registered form is presented for transfer, the issuer shall
register the transfer if
(a) the security is endorsed by an appropriate person;
(b) reasonable assurance is given that the endorsement is genuine and effective;
(c) the issuer has no duty to inquire into adverse claims or has discharged any such duty;
(d) all applicable laws relating to the collection of taxes have been complied with;
(e) the transfer is rightful or is to a bona fide purchaser; and
(f) the fee, if any, referred to in subsection 85(2) has been paid.
|
Liability for delay
|
(2) Where an issuer has a duty to register a
transfer of a security, the issuer is liable to the person presenting
it for registration for any loss resulting from any unreasonable delay
in registration or from the failure or refusal to register the transfer.
|
Assurance of endorsements
|
127. (1) An issuer may require an assurance
that each necessary endorsement on a security is genuine and effective
by requiring a guarantee of the signature of the person endorsing the
security and by requiring
(a) if the endorsement is by an agent, reasonable assurance of authority to sign;
(b) if the endorsement is by a fiduciary, evidence of appointment or incumbency;
(c) if there is more than one fiduciary, reasonable assurance that all who are required to sign have done so; and
(d) in any other case, assurance that corresponds as closely as practicable to the foregoing.
|
Definition of "guarantee of the signature"
|
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), "guarantee
of the signature" means a guarantee signed by or on behalf of a person
whom the issuer believes, on reasonable grounds, to be a responsible
person.
|
Standards
|
(3) An issuer may adopt reasonable standards to determine responsible persons for the purposes of subsection (2).
|
Definition of "evidence of appointment or incumbency"
|
(4) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), "evidence of appointment or incumbency" means
(a) in the case of a fiduciary appointed by
a court and referred to in subsection 96(1), a copy of the certified
court order referred to in subsection 96(1) and dated not earlier than
sixty days before the day a security is presented for transfer; or
(b) in the case of any other fiduciary, a
copy of a document showing the appointment or other evidence believed
by the issuer to be appropriate.
|
Standards
|
(5) An issuer may adopt reasonable standards with respect to evidence referred to in paragraph (4)(b).
|
No notice to issuer
|
(6) An issuer is deemed not to have notice of the
contents of any document referred to in subsection (4) that is obtained
by the issuer except to the extent that the contents relate directly to
appointment or incumbency.
|
Notice from additional documentation
|
128. If an issuer, in relation to a
transfer, demands assurance other than an assurance specified in
subsection 127(1) and obtains a copy of a will, trust or partnership
agreement or a by-law or similar document, the issuer is deemed to have
notice of all matters contained therein affecting the transfer.
|
Limited duty of inquiry
|
129. (1) An issuer to whom a security is presented for registration has a duty to inquire into adverse claims if
(a) the issuer receives written notice of
an adverse claim at a time and in a manner that provides the issuer
with a reasonable opportunity to act on it before the issue of a new,
reissued or re-registered security and the notice discloses the name
and address of the claimant, the registered owner and the issue of
which the security is a part; or
(b) the issuer is deemed to have notice of an adverse claim from a document that it obtained under section 128.
|
Discharge of duty
|
(2) An issuer may discharge a duty of inquiry by
any reasonable means, including notifying an adverse claimant by
registered mail sent to the address provided by the adverse claimant
or, if no such address has been provided, to the adverse claimant's
residence or regular place of business, that a security has been
presented for registration of transfer by a named person and that the
transfer will be registered unless, within thirty days after the date
of mailing of the notice, either
(a) the issuer is served with a restraining order or other order of a court, or
(b) the issuer is provided with an
indemnity bond sufficient in the issuer's judgment to protect the
issuer and any registrar, transfer agent or other agent of the issuer
from any loss that may be incurred by any of them as a result of
complying with the adverse claim.
|
Inquiry into adverse claims
|
130. Unless an issuer is deemed to have
notice of an adverse claim from a document that it obtained under
section 128 or has received notice of an adverse claim under subsection
129(1), if a security presented for registration is endorsed by the
appropriate person, the issuer has no duty to inquire into adverse
claims and, in particular,
(a) an issuer registering a security in the
name of a person who is a fiduciary or who is described as a fiduciary
is not bound to inquire into the existence, extent or correct
description of the fiduciary relationship and thereafter the issuer may
assume without inquiry that the newly registered owner continues to be
the fiduciary until the issuer receives written notice that the
fiduciary is no longer acting as such with respect to the particular
security;
(b) an issuer registering a transfer on an
endorsement by a fiduciary has no duty to inquire into whether the
transfer is made in compliance with the document or with the law of the
jurisdiction governing the fiduciary relationship; and
(c) an issuer is deemed not to have notice
of the contents of any court record or any registered document even if
the record or document is in the issuer's possession and even if the
transfer is made on the endorsement of a fiduciary to the fiduciary
specifically or to the fiduciary's nominee.
|
Duration of notice of adverse claim
|
131. A written notice of adverse claim
received by an issuer is effective for twelve months after the day it
was received unless the notice is renewed in writing.
|
Limitation on issuer's liability
|
132. (1) Except as otherwise provided in
any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes, an issuer is
not liable to the owner or any other person who incurs a loss as a
result of the registration of a transfer of a security if
(a) the necessary endorsements were on or with the security; and
(b) the issuer had no duty to inquire into adverse claims or had discharged any such duty.
|
Duty of issuer on default
|
(2) If an issuer has registered a transfer of a
security to a person not entitled to it, the issuer shall on demand
deliver a like security to the owner unless
(a) the issuer is not liable by virtue of subsection (1);
(b) the owner is precluded by subsection 133(1) from asserting any claim; or
(c) the delivery would result in over-issue in respect of which section 97 applies.
|
Lost or stolen security
|
133. (1) Where a security has been lost,
apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify
the issuer of that fact by giving the issuer written notice of the
owner's adverse claim within a reasonable time after the owner knows of
the loss, destruction or taking, then, if the issuer has registered a
transfer of the security before receiving the notice, the owner is
precluded from asserting against the issuer any claim to a new security.
|
Duty to issue new security
|
(2) Where the owner of a security claims that the
security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the issuer shall
issue a new security in place of the original security if the owner
(a) so requests before the issuer has notice that the security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser;
(b) provides the issuer with a sufficient indemnity bond; and
(c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the issuer.
|
Duty to register transfer
|
(3) If, after the issue of a new security under subsection (2), a bona fide
purchaser of the original security presents the original security for
registration of transfer, the issuer shall register the transfer unless
registration would result in over-issue in respect of which section 97
applies.
|
Right of issuer to recover
|
(4) In addition to the rights that an issuer has
by reason of an indemnity bond, the issuer may recover the new security
issued under subsection (2) from the person to whom it was issued or
any person taking under that person other than a bona fide purchaser.
|
Authenticating agent's duty
|
134. An authenticating trustee, registrar,
transfer agent or other agent of an issuer has, in respect of the
issue, registration of transfer and cancellation of a security of the
issuer,
(a) a duty to the issuer to exercise good faith and reasonable diligence; and
(b) the same obligations to the holder or owner of a security and the same rights, privileges and immunities as the issuer.
|
Notice to agent
|
135. Notice to an authenticating trustee,
registrar, transfer agent or other agent of an issuer is notice to the
issuer in respect of the functions performed by the agent.
|
|
PART VI CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
|
Shareholders
|
Place of meetings
|
136. Meetings of shareholders of a bank
shall be held at the place within Canada provided for in the by-laws of
the bank or, in the absence of any such provision, at the place within
Canada that the directors determine.
|
Calling meetings
|
137. (1) The directors of a bank
(a) shall, after the meeting called
pursuant to subsection 46(1), call the first annual meeting of
shareholders of the bank, which meeting must be held not later than six
months after the end of the first financial year of the bank, and
subsequently call an annual meeting of shareholders, which meeting must
be held not later than six months after the end of each financial year;
and
(b) may at any time call a special meeting of shareholders.
|
Fixing record date
|
(2) For the purpose of determining shareholders
(a) entitled to receive payment of a dividend,
(b) entitled to participate in a liquidation distribution, or
(c) for any other purpose except the right to receive notice of, or to vote at, a meeting,
the directors may fix in advance a date as the
record date for the determination of shareholders, but the record date
so fixed shall not precede by more than fifty days the particular
action to be taken.
|
Record date for meetings
|
(3) For the purpose of determining shareholders
entitled to receive notice of a meeting of shareholders, the directors
may fix in advance a date as the record date for the determination of
shareholders, but the record date so fixed shall not precede by more
than fifty days or by less than twenty-one days the date on which the
meeting is to be held.
|
No record date fixed
|
(4) If no record date is fixed pursuant to subsection (2) or (3),
(a) the record date for the determination
of shareholders for any purpose, other than to establish a
shareholder's right to receive notice of a meeting or to vote, is the
day on which the directors pass the resolution relating to the
particular purpose; and
(b) the record date for the determination
of shareholders entitled to receive notice of, or to vote at, a meeting
of shareholders is
(i) the day immediately preceding the day on which the notice is given, or
(ii) if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held.
|
When record date fixed
|
(5) When a record date is fixed for a bank, unless
notice of the record date is waived in writing by every holder of a
share of the class or series affected whose name is set out in the
central securities register at the close of business on the date the
directors fix the record date, notice thereof shall, not less than
seven days before the record date, be given
(a) by advertisement in a newspaper in
general circulation in the place where the head office of the bank is
situated and in each place in Canada where the bank has a transfer
agent or where a transfer of the bank's shares may be recorded; and
(b) by written notice to each stock exchange, if any, in Canada on which the shares of the bank are listed for trading.
|
Notice of meeting
|
138. (1) Notice of the time and place of a
meeting of shareholders of a bank shall be sent not less than
twenty-one days or more than fifty days before the meeting
(a) to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting;
(b) to each director; and
(c) to the auditor or auditors of the bank.
|
Number of eligible votes
|
(1.1) A bank with equity of five billion dollars
or more shall set out in the notice of a meeting the number of eligible
votes, as defined under subsection 156.09(1), that may be cast at the
meeting as of the record date for determining those shareholders
entitled to receive the notice of meeting or, if there are to be
separate votes of shareholders at the meeting, the number of eligible
votes, as defined in that subsection, in respect of each separate vote
to be held at the meeting.
|
Publication in newspaper
|
(2) In addition to the notice required under
subsection (1), where any class of shares of a bank is publicly traded
on a recognized stock exchange in Canada, notice of the time and place
of a meeting of shareholders shall be published once a week for at
least four consecutive weeks before the date of the meeting in a
newspaper in general circulation in the place where the head office of
the bank is situated and in each place in Canada where the bank has a
transfer agent or where a transfer of the bank's shares may be recorded.
1991, c. 46, s. 138; 2001, c. 9, s. 63.
|
When notice not required
|
139. (1) A notice of a meeting of
shareholders is not required to be sent to shareholders who were not
registered on the records of the bank or its transfer agent on the
record date fixed or determined under subsection 137(3) or (4).
|
Effect of default
|
(2) Failure to receive a notice of a meeting of shareholders does not deprive a shareholder of the right to vote at the meeting.
|
Notice of adjourned meeting
|
140. (1) If a meeting of shareholders is
adjourned for less than thirty days, it is not necessary, unless the
by-laws otherwise provide, to give notice of the adjourned meeting,
other than by announcement at the earliest meeting that is adjourned.
|
Notice where adjournment is longer
|
(2) If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned by
one or more adjournments for a total of thirty days or more, notice of
the continuation of the meeting shall be given as for an original
meeting but, unless the meeting is adjourned by one or more
adjournments for a total of more than ninety days, subsection 156.04(1)
does not apply.
1991, c. 46, s. 140; 1997, c. 15, s. 8.
|
Special business
|
141. (1) All matters dealt with at a
special meeting of shareholders and all matters dealt with at an annual
meeting of shareholders, except consideration of the financial
statements, report of the auditor or auditors, election of directors,
remuneration of directors and reappointment of the incumbent auditor or
auditors, are deemed to be special business.
|
Notice of special business
|
(2) Notice of a meeting of shareholders at which special business is to be transacted must
(a) state the nature of the special business in sufficient detail to permit a shareholder to form a reasoned judgment thereon; and
(b) contain the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting.
|
Waiver of notice
|
142. (1) A shareholder and any other person
entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders may in any manner waive
notice of a meeting of shareholders.
|
Idem
|
(2) Attendance at a meeting of shareholders is a
waiver of notice of the meeting, except when a person attends the
meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any
business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.
1991, c. 46, s. 142; 2001, c. 9, s. 64(F).
|
Shareholder's proposal
|
143. (1) A shareholder entitled to vote at an annual meeting of shareholders of a bank may
(a) submit to the bank notice of any matter that the shareholder proposes to raise at the meeting; and
(b) discuss at the meeting any matter in respect of which the shareholder would have been entitled to submit a proposal.
|
Management proxy
|
(2) A bank that solicits proxies shall, in the
management proxy circular required by subsection 156.05(1), set out any
proposal of a shareholder submitted for consideration at a meeting of
shareholders or attach the proposal to the management proxy circular.
|
Shareholder's statement
|
(3) If so requested by a shareholder who submits a
proposal to a bank, the bank shall include in the management proxy
circular, or attach thereto, a statement by the shareholder of not more
than two hundred words in support of the proposal and the name and
address of the shareholder.
|
Nominations for directors
|
(4) A proposal may include nominations for the
election of directors if the proposal is signed by one or more holders
of shares representing in the aggregate not less than 5 per cent of the
shares or 5 per cent of the shares of a class of shares of the bank
entitled to vote at the meeting to which the proposal is to be
presented.
|
Conditions precedent for proposals
|
(5) A bank is not required to comply with subsections (2) and (3) if
(a) the proposal is not submitted to the
bank at least ninety days before the anniversary date of the previous
annual meeting of shareholders;
(b) it clearly appears that the proposal is
submitted by the shareholder primarily for the purpose of enforcing a
personal claim or redressing a personal grievance against the bank or
its directors, officers or security holders, or primarily for the
purpose of promoting general economic, political, racial, religious,
social or similar causes;
(c) the bank, at the shareholder's request,
included in a management proxy circular a proposal relating to a
meeting of shareholders held within two years preceding the receipt of
the request, and the shareholder failed to present the proposal, in
person or by proxy, at the meeting;
(d) substantially the same proposal was
submitted to shareholders in a management proxy circular or a
dissident's proxy circular relating to a meeting of shareholders held
within two years preceding the receipt of the shareholder's request and
the proposal was defeated; or
(e) the rights conferred by subsections (1) to (4) are being abused to secure publicity.
|
Immunity for proposal and statement
|
(6) No bank or person acting on behalf of a bank
incurs any liability by reason only of circulating a proposal or
statement in compliance with subsections (2) and (3).
1991, c. 46, s. 143; 1997, c. 15, s. 9.
|
Refusal of proposal
|
144. (1) If a bank refuses to include a
proposal in a management proxy circular, the bank shall, within ten
days after receiving the proposal, notify the shareholder submitting
the proposal of its intention to omit the proposal from the management
proxy circular and send to the shareholder a statement of the reasons
for the refusal.
|
Appeal to court
|
(2) On the application of a shareholder claiming
to be aggrieved by a bank's refusal under subsection (1), a court may
restrain the holding of the meeting at which the proposal is sought to
be presented and make any further order it thinks fit.
|
Idem
|
(3) A bank or any person claiming to be aggrieved
by a proposal may apply to a court for an order permitting the bank to
omit the proposal from the management proxy circular, and the court, if
it is satisfied that subsection 143(5) applies, may make such order as
it thinks fit.
|
Notice to Superintendent
|
(4) An applicant under subsection (2) or (3) shall
give the Superintendent written notice of the application and the
Superintendent may appear and be heard at the hearing of the
application in person or by counsel.
|
Shareholder list
|
145. (1) A bank shall prepare a list, which
may be in electronic form, of its shareholders entitled to receive
notice of a meeting under paragraph 138(1)(a), arranged in alphabetical order and showing the number of shares held by each shareholder, which list must be prepared
(a) if a record date is fixed under subsection 137(3), not later than ten days after that date; or
(b) if no record date is fixed,
(i) at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the notice is given, or
(ii) where no notice is given, on the day on which the meeting is held.
|
Effect of list
|
(2) Where a bank fixes a record date under subsection 137(3), a person named in the list prepared under paragraph (1)(a)
is, subject to this Act, entitled to vote the shares shown opposite
that person's name at the meeting to which the list relates, except to
the extent that
(a) the person has transferred the ownership of any of those shares after the record date, and
(b) the transferee of those shares
(i) produces properly endorsed share certificates, or
(ii) otherwise establishes that the transferee owns the shares,
and demands, not later than ten days before the
meeting or such shorter period before the meeting as the by-laws of the
bank provide, that the transferee's name be included in the list before
the meeting,
in which case the transferee may vote those transferred shares at the meeting.
|
Idem
|
(3) Where a bank does not fix a record date under subsection 137(3), a person named in the list prepared under paragraph (1)(b)
is, subject to this Act, entitled to vote the shares shown opposite
that person's name at the meeting to which the list relates, except to
the extent that
(a) the person has transferred the
ownership of any of those shares after the date on which a list was
prepared under subparagraph (1)(b)(i), and
(b) the transferee of those shares
(i) produces properly endorsed share certificates, or
(ii) otherwise establishes that the transferee owns the shares,
and demands, not later than ten days before the
meeting or such shorter period before the meeting as the by-laws of the
bank provide, that the transferee's name be included in the list before
the meeting,
in which case the transferee may vote those transferred shares at the meeting.
|
Examination of list
|
(4) A shareholder of a bank may examine the list of shareholders referred to in subsection (1)
(a) during usual business hours at the head
office of the bank or at the place where its central securities
register is maintained; and
(b) at the meeting of shareholders for which the list was prepared.
1991, c. 46, s. 145; 2001, c. 9, s. 65.
|
Quorum
|
146. (1) Unless the by-laws otherwise
provide, a quorum of shareholders is present at a meeting of
shareholders if the holders of a majority of the shares who are
entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by
proxyholders.
|
Idem
|
(2) If a quorum is present at the opening of a
meeting of shareholders, the shareholders present may, unless the
by-laws otherwise provide, proceed with the business of the meeting,
notwithstanding that a quorum is not present throughout the meeting.
|
Idem
|
(3) If a quorum is not present at the opening of a
meeting of shareholders, the shareholders present may adjourn the
meeting to a fixed time and place but may not transact any other
business.
|
One shareholder meeting
|
147. If a bank has only one shareholder, or
only one holder of any class or series of shares, the shareholder
present in person or represented by a proxyholder constitutes a meeting
of shareholders or a meeting of shareholders of that class or series.
|
One share -- one vote
|
148. Subject to section 156.09, if a share
of a bank entitles the holder of the share to vote at a meeting of
shareholders, that share entitles the shareholder to one vote at the
meeting.
1991, c. 46, s. 148; 2001, c. 9, s. 66.
|
Representative shareholder
|
149. (1) If an entity is a shareholder of a
bank, the bank shall recognize any natural person authorized by a
resolution of the directors or governing body or similar authority of
the entity to represent it at meetings of shareholders of the bank.
|
Idem
|
(2) A natural person authorized under subsection
(1) to represent an entity may exercise on behalf of the entity all the
powers the entity could exercise if it were a natural person as well as
a shareholder.
|
Joint shareholders
|
150. Unless the by-laws otherwise provide,
if two or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those holders
present at a meeting of shareholders may in the absence of the others
vote the shares, but if two or more of those persons who are present in
person or represented by proxyholder vote, they shall vote as one on
the shares jointly held by them.
|
Voting by hands or ballot
|
151. (1) Unless the by-laws otherwise
provide, voting at a meeting of shareholders shall take place by show
of hands except when a ballot is demanded by either a shareholder or
proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting.
|
Ballot
|
(2) A shareholder or proxyholder may demand a ballot either before or after any vote by show of hands.
|
Resolution in lieu of meeting
|
152. (1) Except where a written statement is submitted by a director under section 174 or by an auditor under subsection 321(1),
(a) a resolution in writing signed by all
the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of
shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the
shareholders; and
(b) a resolution in writing dealing with
all matters required by this Act to be dealt with at a meeting of
shareholders, and signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote at
that meeting, satisfies all the requirements of this Act relating to
meetings of shareholders.
|
Filing resolution
|
(2) A copy of every resolution referred to in subsection (1) shall be kept with the minutes of the meetings of shareholders.
|
Requisitioned meeting
|
153. (1) Shareholders who together hold not
less than 5 per cent of the issued and outstanding shares of a bank
that carry the right to vote at a meeting sought to be held may
requisition the directors to call a meeting of shareholders for the
purposes stated in the requisition.
|
Form
|
(2) A requisition referred to in subsection (1)
(a) must state the business to be
transacted at the meeting and must be sent to each director and to the
head office of the bank; and
(b) may consist of several documents of like form, each signed by one or more shareholders.
|
Directors calling meeting
|
(3) On receipt of a requisition referred to in
subsection (1), the directors shall call a meeting of shareholders to
transact the business stated in the requisition, unless
(a) a record date has been fixed under subsection 137(3) and notice thereof has been given under subsection 137(5);
(b) the directors have called a meeting of shareholders and have given notice thereof under section 138; or
(c) the business of the meeting as stated in the requisition includes matters described in paragraphs 143(5)(b) to (e).
|
Shareholders' power
|
(4) If the directors do not call a meeting within
twenty-one days after receiving the requisition referred to in
subsection (1), any shareholder who signed the requisition may call the
meeting.
|
Procedure
|
(5) A meeting called under this section shall be
called as nearly as possible in the manner in which meetings are to be
called pursuant to the by-laws and this Act.
|
Reimbursement
|
(6) Unless the shareholders otherwise resolve at a
meeting called under subsection (4), the bank shall reimburse the
shareholders for any expenses reasonably incurred by them in
requisitioning, calling and holding the meeting.
|
Meeting called by court
|
154. (1) Where it is impracticable
(a) to call a meeting of shareholders of a bank in the manner in which meetings of those shareholders are to be called, or
(b) to conduct the meeting in the manner required by the by-laws and this Act,
or where a court thinks fit to do so for any
other reason, the court, on the application of a director or a
shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, may order a meeting to be
called, held and conducted in such manner as the court directs.
|
Varying quorum
|
(2) Without restricting the generality of
subsection (1), a court may order that the quorum required by the
by-laws or this Act be varied or dispensed with at a meeting called,
held and conducted pursuant to this section.
|
Valid meeting
|
(3) A meeting called, held and conducted pursuant
to this section is for all purposes a meeting of shareholders of the
bank duly called, held and conducted.
|
Court review of election
|
155. (1) A bank or a shareholder or
director of a bank may apply to a court to resolve any dispute in
respect of the election or appointment of a director or an auditor of
the bank.
|
Powers of court
|
(2) On an application under subsection (1), a
court may make any order it thinks fit including, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing,
(a) an order restraining a director or
auditor whose election or appointment is challenged from acting pending
determination of the dispute;
(b) an order declaring the result of the disputed election or appointment;
(c) an order requiring a new election or
appointment, and including in the order directions for the management
of the business and affairs of the bank until a new election is held or
the new appointment is made; and
(d) an order determining the voting rights of shareholders and of persons claiming to own shares.
|
Notice to Superintendent
|
156. (1) A person who makes an application
under subsection 154(1) or 155(1) shall give notice of the application
to the Superintendent before the hearing and shall deliver a copy of
the order of the court, if any, to the Superintendent.
|
Superintendent representation
|
(2) The Superintendent may appear and be heard in
person or by counsel at the hearing of an application referred to in
subsection (1).
|
|
Proxies
|
Definitions
|
156.01 The definitions in this section apply in this section and sections 156.02 to 156.08.
|
"registrant" « courtier agréé »
|
"registrant" means a securities broker or dealer
required to be registered to trade or deal in securities under the laws
of any jurisdiction.
|
"solicit" or "solicitation" « sollicitation »
|
"solicit" or "solicitation" includes
(a) a request for a proxy, whether or not accompanied by or included in a form of proxy,
(b) a request to execute or not to execute a form of proxy or to revoke a proxy,
(c) the sending of a form of proxy or
other communication to a shareholder under circumstances reasonably
calculated to result in the procurement, withholding or revocation of a
proxy, and
(d) the sending of a form of proxy to a shareholder under section 156.04,
but does not include
(e) the sending of a form of proxy in response to an unsolicited request made by or on behalf of a shareholder,
(f) the performance of administrative acts or professional services on behalf of a person soliciting a proxy,
(g) the sending by a registrant of the documents referred to in section 156.07, or
(h) a solicitation by a person in respect of shares of which that person is the beneficial owner.
|
"solicitation by or on behalf of the management of a bank" « sollicitation effectuée par la direction d'une banque ou pour son compte »
|
"solicitation by or on behalf of the management
of a bank" means a solicitation by any person pursuant to a resolution
or instruction of, or with the acquiescence of, the directors or a
committee of the directors of the bank.
1997, c. 15, s. 10.
|
Appointing proxyholder
|
156.02 (1) A shareholder who is entitled to
vote at a meeting of shareholders may, by executing a form of proxy,
appoint a proxyholder or one or more alternate proxyholders, who are
not required to be shareholders, to attend and act at the meeting in
the manner and to the extent authorized by the proxy and with the
authority conferred by the proxy.
|
Execution of proxy
|
(2) A form of proxy shall be executed by a shareholder or by a shareholder's attorney authorized in writing to do so.
|
Limit on authority
|
(3) No appointment of a proxyholder provides
authority for the proxyholder to act in respect of the appointment of
an auditor or the election of a director unless a nominee proposed in
good faith for the appointment or election is named in the form of
proxy, a management proxy circular, a dissident's proxy circular or a
proposal under subsection 143(1).
|
Required information
|
(4) A form of proxy must indicate, in bold-face
type, that the shareholder by whom or on whose behalf it is executed
may appoint a proxyholder, other than a person designated in the form
of proxy, to attend and act on the shareholder's behalf at a meeting to
which the proxy relates, and must contain instructions as to the manner
in which the shareholder may do so.
|
Validity of proxy
|
(5) A proxy is valid only at the meeting in
respect of which it is given or at a continuation of the meeting after
an adjournment.
|
Revocation of proxy
|
(6) A shareholder may revoke a proxy
(a) by depositing an instrument in writing
executed by the shareholder or by the shareholder's attorney authorized
in writing to do so
(i) at the head office of the bank at any time
up to and including the last business day before the day of a meeting,
or a continuation of the meeting after an adjournment, at which the
proxy is to be used, or
(ii) with the chairperson of the meeting on the day of the meeting or a continuation of the meeting after an adjournment; or
(b) in any other manner permitted by law.
1997, c. 15, s. 10.
|
Deposit of proxies
|
156.03 The directors may specify, in a
notice calling a meeting of shareholders or a continuation of a meeting
of shareholders after an adjournment, a time before which executed
forms of proxy to be used at the meeting or the continued meeting must
be deposited with the bank or its transfer agent. The time specified
may not be more than forty-eight hours, excluding Saturdays and
holidays, before the meeting or the continued meeting.
1997, c. 15, s. 10.
|
Mandatory solicitation
|
156.04 (1) Subject to subsection 140(2) and
subsection (2), the management of a bank shall, concurrently with
giving notice of a meeting of shareholders, send a form of proxy in
prescribed form to each shareholder entitled to receive notice of the
meeting.
|
Exception
|
(2) If a bank has fewer than fifteen shareholders,
the management of the bank is not required to send a form of proxy to
the shareholders under subsection (1). For the purpose of this
subsection, two or more joint shareholders are counted as one
shareholder.
1997, c. 15, s. 10.
|
Soliciting proxies
|
156.05 (1) A person shall not solicit proxies unless
(a) in the case of solicitation by or on
behalf of the management of a bank, a management proxy circular in
prescribed form, either as an appendix to, or as a separate document
accompanying, the notice of the meeting, is sent to the auditor or
auditors of the bank and to each shareholder whose proxy is solicited;
and
(b) in the case of any other solicitation,
a dissident's proxy circular in prescribed form stating the purposes of
the solicitation is sent to the auditor or auditors of the bank, to
each shareholder whose proxy is solicited and to the bank.
|
Copy to Superintendent
|
(2) A person who sends a management proxy circular
or dissident's proxy circular shall at the same time file with the
Superintendent
(a) in the case of a management proxy
circular, a copy of it together with a copy of the notice of meeting,
form of proxy and any other documents for use in connection with the
meeting; and
(b) in the case of a dissident's proxy
circular, a copy of it together with a copy of the form of proxy and
any other documents for use in connection with the meeting.
|
Exemption by Superintendent
|
(3) On the application of an interested person,
the Superintendent may, on any terms that the Superintendent thinks
fit, exempt the person from any of the requirements of subsection (1)
and section 156.04, and the exemption may be given retroactive effect.
|
Reporting exemptions
|
(4) The Superintendent shall set out in a
periodical available to the public the particulars of each exemption
granted under subsection (3) together with the reasons for the
exemption.
1997, c. 15, s. 10.
|
Attendance at meeting
|
156.06 (1) A person who solicits a proxy
and is appointed proxyholder shall attend in person or cause an
alternate proxyholder to attend the meeting in respect of which the
proxy is valid, and the proxyholder or alternate proxyholder shall
comply with the directions of the shareholder who executed the form of
proxy.
|
Rights of proxyholder
|
(2) A proxyholder or an alternate proxyholder has
the same rights as the appointing shareholder to speak at a meeting of
shareholders in respect of any matter, to vote by way of ballot at the
meeting and, except where a proxyholder or an alternate proxyholder has
conflicting instructions from more than one shareholder, to vote at the
meeting in respect of any matter by way of a show of hands.
|
Vote by show of hands
|
(3) Where the chairperson of a meeting of
shareholders declares to the meeting that, if a ballot were conducted,
the total number of votes attached to shares represented at the meeting
by proxy required to be voted against what, to the knowledge of the
chairperson, would be the decision of the meeting in relation to any
matter or group of matters is less than five per cent of all the votes
that might be cast at the meeting on the ballot, unless a shareholder
or proxyholder demands a ballot,
(a) the chairperson may conduct the vote in respect of that matter or group of matters by way of a show of hands; and
(b) a proxyholder or alternate proxyholder may vote in respect of that matter or group of matters by way of a show of hands.
1997, c. 15, s. 10.
|
Duty of registrant
|
156.07 (1) Shares of a bank that are
registered in the name of a registrant or registrant's nominee and that
are not beneficially owned by the registrant shall not be voted unless
the registrant sends to the beneficial owner
(a) a copy of the notice of the meeting,
annual statement, management proxy circular, dissident's proxy circular
and any other documents, other than the form of proxy, that were sent
to shareholders by or on behalf of any person for use in connection
with the meeting; and
(b) a written request for voting
instructions, except where the registrant has already received written
voting instructions from the beneficial owner.
|
When documents to be sent
|
(2) The documents to be sent to the beneficial
owner under subsection (1) shall be sent by the registrant without
delay after the registrant receives the documents referred to in
paragraph (1)(a).
|
Where registrant not to vote shares
|
(3) A registrant shall not vote or appoint a
proxyholder to vote shares of a bank registered in the registrant's
name or in the name of the registrant's nominee that the registrant
does not beneficially own unless the registrant receives voting
instructions from the beneficial owner.
|
Copies
|
(4) A person by or on behalf of whom a
solicitation is made shall, at the request of a registrant, without
delay provide the registrant, at the person's expense, with the
necessary number of copies of the documents referred to in paragraph
(1)(a).
|
Instructions to registrant
|
(5) A registrant shall vote or appoint a
proxyholder to vote any shares referred to in subsection (1) in
accordance with any written voting instructions received from the
beneficial owner.
|
Beneficial owner as proxyholder
|
(6) If requested by a beneficial owner, a
registrant shall appoint the beneficial owner or a nominee of the
beneficial owner as proxyholder.
|
Default of registrant: effect
|
(7) The failure of a registrant to comply with any
of subsections (1) to (6) does not render void any meeting of
shareholders or any action taken at the meeting.
|
Right of registrant limited
|
(8) Nothing in this Part gives a registrant the right to vote shares that the registrant is otherwise prohibited from voting.
1997, c. 15, s. 10.
|
Restraining order
|
156.08 (1) If a form of proxy, management
proxy circular or dissident's proxy circular contains an untrue
statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact that is
required to be contained in it or that is necessary to make a statement
contained in it not misleading in light of the circumstances in which
the statement is made, an interested person or the Superintendent may
apply to a court and the court may make any order it thinks fit,
including
(a) an order restraining the solicitation
or the holding of the meeting, or restraining any person from
implementing or acting on a resolution passed at the meeting, to which
the form of proxy, management proxy circular or dissident's proxy
circular relates;
(b) an order requiring correction of any form of proxy or proxy circular and a further solicitation; and
(c) an order adjourning the meeting.
|
Notice of application
|
(2) Where a person other than the Superintendent
is an applicant under subsection (1), the applicant shall give notice
of the application to the Superintendent and the Superintendent is
entitled to appear and to be heard in person or by counsel.
1997, c. 15, s. 10.
|
|
Restrictions on Voting
|
Meaning of "eligible votes"
|
156.09 (1) In this section, "eligible
votes" means the total number of votes that may be cast by or on behalf
of shareholders on a vote of shareholders or a vote of holders of a
class or series of shares, as the case may be, in respect of any
particular matter, calculated without regard to subsection (2).
|
Restriction
|
(2) At a meeting of shareholders of a bank with
equity of five billion dollars or more, no person and no entity
controlled by any person may, in respect of any vote of shareholders or
holders of any class or series of shares of the bank, cast votes in
respect of any shares beneficially owned by the person or the entity
that are, in aggregate, more than 20 per cent of the eligible votes
that may be cast in respect of that vote.
|
Proxyholders
|
(3) No person who is a proxyholder for a person or
for an entity controlled by a person may cast votes to which the proxy
relates that the person or entity may not cast by reason of subsection
(2).
|
Exception
|
(4) If a person is, with respect to a bank, a
person referred to in subsection 375(1), subsections (2) and (3) do not
apply with respect to votes cast by or on behalf of the person during
any period that the person is entitled under section 375 to remain a
major shareholder of the bank.
|
Exception
|
(5) Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply in
respect of votes cast by or on behalf of any entity that controls the
bank or any entity that is controlled by an entity that controls the
bank.
|
Exception
|
(6) Subsection (2) does not apply in respect of a vote held under section 218.
|
Validity of vote
|
(7) A vote in respect of a particular matter is not invalid merely because a person voted contrary to subsection (2) or (3).
|
Disposition of shareholdings
|
(8) If, with respect to any bank, a person
contravenes subsection (2) or (3), the Minister may, by order, direct
the shareholder of the shares to which the contravention relates or any
person controlled by that shareholder to dispose of any number of
shares of the bank beneficially owned by any of those persons that the
Minister specifies in the order, within the time specified in the order
and in the proportion, if any, as between the shareholder and the
persons controlled by that shareholder that is specified in the order.
|
Restriction on voting rights
|
(9) If the Minister makes an order under
subsection (8), the person to whom the order relates may not, in person
or by proxy, exercise any voting rights that are attached to shares of
the bank beneficially owned by the person.
|
Subsection (9) ceases to apply
|
(10) Subsection (9) ceases to apply in respect of a person when the shares to which the order relates have been disposed of.
|
Reliance on number in notice
|
(11) For the purpose of this section, a person is
entitled to rely on the number of eligible votes set out in a notice of
a meeting under subsection 138(1.1).
|
Designation of persons
|
(12) For the purpose of this section, the Minister
may, with respect to a particular bank, designate two or more persons
who are parties to an agreement, commitment or understanding referred
to in section 9 to be a single person.
2001, c. 9, s. 67.
|
|
Directors and Officers
|
|
Duties
|
Duty to manage
|
157. (1) Subject to this Act, the directors
of a bank shall manage or supervise the management of the business and
affairs of the bank.
|
Specific duties
|
(2) Without limiting the generality of subsection (1), the directors of a bank shall
(a) establish an audit committee to perform the duties referred to in subsections 194(3) and (4);
(b) establish a conduct review committee to perform the duties referred to in subsection 195(3);
(c) establish procedures to resolve
conflicts of interest, including techniques for the identification of
potential conflict situations and for restricting the use of
confidential information;
(d) designate a committee of the board of directors to monitor the procedures referred to in paragraph (c);
(e) establish procedures to provide
disclosure of information to customers of the bank that is required to
be disclosed by this Act and for dealing with complaints as required by
subsection 455(1);
(f) designate a committee of the board of directors to monitor the procedures referred to in paragraph (e) and satisfy itself that they are being adhered to by the bank; and
(g) establish investment and lending policies, standards and procedures in accordance with section 465.
|
Exception
|
(3) Paragraphs (2)(a) and (b) do not apply to the directors of a bank if
(a) all the voting shares of the bank are beneficially owned by a Canadian financial institution described in any of paragraphs (a) to (d) of the definition "financial institution" in section 2; and
(b) the audit committee or conduct review
committee of the financial institution performs for and on behalf of
the bank all the functions that would otherwise be required to be
performed by the audit committee or conduct review committee of the
bank under this Act.
1991, c. 46, s. 157; 1997, c. 15, s. 11; 2001, c. 9, s. 68(F).
|
Duty of care
|
158. (1) Every director and officer of a
bank in exercising any of the powers of a director or an officer and
discharging any of the duties of a director or an officer shall
(a) act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the bank; and
(b) exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.
|
Duty to comply
|
(2) Every director, officer and employee of a bank
shall comply with this Act, the regulations, the bank's incorporating
instrument and the by-laws of the bank.
|
No exculpation
|
(3) No provision in any contract, in any
resolution or in the by-laws of a bank relieves any director, officer
or employee of the bank from the duty to act in accordance with this
Act and the regulations or relieves a director, officer or employee
from liability for a breach thereof.
|
|
Qualification and Number -- Directors
|
Minimum number of directors
|
159. (1) A bank shall have at least seven directors.
|
Residency requirement
|
(2) At least one half of the directors of a bank
that is a subsidiary of a foreign bank and at least two thirds of the
directors of any other bank must be, at the time of each director's
election or appointment, resident Canadians.
1991, c. 46, s. 159; 2001, c. 9, s. 69.
|
Disqualified persons
|
160. The following persons are disqualified from being directors of a bank:
(a) a person who is less than eighteen years of age;
(b) a person who is of unsound mind and has been so found by a court in Canada or elsewhere;
(c) a person who has the status of a bankrupt;
(d) a person who is not a natural person;
(e) a person who is prohibited by section
392 or 401.3 or subsection 156.09(9) from exercising voting rights
attached to shares of the bank;
(f) a person who is an officer, director or
full time employee of an entity that is prohibited by section 392 or
401.3 or subsection 156.09(9) from exercising voting rights attached to
shares of the bank;
(g) a person who is an agent or employee of Her Majesty in right of Canada or in right of a province;
(h) a minister of Her Majesty in right of Canada or in right of a province; and
(i) a person who is an agent or employee of the government of a foreign country or any political subdivision thereof.
1991, c. 46, s. 160; 1994, c. 47, s. 15; 1997, c. 15, s. 12; 2001, c. 9, s. 70.
|
Exception
|
160.1 Paragraph 160(g) does not apply to a person if
(a) the person is employed in a department
or agency of the Government of Canada that is not involved in the
regulation or supervision of financial institutions;
(b) the person's duties do not involve financial institutions; and
(c) the bank is controlled by a local cooperative credit society, as defined in section 2 of the Cooperative Credit Associations Act,
in which the following persons, in aggregate, hold more than 50 per
cent or, if a percentage has been prescribed for the purpose of this
paragraph, the prescribed percentage, of the ownership interests in the
local cooperative credit society, namely,
(i) employees of Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province,
(ii) former employees of Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province,
(iii) the spouse or common-law partner of a person referred to in subparagraph (i) or (ii), and
(iv) a child who is less than eighteen years of age of a person referred to in subparagraph (i) or (ii).
2001, c. 9, s. 71.
|
No shareholder requirement
|
161. A director of a bank is not required to hold shares of the bank.
|
Affiliated person
|
162. The Governor in Council may make
regulations specifying the circumstances under which a natural person
is affiliated with a bank for the purposes of this Act.
|
Affiliated director determination
|
162.1 (1) Notwithstanding section 162, the
Superintendent may determine that a particular director is affiliated
with a bank for the purposes of this Act if, in the opinion of the
Superintendent, the director has a significant or sufficient
commercial, business or financial relationship with the bank or with an
affiliate of the bank to the extent that the relationship can be
construed as being material to the director and can reasonably be
expected to affect the exercise of the director's best judgment.
|
Notification by Superintendent
|
(2) A determination by the Superintendent under subsection (1)
(a) becomes effective on the day of the
next annual meeting of the shareholders unless a notice in writing by
the Superintendent revoking the determination is received by the bank
prior to that day; and
(b) ceases to be in effect on the day of
the next annual meeting of the shareholders after a notice in writing
by the Superintendent revoking the determination is received by the
bank.
1996, c. 6, s. 5.
|
Unaffiliated directors
|
163. (1) At the election of directors at
each annual meeting of a bank and at all times until the day of the
next annual meeting, no more than two thirds of the directors may be
persons affiliated with the bank.
|
Exception
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply where all the
voting shares of a bank, other than directors' qualifying shares, if
any, are beneficially owned by a Canadian financial institution
incorporated by or under an Act of Parliament.
|
Determination of affiliation
|
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1), whether or
not a person is affiliated with a bank shall be determined as at the
day the notice of the annual meeting is sent to shareholders pursuant
to section 138 and that determination becomes effective on the day of
that meeting, and a person shall be deemed to continue to be affiliated
or unaffiliated, as the case may be, until the next annual meeting of
the shareholders.
|
Transitional
|
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of a
bank that was in existence immediately prior to the day that subsection
comes into force until the day that is three years after the day that
subsection comes into force.
|
Limit on directors
|
164. No more than 15 per cent of the
directors of a bank may, at each director's election or appointment, be
employees of the bank or a subsidiary of the bank, except that up to
four persons who are employees of the bank or a subsidiary of the bank
may be directors of the bank if those directors constitute not more
than one half of the directors of the bank.
|
|
Election and Tenure -- Directors
|
Number of directors
|
165. (1) Subject to subsection 159(1) and
sections 168 and 217, the directors of a bank shall, by by-law,
determine the number of directors or the minimum and maximum number of
directors, but no by-law that decreases the number of directors
shortens the term of an incumbent director.
|
Election at annual meeting
|
(2) A by-law made pursuant to subsection (1) that
provides for a minimum and maximum number of directors may provide that
the number of directors to be elected at any annual meeting of the
shareholders be such number as is fixed by the directors prior to the
annual meeting.
|
Term of directors
|
166. (1) Except where this Act or the
by-laws of a bank provide for cumulative voting, a bank may, by by-law,
provide that the directors be elected for terms of one, two or three
years.
|
Term of one, two or three years
|
(2) A director elected for a term of one, two or
three years holds office until the close of the first, second or third
annual meeting of shareholders, as the case may be, following the
election of the director.
|
No stated term
|
(3) A director who is not elected for an expressly
stated term of office ceases to hold office at the close of the next
annual meeting of shareholders following the election of the director.
|
Tenure of office
|
(4) It is not necessary that all directors elected at a meeting of shareholders hold office for the same term.
|
Idem
|
(5) If a by-law of a bank provides that the
directors be elected for a term of two or three years, it may also
provide that the term of office of each director be for the whole of
that term, or that, as nearly as may be, one half of the directors
retire each year if the term is two years, and that one third of the
directors retire each year if the term is three years.
|
Composition requirements
|
(6) Subject to subsection 163(4), where a director
of a bank is elected or appointed for a term of more than one year, the
bank shall comply with subsections 159(2) and 163(1) and section 164 at
each annual meeting of shareholders during the director's term of
office as if that director were elected or appointed on that date.
|
Determining election of directors
|
167. (1) Except where this Act or the
by-laws of a bank provide for cumulative voting, the persons, to the
number authorized to be elected, who receive the greatest number of
votes at an election of directors of a bank shall be the directors
thereof.
|
Idem
|
(2) If, at any election of directors referred to
in subsection (1), two or more persons receive an equal number of votes
and there are not sufficient vacancies remaining to enable all the
persons receiving an equal number of votes to be elected, the directors
who receive a greater number of votes or the majority of them shall, in
order to complete the full number of directors, determine which of the
persons so receiving an equal number of votes are to be elected.
|
Cumulative voting
|
168. (1) Where this Act or the by-laws provide for cumulative voting,
(a) there shall be a stated number of directors fixed by by-law and not a minimum and maximum number of directors;
(b) each shareholder entitled to vote at an
election of directors has the right to cast a number of votes equal to
the number of votes attached to the shares held by the shareholder
multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and the
shareholder may cast all such votes in favour of one candidate or
distribute them among the candidates in any manner;
(c) a separate vote of shareholders shall
be taken with respect to each candidate nominated for director unless a
resolution is passed unanimously permitting two or more persons to be
elected by a single vote;
(d) if a shareholder has voted for more
than one candidate without specifying the distribution of the votes
among the candidates, the shareholder is deemed to have distributed the
votes equally among the candidates for whom the shareholder voted;
(e) if the number of candidates nominated
for director exceeds the number of positions to be filled, the
candidates who receive the least number of votes shall be eliminated
until the number of candidates remaining equals the number of positions
to be filled;
(f) each director ceases to hold office at the close of the next annual meeting of shareholders following the director's election;
(g) a director may not be removed from
office if the votes cast against the removal would be sufficient to
elect the director and those votes could be voted cumulatively at an
election at which the same total number of votes were cast and the same
number of directors required by the by-laws were then being elected; and
(h) the number of directors required by the
by-laws may not be decreased if the votes cast against the motion to
decrease would be sufficient to elect a director and those votes could
be voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of
votes were cast and the same number of directors required by the
by-laws were then being elected.
|
Mandatory cumulative voting
|
(2) Where the aggregate of the voting shares
beneficially owned by a person and any entities controlled by the
person carries more than 10 per cent of the voting rights attached to
all the outstanding voting shares of a bank, the directors shall be
elected by cumulative voting.
|
Exception
|
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply
(a) where all the voting shares of the bank that are outstanding are beneficially owned by
(i) one person,
(ii) one person and one or more entities controlled by that person, or
(iii) one or more entities controlled by the same person;
(b) in respect of a bank that was in
existence immediately prior to the day that subsection comes into force
whose shareholders are confined to entities incorporated or formed by
or under an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a province that
are, in the opinion of the directors, operating as credit unions or
cooperative associations.
|
Exception
|
(3.1) Subsection (2) does not apply to a widely
held bank with equity of five billion dollars or more or to a bank in
respect of which subsection 378(1) applies.
|
Transitional election
|
(4) Where this Act or the by-laws of a bank provide for cumulative voting, the shareholders of the bank shall,
(a) at the first annual meeting of
shareholders held not earlier than ninety days following the date that
cumulative voting is required under subsection (2) or provided for in
the by-laws, and
(b) at each succeeding annual meeting,
elect the stated number of directors to hold
office until the close of the next annual meeting of shareholders
following their election.
|
Exception
|
(5) Nothing in this Act precludes the holders of
any class or series of shares of a bank from having an exclusive right
to elect one or more directors.
1991, c. 46, s. 168; 1997, c. 15, s. 14; 2001, c. 9, s. 73.
|
Re-election of directors
|
169. A director who has completed a term of office is, if otherwise qualified, eligible for re-election.
|
|
Incomplete Elections and Director Vacancies
|
Void election or appointment
|
170. (1) If, immediately after the time of
any purported election or appointment of directors, the board of
directors would fail to comply with subsection 159(2) or 163(1) or
section 164, the purported election or appointment of all persons
purported to be elected or appointed at that time is void unless the
directors, within forty-five days after the discovery of the
non-compliance, develop a plan, approved by the Superintendent, to
rectify the non-compliance.
|
Failure to elect minimum
|
(2) Where, at the close of a meeting of
shareholders of a bank, the shareholders have failed to elect the
number or minimum number of directors required by this Act or the
by-laws of a bank, the purported election of directors at the meeting
(a) is valid if the directors purported to
be elected and those incumbent directors, if any, whose terms did not
expire at the close of the meeting, together constitute a quorum; or
(b) is void if the directors purported to
be elected and those incumbent directors, if any, whose terms did not
expire at the close of the meeting, together do not constitute a quorum.
(3) and (4) [Repealed, 1997, c. 15, s. 15]
1991, c. 46, s. 170; 1997, c. 15, s. 15.
|
Directors where elections incomplete or void
|
171. (1) Notwithstanding subsections 166(2) and (3) and paragraphs 168(1)(f) and 172(1)(a),
where subsection 170(1) or (2) applies at the close of any meeting of
shareholders of a bank, the board of directors shall, until their
successors are elected or appointed, consist solely of
(a) where paragraph 170(2)(a) applies, the directors referred to in that paragraph; or
(b) where subsection 170(1) or paragraph 170(2)(b) applies, the persons who were the incumbent directors immediately before the meeting.
|
Where there is no approved rectification plan
|
(2) Notwithstanding subsections 166(2) and (3) and paragraphs 168(1)(f) and 172(1)(a),
where a plan to rectify the non-compliance referred to in subsection
170(1) has not been approved by the Superintendent by the end of the
forty-five day period referred to in that subsection, the board of
directors shall, until their successors are elected or appointed,
consist solely of the persons who were the incumbent directors
immediately before the meeting at which the purported election or
appointment referred to in that subsection occurred.
|
Directors to call meeting
|
(3) Where subsection (1) or (2) applies, the board
of directors referred to in that subsection shall without delay call a
special meeting of shareholders to fill the vacancies, where paragraph
170(2)(a) applies, or elect a new board of directors, where subsection 170(1) or paragraph 170(2)(b) applies.
|
Shareholder may call meeting
|
(4) Where the directors fail to call a special meeting required by subsection (3), the meeting may be called by any shareholder.
1991, c. 46, s. 171; 1997, c. 15, s. 16.
|
Ceasing to hold office
|
172. (1) A director ceases to hold office
(a) at the close of the annual meeting at which the director's term of office expires;
(b) when the director dies or resigns;
(c) when the director becomes disqualified under section 160 or ineligible to hold office pursuant to subsection 203(2);
(d) when the director is removed under section 173; or
(e) when the director is removed from office under section 647 or 647.1.
|
Date of resignation
|
(2) The resignation of a director of a bank
becomes effective at the time a written resignation is sent to the bank
by the director or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever
is later.
1991, c. 46, s. 172; 2001, c. 9, s. 74.
|
Removal of director
|
173. (1) Subject to paragraph 168(1)(g), the shareholders of a bank may by resolution at a special meeting remove any director or all the directors from office.
|
Exception
|
(2) Where the holders of any class or series of
shares of a bank have the exclusive right to elect one or more
directors, a director so elected may be removed only by a resolution at
a meeting of the shareholders of that class or series.
|
Vacancy by removal
|
(3) Subject to paragraphs 168(1)(b) to (e),
a vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the
meeting of the shareholders at which the director is removed or, if not
so filled, may be filled under section 177 or 178.
|
Statement of director
|
174. (1) A director who
(a) resigns,
(b) receives a notice or otherwise learns
of a meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of removing the
director from office, or
(c) receives a notice or otherwise learns
of a meeting of directors or shareholders at which another person is to
be appointed or elected to fill the office of director, whether because
of the director's resignation or removal or because the director's term
of office has expired or is about to expire,
is entitled to submit to the bank a written
statement giving the reasons for the resignation or the reasons why the
director opposes any proposed action or resolution.
|
Statement re disagreement
|
(2) Where a director resigns as a result of a
disagreement with the other directors or the officers of a bank, the
director shall submit to the bank and the Superintendent a written
statement setting out the nature of the disagreement.
|
Circulation of statement
|
175. (1) A bank shall without delay on
receipt of a director's statement referred to in subsection 174(1)
relating to a matter referred to in paragraph 174(1)(b) or (c),
or a director's statement referred to in subsection 174(2), send a copy
of it to each shareholder entitled to receive a notice of meetings and
to the Superintendent, unless the statement is included in or attached
to a management proxy circular required by subsection 156.05(1).
|
Immunity for statement
|
(2) No bank or person acting on its behalf incurs
any liability by reason only of circulating a director's statement in
compliance with subsection (1).
1991, c. 46, s. 175; 1997, c. 15, s. 17.
|
Shareholders filling vacancy
|
176. The by-laws of a bank may provide that a vacancy among the directors is to be filled only
(a) by a vote of the shareholders; or
(b) by a vote of the holders of any class
or series of shares having an exclusive right to elect one or more
directors if the vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the
holders of that class or series.
|
Directors filling vacancy
|
177. (1) Notwithstanding section 183 but
subject to subsection (2) and sections 176 and 178, a quorum of
directors may fill a vacancy among the directors except a vacancy among
the directors resulting from a change in the by-laws by which the
number or minimum number of directors is increased or from a failure to
elect the number or minimum number of directors required by the by-laws.
|
Where composition fails
|
(2) Notwithstanding sections 176 and 183, where by
reason of a vacancy the number of directors or the composition of the
board of directors fails to meet any of the requirements of section
159, subsection 163(1) and section 164, the directors who, in the
absence of any by-law, would be empowered to fill that vacancy shall do
so forthwith.
|
Class vacancy
|
178. Notwithstanding section 183, where the
holders of any class or series of shares of a bank have an exclusive
right to elect one or more directors and a vacancy occurs among those
directors, then, subject to section 176,
(a) the remaining directors elected by the
holders of that class or series may fill the vacancy except a vacancy
resulting from an increase in the number or minimum number of directors
for that class or series or from a failure to elect the number or
minimum number of directors for that class or series;
(b) if there are no such remaining
directors and, by reason of the vacancy, the number of directors or the
composition of the board of directors fails to meet any of the
requirements of section 159, subsection 163(1) and section 164, the
other directors may fill that vacancy; and
(c) if there are no such remaining directors and paragraph (b)
does not apply, any holder of shares of that class or series may call a
meeting of the holders thereof for the purpose of filling the vacancy.
|
Unexpired term
|
179. (1) Unless the by-laws otherwise
provide, a director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy holds office
for the unexpired term of the director's predecessor in office.
|
Affiliation
|
(2) Notwithstanding subsection 163(3), the
affiliation of a person to be elected or appointed to fill a vacancy
shall be determined as at the date of the person's election or
appointment and that person shall be deemed to continue to be
affiliated or unaffiliated, as the case may be, until the next annual
meeting of the shareholders.
|
Additional directors
|
179.1 (1) The directors of a bank may
appoint one or more additional directors where the by-laws of the bank
allow them to do so and the by-laws determine the minimum and maximum
numbers of directors.
|
Term of office
|
(2) A director appointed under subsection (1)
holds office for a term expiring not later than the close of the next
annual meeting of shareholders of the bank.
|
Limit on number appointed
|
(3) The total number of directors appointed under
subsection (1) may not exceed one third of the number of directors
elected at the previous annual meeting of shareholders of the bank.
1997, c. 15, s. 18.
|
|
Meetings of the Board
|
Meetings required
|
180. (1) The directors shall meet at least four times during each financial year.
|
Place for meetings
|
(2) The directors may meet at any place unless the by-laws provide otherwise.
|
Notice for meetings
|
(3) The notice for the meetings must be given as required by the by-laws.
1991, c. 46, s. 180; 1997, c. 15, s. 19.
|
Notice of meeting
|
181. (1) A notice of a meeting of directors
shall specify each matter referred to in section 198 that is to be
dealt with at the meeting but, unless the by-laws otherwise provide,
need not otherwise specify the purpose of or the business to be
transacted at the meeting.
|
Waiver of notice
|
(2) A director may in any manner waive notice of a
meeting of directors and the attendance of a director at a meeting of
directors is a waiver of notice of that meeting except where the
director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to
the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not
lawfully called.
|
Adjourned meeting
|
(3) Notice of an adjourned meeting of directors is
not required to be given if the time and place of the adjourned meeting
was announced at the original meeting.
|
Quorum
|
182. (1) Subject to section 183, the number
of directors referred to in subsection (2) constitutes a quorum at any
meeting of directors or a committee of directors and, notwithstanding
any vacancy among the directors, a quorum of directors may exercise all
the powers of the directors.
|
Idem
|
(2) The number of directors constituting a quorum at any meeting of directors or a committee of directors shall be
(a) a majority of the minimum number of directors required by this Act for the board of directors or a committee of directors; or
(b) such greater number of directors than the number calculated pursuant to paragraph (a) as may be established by the by-laws of the bank.
|
Director continues to be present
|
(3) Any director present at a meeting of directors
who is not present at any particular time during the meeting for the
purposes of subsection 203(1) shall be considered as being present for
the purposes of this section.
|
Resident Canadian majority
|
183. (1) The directors of a bank shall not transact business at a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors unless
(a) in the case of a bank that is a
subsidiary of a foreign bank, at least one half of the directors
present are resident Canadians; or
(b) in any other case, a majority of the directors present are resident Canadians.
|
Exception
|
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), the directors
of a bank may transact business at a meeting of directors or of a
committee of directors without the required proportion of directors
present who are resident Canadians if
(a) a director who is a resident Canadian
unable to be present approves, in writing or by telephonic, electronic
or other communications facilities, the business transacted at the
meeting; and
(b) there would have been present the
required proportion of directors who are resident Canadians had that
director been present at the meeting.
1991, c. 46, s. 183; 2001, c. 9, s. 75.
|
Presence of unaffiliated director
|
183.1 (1) The directors of a bank shall not
transact business at a meeting of directors unless at least one of the
directors who is not affiliated with the bank is present.
|
Exception
|
(2) Despite subsection (1), the directors of a
bank may transact business at a meeting of directors if a director who
is not affiliated with the bank and who is not able to be present
approves, in writing or by telephonic, electronic or other
communications facilities, the business transacted at the meeting.
|
Exception
|
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply if all the
voting shares of the bank, other than directors' qualifying shares, if
any, are beneficially owned by a Canadian financial institution
incorporated by or under an Act of Parliament.
2001, c. 9, s. 76.
|
Electronic meeting
|
184. (1) Subject to the by-laws of a bank,
a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors may be held by
means of such telephonic, electronic or other communications facilities
as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate
adequately with each other during the meeting.
|
Deemed present
|
(2) A director participating in a meeting by any
means referred to in subsection (1) is deemed for the purposes of this
Act to be present at that meeting.
|
Resolution outside board meeting
|
184.1 (1) A resolution in writing signed by
all the directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of
directors is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of
directors.
|
Filing directors' resolution
|
(2) A copy of the resolution referred to in subsection (1) shall be kept with the minutes of the proceedings of the directors.
|
Resolution outside committee meeting
|
(3) A resolution in writing signed by all the
directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of a
committee of directors, other than a resolution of the audit committee
in carrying out its duties under subsection 194(3) or a resolution of
the conduct review committee in carrying out its duties under
subsection 195(3), is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of
that committee.
|
Filing committee resolution
|
(4) A copy of the resolution referred to in subsection (3) shall be kept with the minutes of the proceedings of that committee.
1997, c. 15, s. 20.
|
Dissent of director
|
185. (1) A director of a bank who is
present at a meeting of directors or a committee of directors is deemed
to have consented to any resolution passed or action taken at that
meeting unless
(a) the director requests that the
director's dissent be entered or the director's dissent is entered in
the minutes of the meeting;
(b) the director sends a written dissent to the secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned; or
(c) the director sends the director's
dissent by registered mail or delivers it to the head office of the
bank immediately after the meeting is adjourned.
|
Loss of right to dissent
|
(2) A director of a bank who votes for or consents to a resolution is not entitled to dissent under subsection (1).
|
Dissent of absent director
|
(3) A director of a bank who is not present at a
meeting at which a resolution is passed or action taken is deemed to
have consented thereto unless, within seven days after the director
becomes aware of the resolution, the director
(a) causes the director's dissent to be placed with the minutes of the meeting; or
(b) sends the director's dissent by registered mail or delivers it to the head office of the bank.
|
Record of attendance
|
186. (1) A bank shall keep a record of the attendance at each meeting of directors and each committee meeting of directors.
|
Statement to shareholders
|
(2) A bank shall attach to the notice of each
annual meeting it sends to its shareholders a statement showing, in
respect of the financial year immediately preceding the meeting, the
total number of directors' meetings and directors' committee meetings
held during the financial year and the number of those meetings
attended by each director.
1991, c. 46, s. 186; 1997, c. 15, s. 21.
|
Meeting required by Superintendent
|
187. (1) Where in the opinion of the
Superintendent it is necessary, the Superintendent may, by notice in
writing, require a bank to hold a meeting of directors of the bank to
consider the matters set out in the notice.
|
Attendance of Superintendent
|
(2) The Superintendent may attend and be heard at a meeting referred to in subsection (1).
|
|
By-laws
|
By-laws
|
188. (1) Unless this Act otherwise
provides, the directors of a bank may by resolution make, amend or
repeal any by-law that regulates the business or affairs of the bank.
|
Shareholder approval
|
(2) The directors shall submit a by-law, or an
amendment to or a repeal of a by-law, that is made under subsection (1)
to the shareholders at the next meeting of shareholders, and the
shareholders may, by resolution, confirm or amend the by-law, amendment
or repeal.
|
Effective date of by-law
|
(3) Unless this Act otherwise provides, a by-law,
or an amendment to or a repeal of a by-law, is effective from the date
of the resolution of the directors under subsection (1) until it is
confirmed, confirmed as amended or rejected by the shareholders under
subsection (2) or until it ceases to be effective under subsection (4)
and, where the by-law is confirmed, or confirmed as amended, it
continues in effect in the form in which it was so confirmed.
|
Effect where no shareholder approval
|
(4) If a by-law, or an amendment to or a repeal of
a by-law, is rejected by the shareholders, or is not submitted to the
shareholders by the directors as required under subsection (2), the
by-law, amendment or repeal ceases to be effective from the date of its
rejection or the date of the next meeting of shareholders, as the case
may be, and no subsequent resolution of the directors to make, amend or
repeal a by-law having substantially the same purpose or effect is
effective until it is confirmed, or confirmed as amended, by the
shareholders.
|
Shareholder proposal of by-law
|
189. A shareholder entitled to vote at an
annual meeting of shareholders may, in accordance with sections 143 and
144, make a proposal to make, amend or repeal a by-law.
|
By-laws of existing bank
|
190. Subject to section 191, where a by-law
of a bank that was in existence immediately prior to the day this
section comes into force was in effect immediately prior to that day,
the by-law continues in effect until amended or repealed, unless it is
contrary to a provision of this Act.
|
By-laws re remuneration
|
191. (1) A by-law of a bank respecting the
remuneration of the directors of the bank, as directors, that is in
effect on the coming into force of this section ceases to have effect
on the day on which the first annual meeting is held following the
coming into force of this section.
|
Existing by-laws
|
(2) A by-law made by the directors of a bank under section 45 of the Bank Act,
being chapter B-1 of the Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, as that
section read immediately prior to the day this section comes into
force, and not confirmed by the shareholders of the bank in accordance
with that section on or before the day this section comes into force,
continues to have effect, unless it is contrary to the provisions of
this Act, until the first meeting of the shareholders following the day
this section comes into force.
|
Shareholder approval
|
(3) A by-law referred to in subsection (2) shall
be submitted to the shareholders at the first meeting of shareholders
following the coming into force of this section.
|
Application of ss. 188(3) and (4) and 189
|
(4) Subsections 188(3) and (4) and section 189
apply in respect of a by-law referred to in this section as if it were
a by-law made under section 188.
|
Deemed by-laws
|
192. (1) Any matter that,
(a) immediately prior to the day this
section comes into force, was provided for in the incorporating
instrument of a bank that was in existence immediately prior to that
day, or
(b) immediately prior to the day a body
corporate is continued as a bank under this Act, was provided for in
the incorporating instrument of the body corporate,
and that, under this Act, would be provided
for in the by-laws of a bank, is deemed to be provided for in the
by-laws of the bank.
|
By-law prevails
|
(2) Where a by-law of the bank made in accordance
with sections 188 and 189 amends or repeals any matter referred to in
subsection (1), the by-law prevails.
|
|
Committees of the Board
|
Committees
|
193. The directors of a bank may appoint
from their number, in addition to the committees referred to in
subsection 157(2), such other committees as they deem necessary and,
subject to section 198, delegate to those committees such powers of the
directors, and assign to those committees such duties, as the directors
consider appropriate.
|
Audit committee
|
194. (1) The audit committee of a bank shall consist of at least three directors.
|
Membership
|
(2) A majority of the members of the audit
committee must consist of directors who are not persons affiliated with
the bank and none of the members of the audit committee may be officers
or employees of the bank or a subsidiary of the bank.
|
Duties of audit committee
|
(3) The audit committee of a bank shall
(a) review the annual statement of the bank before the annual statement is approved by the directors;
(b) review such returns of the bank as the Superintendent may specify;
(c) require the management of the bank to implement and maintain appropriate internal control procedures;
(c.1) review, evaluate and approve those procedures;
(d) review such investments and
transactions that could adversely affect the well-being of the bank as
the auditor or auditors or any officer of the bank may bring to the
attention of the committee;
(e) meet with the auditor or auditors to
discuss the annual statement and the returns and transactions referred
to in this subsection; and
(f) meet with the chief internal auditor of
the bank, or the officer or employee of the bank acting in a similar
capacity, and with management of the bank, to discuss the effectiveness
of the internal control procedures established for the bank.
|
Report
|
(4) In the case of the annual statement and
returns of a bank that under this Act must be approved by the directors
of the bank, the audit committee of the bank shall report thereon to
the directors before the approval is given.
|
Required meeting of directors
|
(5) The audit committee of a bank may call a
meeting of the directors of the bank to consider any matter of concern
to the committee.
|
Transitional
|
(6) Subsection (2), in so far as it relates to the
affiliation of directors with the bank, does not apply in respect of a
bank that was in existence immediately prior to the day that subsection
comes into force until the day that is three years after the day that
subsection comes into force.
1991, c. 46, s. 194; 1997, c. 15, s. 22.
|
Conduct review committee
|
195. (1) The conduct review committee of a bank shall consist of at least three directors.
|
Membership
|
(2) A majority of the members of the conduct
review committee of a bank must consist of directors who are not
persons affiliated with the bank and none of the members of the conduct
review committee may be officers or employees of the bank or a
subsidiary of the bank.
|
Duties of conduct review committee
|
(3) The conduct review committee of a bank shall
(a) require the management of the bank to establish procedures for complying with Part XI;
(b) review those procedures and their effectiveness in ensuring that the bank is complying with Part XI;
(b.1) if a widely held bank holding company
or a widely held insurance holding company has a significant interest
in any class of shares of the bank,
(i) establish policies for entering into transactions referred to in subsection 495.1(1), and
(ii) review transactions referred to in subsection 495.3(1); and
(c) review the practices of the bank to
ensure that any transactions with related parties of the bank that may
have a material effect on the stability or solvency of the bank are
identified.
|
Bank report to Superintendent
|
(4) A bank shall report to the Superintendent on
the mandate and responsibilities of the conduct review committee and
the procedures referred to in paragraph (3)(a).
|
Committee report to directors
|
(5) After each meeting of the conduct review
committee of the bank, the committee shall report to the directors of
the bank on matters reviewed by the committee.
|
Directors' report to Superintendent
|
(6) Within ninety days after the end of each
financial year, the directors of a bank shall report to the
Superintendent on what the conduct review committee did during the year
in carrying out its responsibilities under subsection (3).
(7) [Repealed, 1997, c. 15, s. 23]
1991, c. 46, s. 195; 1997, c. 15, s. 23; 2001, c. 9, s. 77.
|
|
Directors and Officers -- Authority
|
Chief executive officer
|
196. (1) The directors of a bank shall
appoint from their number a chief executive officer who must be
ordinarily resident in Canada and, subject to section 198, may delegate
to that officer any of the powers of the directors.
(2) [Repealed, 1997, c. 15, s. 24]
1991, c. 46, s. 196; 1997, c. 15, s. 24.
|
Appointment of officers
|
197. (1) The directors of a bank may,
subject to the by-laws, designate the offices of the bank, appoint
officers thereto, specify the duties of those officers and delegate to
them powers, subject to section 198, to manage the business and affairs
of the bank.
|
Directors as officers
|
(2) Subject to section 164, a director of a bank may be appointed to any office of the bank.
|
Two or more offices
|
(3) Two or more offices of a bank may be held by the same person.
|
Limits on power to delegate
|
198. The directors of a bank may not delegate any of the following powers, namely, the power to
(a) submit to the shareholders a question or matter requiring the approval of the shareholders;
(b) fill a vacancy among the directors or a committee of directors or in the office of auditor;
(c) issue or cause to be issued securities except in the manner and on terms authorized by the directors;
(d) declare a dividend;
(e) authorize the redemption or other acquisition by the bank pursuant to section 71 of shares issued by the bank;
(f) authorize the payment of a commission on a share issue;
(g) approve a management proxy circular;
(h) except as provided in this Act, approve
the annual statement of the bank and any other financial statements
issued by the bank; or
(i) adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.
1991, c. 46, s. 198; 1997, c. 15, s. 25.
|
Remuneration of directors, officers and employees
|
199. (1) Subject to this section and the
by-laws, the directors of a bank may fix the remuneration of the
directors, officers and employees of the bank.
|
By-law required
|
(2) No remuneration shall be paid to a director as
director until a by-law fixing the aggregate of all amounts that may be
paid to all directors in respect of directors' remuneration during a
fixed period of time has been confirmed by special resolution.
1991, c. 46, s. 199; 1994, c. 26, s. 4.
|
Validity of acts
|
200. (1) An act of a director or an officer
of a bank is valid notwithstanding a defect in the director's
qualification or an irregularity in the director's election or in the
appointment of the director or officer.
|
Idem
|
(2) An act of the board of directors of a bank is
valid notwithstanding a defect in the composition of the board or an
irregularity in the election of the board or in the appointment of a
member of the board.
|
Right to attend meetings
|
201. A director of a bank is entitled to attend and to be heard at every meeting of shareholders.
|
|
Conflicts of Interest
|
Disclosure of interest
|
202. (1) A director or an officer of a bank who
(a) is a party to a material contract or proposed material contract with the bank,
(b) is a director or an officer of any
entity that is a party to a material contract or proposed material
contract with the bank, or
(c) has a material interest in any person who is a party to a material contract or proposed material contract with the bank
shall disclose in writing to the bank or
request to have entered in the minutes of the meetings of directors the
nature and extent of that interest.
|
Time of disclosure for director
|
(2) The disclosure required by subsection (1) shall be made, in the case of a director,
(a) at the meeting of directors at which a proposed contract is first considered;
(b) if the director was not then interested in a proposed contract, at the first meeting after the director becomes so interested;
(c) if the director becomes interested after a contract is made, at the first meeting after the director becomes so interested; or
(d) if a person who is interested in a
contract later becomes a director, at the first meeting after that
person becomes a director.
|
Time of disclosure for officer
|
(3) The disclosure required by subsection (1) shall be made, in the case of an officer who is not a director,
(a) forthwith after the officer becomes
aware that a proposed contract is to be considered or a contract has
been considered at a meeting of directors;
(b) if the officer becomes interested after a contract is made, forthwith after the officer becomes so interested; or
(c) if a person who is interested in a contract later becomes an officer, forthwith after the person becomes an officer.
|
Time of disclosure for director or officer
|
(4) If a material contract or proposed material
contract is one that, in the ordinary course of business of the bank,
would not require approval by the directors or shareholders, a director
or an officer referred to in subsection (1) shall disclose in writing
to the bank or request to have entered in the minutes of meetings of
directors the nature and extent of the director's or officer's interest
forthwith after the director or officer becomes aware of the contract
or proposed contract.
|
Where director must abstain
|
203. (1) Where subsection 202(1) applies to
a director in respect of a contract, the director shall not be present
at any meeting of directors while the contract is being considered at
the meeting or vote on any resolution to approve the contract unless
the contract is
(a) an arrangement by way of security for
money lent to or obligations undertaken by the director for the benefit
of the bank or a subsidiary of the bank;
(b) a contract relating primarily to the
director's remuneration as a director or an officer, employee or agent
of the bank or a subsidiary of the bank or an entity controlled by the
bank or an entity in which the bank has a substantial investment;
(c) a contract for indemnity under section 212 or for insurance under section 213; or
(d) a contract with an affiliate of the bank.
|
Ineligibility
|
(2) Any director who knowingly contravenes
subsection (1) ceases to hold office as director and is not eligible,
for a period of five years after the date on which the contravention
occurred, for election or appointment as a director of any financial
institution that is incorporated or formed by or under an Act of
Parliament.
|
Validity of acts
|
(3) An act of the board of directors of a bank, or
of a committee of the board of directors, is not invalid because a
person acting as a director had ceased under subsection (2) to hold
office as a director.
1991, c. 46, s. 203; 1997, c. 15, s. 26.
|
Continuing disclosure
|
204. For the purposes of subsection 202(1),
a general notice to the directors by a director or an officer declaring
that the director or officer is a director or officer of an entity, or
has a material interest in a person, and is to be regarded as
interested in any contract made with that entity or person, is a
sufficient declaration of interest in relation to any contract so made.
1991, c. 46, s. 204; 2001, c. 9, s. 77.1(F).
|
Avoidance standards
|
205. A material contract between a bank and
one or more of its directors or officers, or between a bank and another
entity of which a director or an officer of the bank is a director or
an officer or between a bank and a person in which the director or
officer has a material interest, is neither void nor voidable
(a) by reason only of that relationship, or
(b) by reason only that a director with an
interest in the contract is present at or is counted to determine the
presence of a quorum at the meeting of directors or the committee of
directors that authorized the contract,
if the director or officer disclosed the
interest in accordance with subsection 202(2), (3) or (4) or section
204 and the contract was approved by the directors or the shareholders
and it was reasonable and fair to the bank at the time it was approved.
|
Application to court
|
206. Where a director or an officer of a
bank fails to disclose an interest in a material contract in accordance
with sections 202 and 204, a court may, on the application of the bank
or a shareholder of the bank, set aside the contract on such terms as
the court thinks fit.
|
|
Liability, Exculpation and Indemnification
|
Directors' liability
|
207. (1) The directors of a bank who vote
for or consent to a resolution of the directors authorizing the issue
of a share contrary to subsection 65(1) or the issue of subordinated
indebtedness contrary to section 80 for a consideration other than
money are jointly and severally liable to the bank to make good any
amount by which the consideration received is less than the fair
equivalent of the money that the bank would have received if the share
or subordinated indebtedness had been issued for money on the date of
the resolution.
|
Further liabilities
|
(2) The directors of a bank who vote for or consent to a resolution of the directors authorizing
(a) a redemption or purchase of shares contrary to section 71,
(b) a reduction of capital contrary to section 75,
(c) a payment of a dividend contrary to section 79,
(d) a payment of an indemnity contrary to section 212, or
(e) any transaction contrary to Part XI
are jointly and severally liable to restore to
the bank any amounts so distributed or paid and not otherwise recovered
by the bank and any amounts in relation to any loss suffered by the
bank.
|
Contribution
|
208. (1) A director who has satisfied a
judgment in relation to the director's liability under section 207 is
entitled to contribution from the other directors who voted for or
consented to the unlawful act on which the judgment was founded.
|
Recovery
|
(2) A director who is liable under section 207 is
entitled to apply to a court for an order compelling a shareholder or
other person to pay or deliver to the director
(a) any money or property that was paid or
distributed to the shareholder or other person contrary to section 71,
75, 79 or 212; or
(b) an amount equal to the value of the loss suffered by the bank as a result of any transaction contrary to Part XI.
|
Court order
|
(3) Where an application is made to a court under
subsection (2), the court may, where it is satisfied that it is
equitable to do so,
(a) order a shareholder or other person to
pay or deliver to a director any money or property that was paid or
distributed to the shareholder or other person contrary to section 71,
75, 79 or 212 or any amount referred to in paragraph (2)(b);
(b) order a bank to return or issue shares to a person from whom the bank has purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired shares; or
(c) make any further order it thinks fit.
|
Limitation
|
209. An action to enforce a liability
imposed by section 207 may not be commenced after two years from the
date of the resolution authorizing the action complained of.
|
Liability for wages
|
210. (1) Subject to subsections (2) and
(3), the directors of a bank are jointly and severally liable to each
employee of the bank for all debts not exceeding six months wages
payable to the employee for services performed for the bank while they
are directors.
|
Conditions precedent
|
(2) A director is not liable under subsection (1) unless
(a) the bank has been sued for the debt
within six months after it has become due and execution has been
returned unsatisfied in whole or in part;
(b) the bank has commenced liquidation and
dissolution proceedings or has been dissolved and a claim for the debt
has been proven within six months after the earlier of the date of
commencement of the liquidation and dissolution proceedings and the
date of dissolution; or
(c) a winding-up order has been issued in respect of the bank under the Winding-up and Restructuring Act and a claim for the debt has been allowed or proven within six months after the issue of the winding-up order.
|
Limitations
|
(3) A director is not liable under subsection (1)
unless the director is sued for a debt referred to in that subsection
while a director or within two years after the director has ceased to
be a director.
|
Amount due after execution
|
(4) Where execution referred to in paragraph (2)(a) has issued, the amount recoverable from a director is the amount remaining unsatisfied after execution.
|
Subrogation of director
|
(5) Where a director of a bank pays a debt
referred to in subsection (1) that is proven in liquidation and
dissolution or winding-up proceedings, the director is entitled to any
preference that the employee would have been entitled to and, where a
judgment has been obtained, the director is entitled to an assignment
of the judgment.
|
Contribution entitlement
|
(6) A director of a bank who has satisfied a claim
under this section is entitled to a contribution from the other
directors of the bank who are liable for the claim.
1991, c. 46, s. 210; 1996, c. 6, s. 167.
|
Reliance on statement
|
211. A director, an officer or an employee
of a bank is not liable under subsection 158(1) or (2), section 207 or
210 or subsection 506(1) if the director, officer or employee relies in
good faith on
(a) financial statements of the bank
represented to the director, officer or employee by an officer of the
bank or in a written report of the auditor or auditors of the bank
fairly to reflect the financial condition of the bank; or
(b) a report of an accountant, lawyer,
notary or other professional person whose profession lends credibility
to a statement made by the professional person.
1991, c. 46, s. 211; 2001, c. 9, s. 78.
|
Indemnification of directors and officers
|
212. (1) Except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the bank to procure a judgment in its favour, a bank may indemnify
(a) a director or an officer of the bank,
(b) a former director or officer of the bank, or
(c) any person who acts or acted at the
bank's request as a director or an officer of an entity of which the
bank is or was a shareholder or creditor
against all costs, charges and expenses,
including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment
reasonably incurred by the person in respect of any civil, criminal or
administrative action or proceeding to which the person is made a party
by reason of being or having been a person referred to in any of
paragraphs (a) to (c), if
(d) the director, officer or person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the bank, and
(e) in the case of a criminal or
administrative action or proceeding enforced by a monetary penalty, the
director, officer or person had reasonable grounds for believing that
the impugned conduct was lawful.
|
Indemnification in derivative action
|
(2) A bank may, with the approval of a court,
indemnify a person referred to in subsection (1), in respect of an
action by or on behalf of the bank or entity to procure a judgment in
its favour to which the person is made a party by reason of being or
having been a director or an officer of the bank or entity, against all
costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an
action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the person in
connection with that action if the person fulfils the conditions set
out in paragraphs (1)(d) and (e).
|
Right to indemnity
|
(3) Notwithstanding anything in this section, a
person referred to in subsection (1) is entitled to indemnity from the
bank in respect of all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount
paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by
the person in connection with the defence of any civil, criminal or
administrative action or proceeding to which the person is made a party
by reason of being or having been a director or an officer of the bank
or an entity, if the person seeking indemnity
(a) was substantially successful on the merits in the defence of the action or proceedings; and
(b) fulfils the conditions set out in paragraphs (1)(d) and (e).
|
Heirs
|
(4) A bank may, to the extent referred to in
subsections (1) to (3) in respect of the person, indemnify the heirs or
personal representatives of any person the bank may indemnify pursuant
to subsections (1) to (3).
1991, c. 46, s. 212; 2001, c. 9, s. 79(F).
|
Directors' and officers' insurance
|
213. A bank may purchase and maintain
insurance for the benefit of any person referred to in section 212
against any liability incurred by the person
(a) in the capacity of a director or an
officer of the bank, except where the liability relates to a failure to
act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the
bank; or
(b) in the capacity of a director or an
officer of another entity where the person acts or acted in that
capacity at the bank's request, except where the liability relates to a
failure to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best
interests of the entity.
|
Application to court for indemnification
|
214. (1) A bank or a person referred to in
section 212 may apply to a court for an order approving an indemnity
under that section and the court may so order and make any further
order it thinks fit.
|
Notice to Superintendent
|
(2) An applicant under subsection (1) shall give
the Superintendent written notice of the application and the
Superintendent is entitled to appear and to be heard at the hearing of
the application in person or by counsel.
|
Other notice
|
(3) On an application under subsection (1), the
court may order notice to be given to any interested person and that
person is entitled to appear and to be heard in person or by counsel at
the hearing of the application.
|
|
Fundamental Changes
|
|
Amendments
|
Incorporating instrument
|
215. On the application of a bank duly
authorized by special resolution, the Minister may approve a proposal
to add, change or remove any provision that is permitted by this Act to
be set out in the bank's incorporating instrument.
1991, c. 46, s. 215; 2001, c. 9, s. 80.
|
Letters patent to amend
|
216. (1) On receipt of an application referred to in section 215, the Minister may issue letters patent to effect the proposal.
|
Effect of letters patent
|
(2) Letters patent issued pursuant to subsection (1) become effective on the day stated in the letters patent.
1991, c. 46, s. 216; 2001, c. 9, s. 81.
|
By-laws
|
217. (1) The directors of a bank may make,
amend or repeal any by-laws, in the manner set out in subsections (2)
and (3) and sections 218 to 222, to
(a) change the maximum number, if any, of shares of any class that the bank is authorized to issue;
(b) create new classes of shares;
(c) change the designation of any or all of
the bank's shares, and add, change or remove any rights, privileges,
restrictions and conditions, including rights to accrued dividends, in
respect of any or all of the bank's shares, whether issued or unissued;
(d) change the shares of any class or
series, whether issued or unissued, into a different number of shares
of the same class or series or into the same or a different number of
shares of other classes or series;
(e) divide a class of shares, whether
issued or unissued, into series and fix the maximum number of shares,
if any, in each series and the rights, privileges, restrictions and
conditions attached thereto;
(f) authorize the directors to divide any
class of unissued shares into series and fix the maximum number of
shares, if any, in each series and the rights, privileges, restrictions
and conditions attached thereto;
(g) authorize the directors to change the
rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to unissued
shares of any series;
(h) revoke, diminish or enlarge any authority conferred under paragraphs (f) and (g);
(i) increase or decrease the number of
directors or the minimum or maximum number of directors, subject to
subsection 159(1) and section 168;
(i.1) change the name of the bank; or
(j) change the place in Canada where the head office of the bank is to be situated.
|
Shareholder approval
|
(2) The directors shall submit a by-law, or an
amendment to or a repeal of a by-law, that is made under subsection (1)
to the shareholders, and the shareholders may, by special resolution,
confirm, amend or reject the by-law, amendment or repeal.
|
Effective date of by-law
|
(3) A by-law, or an amendment to or a repeal of a
by-law, made under subsection (1) is not effective until it is
confirmed or confirmed as amended by the shareholders under subsection
(2) and, in the case of a by-law referred to in paragraph (1)(i.1), approved by the Superintendent.
1991, c. 46, s. 217; 2001, c. 9, s. 82.
|
Class vote
|
218. (1) The holders of shares of a class
or, subject to subsection (2), of a series are, unless the by-laws
otherwise provide in the case of an amendment to the by-laws referred
to in paragraph (a), (b) or (e), entitled to vote separately as a class or series on a proposal to amend the by-laws to
(a) increase or decrease any maximum number
of authorized shares of that class, or increase any maximum number of
authorized shares of a class having rights or privileges equal or
superior to the shares of that class;
(b) effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of all or part of the shares of that class;
(c) add, change or remove the rights,
privileges, restrictions or conditions attached to the shares of that
class and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(i) remove or change prejudicially rights to accrued dividends or rights to cumulative dividends,
(ii) add, remove or change prejudicially redemption rights,
(iii) reduce or remove a dividend preference or a liquidation preference, or
(iv) add, remove or change prejudicially
conversion privileges, options, voting, transfer or pre-emptive rights,
or rights to acquire securities of the bank, or sinking fund provisions;
(d) increase the rights or privileges of
any class of shares having rights or privileges equal or superior to
the shares of that class;
(e) create a new class of shares equal or superior to the shares of that class;
(f) make any class of shares having rights
or privileges inferior to the shares of that class equal or superior to
the shares of that class; or
(g) effect an exchange or create a right of exchange of all or part of the shares of another class into the shares of that class.
|
Right limited
|
(2) The holders of a series of shares of a class
are entitled to vote separately as a series under subsection (1) if
that series is affected by an addition or amendment to the by-laws in a
manner different from other shares of the same class.
|
Right to vote
|
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply whether or not the shares of a class otherwise carry the right to vote.
|
Separate resolutions
|
219. A proposed addition or amendment to
the by-laws referred to in subsection 218(1) is adopted when the
holders of the shares of each class or series entitled to vote
separately thereon as a class or series have approved the addition or
amendment by a special resolution.
|
Revoking resolution
|
220. Where a special resolution referred to
in subsection 217(2) so states, the directors may, without further
approval of the shareholders, revoke the special resolution.
|
Proposal to amend
|
221. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a
director or a shareholder who is entitled to vote at an annual meeting
of shareholders of a bank may, in accordance with sections 143 and 144,
make a proposal to make an application referred to in section 215 or to
make, amend or repeal the by-laws referred to in subsection 217(1) of
the bank.
|
Notice of amendment
|
(2) Notice of a meeting of shareholders at which a
proposal to amend the incorporating instrument or to make, amend or
repeal the by-laws of a bank is to be considered must set out the
proposal.
1991, c. 46, s. 221; 2001, c. 9, s. 83.
|
Rights preserved
|
222. No amendment to the incorporating
instrument or by-laws of a bank affects an existing cause of action or
claim or liability to prosecution in favour of or against the bank or
its directors or officers, or any civil, criminal or administrative
action or proceeding to which the bank or any of its directors or
officers are a party.
|
|
Amalgamation
|
Application to amalgamate
|
223. (1) On the joint application of two or
more bodies corporate incorporated by or under an Act of Parliament,
including banks and bank holding companies, the Minister may issue
letters patent amalgamating and continuing the applicants as one bank.
|
Restriction
|
(2) Despite subsection (1), if one of the
applicants is a bank named in Schedule I as that Schedule read
immediately before the day section 184 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act
comes into force, other than a bank in respect of which the Minister
has specified that subsection 378(1) no longer applies, the Minister
shall not issue letters patent referred to in subsection (1) unless
(a) the amalgamated bank would be a widely held bank; or
(b) the amalgamated bank would be
controlled by a widely held bank holding company that, at the time the
application was made, controlled
(i) the applicant, or
(ii) any other applicant that is a bank named in Schedule I as that Schedule read immediately before the day section 184 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act comes into force, other than a bank in respect of which the Minister has specified that subsection 378(1) no longer applies.
|
Restriction
|
(3) Despite subsection (1), if the amalgamated
bank would be a bank with equity of five billion dollars or more, the
Minister shall not issue letters patent referred to in that subsection
unless the amalgamated bank is
(a) widely held;
(b) controlled, within the meaning of paragraphs 3(1)(a) and (d),
by a widely held bank, or by a widely held bank holding company, that
controlled one of the applicants at the time the application was made;
or
(c) controlled, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d),
by a widely held insurance holding company, or by an eligible Canadian
financial institution, as defined in subsection 370(1), other than a
bank, or by an eligible foreign institution, as defined in subsection
370(1), that controlled one of the applicants at the time the
application was made.
1991, c. 46, s. 223; 2001, c. 9, s. 84.
|
Amalgamation agreement
|
224. (1) Each applicant proposing to amalgamate shall enter into an amalgamation agreement.
|
Contents of agreement
|
(2) Every amalgamation agreement shall set out the terms and means of effecting the amalgamation and, in particular,
(a) the name of the amalgamated bank and the place in Canada where its head office is to be situated;
(b) the name and place of ordinary residence of each proposed director of the amalgamated bank;
(c) the manner in which the shares of each applicant are to be converted into shares or other securities of the amalgamated bank;
(d) if any shares of an applicant are not
to be converted into shares or other securities of the amalgamated
bank, the amount of money or securities that the holders of those
shares are to receive in addition to or in lieu of shares or other
securities of the amalgamated bank;
(e) the manner of payment of money in lieu
of the issue of fractional shares of the amalgamated bank or of any
other body corporate that are to be issued in the amalgamation;
(f) the proposed by-laws of the amalgamated bank;
(g) details of any other matter necessary
to perfect the amalgamation and to provide for the subsequent
management and operation of the amalgamated bank; and
(h) the proposed effective date of the amalgamation.
|
Cross ownership of shares
|
(3) If shares of one of the applicants are held by
or on behalf of another of the applicants, other than shares held in
the capacity of a personal representative or by way of security, the
amalgamation agreement must provide for the cancellation of those
shares when the amalgamation becomes effective without any repayment of
capital in respect thereof, and no provision shall be made in the
agreement for the conversion of those shares into shares of the
amalgamated bank.
|
Approval of agreement by Minister
|
225. An amalgamation agreement shall be
submitted to the Minister for approval and any approval of such an
agreement pursuant to subsection 226(4) by the holders of any class or
series of shares of an applicant is invalid unless, prior to the date
of the approval, the Minister has approved the agreement in writing.
|
Shareholder approval
|
226. (1) The directors of each applicant
shall submit an amalgamation agreement for approval to a meeting of the
holders of shares of the applicant bank or body corporate of which they
are directors and, subject to subsection (3), to the holders of each
class or series of such shares.
|
Right to vote
|
(2) Each share of an applicant carries the right
to vote in respect of an amalgamation whether or not it otherwise
carries the right to vote.
|
Class vote
|
(3) The holders of shares of a class or series of
shares of an applicant are entitled to vote separately as a class or
series in respect of an amalgamation if the amalgamation agreement
contains a provision that, if contained in a proposed amendment to the
by-laws or incorporating instrument of the applicant, would entitle
those holders to vote separately as a class or series.
|
Special resolution
|
(4) Subject to subsection (3), an amalgamation
agreement is approved when the shareholders of each applicant bank or
body corporate have approved the amalgamation by special resolution.
|
Termination
|
(5) An amalgamation agreement may provide that, at
any time before the issue of letters patent of amalgamation, the
agreement may be terminated by the directors of an applicant
notwithstanding that the agreement has been approved by the
shareholders of all or any of the applicant banks or bodies corporate.
|
Vertical short-form amalgamation
|
227. (1) A bank may, without complying with
sections 224 to 226, amalgamate with one or more bodies corporate that
are incorporated by or under an Act of Parliament if the body or bodies
corporate, as the case may be, are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the
bank and
(a) the amalgamation is approved by a resolution of the directors of the bank and of each amalgamating subsidiary; and
(b) the resolutions provide that
(i) the shares of each amalgamating subsidiary will be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof,
(ii) the letters patent of amalgamation and the
by-laws of the amalgamated bank will be the same as the incorporating
instrument and the by-laws of the amalgamating bank that is the holding
body corporate, and
(iii) no securities will be issued by the amalgamated bank in connection with the amalgamation.
|
Horizontal short-form amalgamation
|
(2) Two or more bodies corporate incorporated by
or under an Act of Parliament may amalgamate and continue as one bank
without complying with sections 224 to 226 if
(a) at least one of the applicants is a bank;
(b) the applicants are all wholly-owned subsidiaries of the same holding body corporate;
(c) the amalgamation is approved by a resolution of the directors of each of the applicants; and
(d) the resolutions provide that
(i) the shares of all applicants, except those
of one of the applicants that is a bank, will be cancelled without any
repayment of capital in respect thereof,
(ii) the letters patent of amalgamation and the
by-laws of the amalgamated bank will be the same as the incorporating
instrument and the by-laws of the amalgamating bank whose shares are
not cancelled, and
(iii) the stated capital of the amalgamating
banks and bodies corporate whose shares are cancelled will be added to
the stated capital of the amalgamating bank whose shares are not
cancelled.
|
Joint application to Minister
|
228. (1) Subject to subsection (2), unless
an amalgamation agreement is terminated in accordance with subsection
226(5), the applicants shall, within three months after the approval of
the agreement in accordance with subsection 226(4) or the approval of
the directors in accordance with subsection 227(1) or (2), jointly
apply to the Minister for letters patent of amalgamation continuing the
applicants as one bank.
|
Conditions precedent to application
|
(2) No application for the issue of letters patent under subsection (1) may be made unless
(a) notice of intention to make such an
application has been published at least once a week for a period of
four consecutive weeks in the Canada Gazette and in a newspaper in general circulation at or near the place where the head office of each applicant is situated; and
(b) the application is supported by
satisfactory evidence that the applicants have complied with the
requirements of this Part relating to amalgamations.
|
Application of sections 23 to 26
|
(3) If two or more bodies corporate, none of which
is a bank, apply for letters patent under subsection (1), sections 23
to 26 apply in respect of the application with any modifications that
the circumstances require.
|
Matters for consideration
|
(4) Before issuing letters patent of amalgamation
continuing the applicants as one bank, the Minister shall take into
account all matters that the Minister considers relevant to the
application, including
(a) the sources of continuing financial support for the amalgamated bank;
(b) the soundness and feasibility of the
plans of the applicants for the future conduct and development of the
business of the amalgamated bank;
(c) the business record and experience of the applicants;
(d) the reputation of the applicants for
being operated in a manner that is consistent with the standards of
good character and integrity;
(e) whether the amalgamated bank will be
operated responsibly by persons with the competence and experience
suitable for involvement in the operation of a financial institution;
(f) the impact of any integration of the
operations and businesses of the applicants on the conduct of those
operations and businesses;
(g) the opinion of the Superintendent
regarding the extent to which the proposed corporate structure of the
amalgamated bank and its affiliates may affect the supervision and
regulation of the amalgamated bank, having regard to
(i) the nature and extent of the proposed
financial services activities to be carried out by the amalgamated bank
and its affiliates, and
(ii) the nature and degree of supervision and
regulation applying to the proposed financial services activities to be
carried out by the affiliates of the amalgamated bank; and
(h) the best interests of the financial system in Canada.
1991, c. 46, s. 228; 2001, c. 9, s. 85.
|
Issue of letters patent
|
229. (1) Where an application has been made
to the Minister in accordance with section 228, the Minister may issue
letters patent of amalgamation continuing the applicants as one bank.
|
Letters patent
|
(2) Where letters patent are issued pursuant to
this section, section 28 applies with such modifications as the
circumstances require in respect of the issue of the letters patent.
|
Publication of notice
|
(3) The Superintendent shall cause to be published in the Canada Gazette notice of the issuance of letters patent pursuant to subsection (1).
|
Court enforcement
|
229.1 (1) If a bank or any director,
officer, employee or agent of a bank is contravening or has failed to
comply with any term or condition made in respect of the issuance of
letters patent of amalgamation, the Minister may, in addition to any
other action that may be taken under this Act, apply to a court for an
order directing the bank or the director, officer, employee or agent to
comply with the term or condition, cease the contravention or do any
thing that is required to be done, and on the application the court may
so order and make any other order it thinks fit.
|
Appeal
|
(2) An appeal from an order of a court under this
section lies in the same manner as, and to the same court to which, an
appeal may be taken from any other order of the court.
2001, c. 9, s. 86.
|
Effect of letters patent
|
230. (1) On the day provided for in the letters patent issued under section 229
(a) the amalgamation of the applicants and their continuance as one bank becomes effective;
(b) the property of each applicant continues to be the property of the amalgamated bank;
(c) the amalgamated bank continues to be liable for the obligations of each applicant;
(d) any existing cause of action, claim or liability to prosecution is unaffected;
(e) any civil, criminal or administrative
action or proceeding pending by or against an applicant may be
continued to be prosecuted by or against the amalgamated bank;
(f) any conviction against, or ruling,
order or judgment in favour of or against, an applicant may be enforced
by or against the amalgamated bank;
(g) if any director or officer of an
applicant continues as a director or officer of the amalgamated bank,
any disclosure by that director or officer of a material interest in
any contract made to the applicant shall be deemed to be disclosure to
the amalgamated bank; and
(h) [Repealed, 2001, c. 9, s. 87]
(i) the letters patent of amalgamation are the incorporating instrument of the amalgamated bank.
|
Minutes
|
(2) Any deemed disclosure under paragraph (1)(g) shall be recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of directors of the amalgamated bank.
1991, c. 46, ss. 230, 576; 1997, c. 15, s. 27; 1999, c. 28, s. 14; 2001, c. 9, s. 87.
|
Transitional
|
231. (1) Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Act or the regulations, the Minister may, by order,
on the recommendation of the Superintendent, grant to a bank in respect
of which letters patent were issued under subsection 229(1) permission
to
(a) engage in a business activity specified
in the order that a bank is not otherwise permitted by this Act to
engage in and that one or more of the amalgamating bodies corporate was
engaging in at the time application for the letters patent was made;
(b) continue to have issued and outstanding
debt obligations the issue of which is not authorized by this Act if
the debt obligations were outstanding at the time the application for
the letters patent was made;
(c) [Repealed, 1994, c. 47, s. 16]
(d) hold assets that a bank is not
otherwise permitted by this Act to hold if the assets were held by one
or more of the amalgamating bodies corporate at the time the
application for the letters patent was made;
(e) acquire and hold assets that a bank is
not otherwise permitted by this Act to acquire or hold if one or more
of the amalgamating bodies corporate were obliged, at the time the
application for the letters patent was made, to acquire those assets;
and
(f) maintain outside Canada any records or
registers required by this Act to be maintained in Canada and maintain
and process, outside Canada, information and data relating to the
preparation and maintenance of such records or registers.
|
Duration of exceptions
|
(2) The permission granted under any of paragraphs (1)(a) to (f) shall be expressed to be granted for a period specified in the order not exceeding
(a) with respect to any matter described in paragraph (1)(a),
thirty days after the date of issue of the letters patent or, where the
activity is conducted pursuant to an agreement existing on the date of
issue of the letters patent, the expiration of the agreement;
(b) with respect to any matter described in paragraph (1)(b), ten years; and
(c) with respect to any matter described in any of paragraphs (1)(d) to (f), two years.
|
Renewal
|
(3) Subject to subsection (4), the Minister may,
by order on the recommendation of the Superintendent, renew a
permission granted by order under subsection (1) with respect to any
matter described in any of paragraphs (1)(b) to (e) for any further period or periods that the Minister considers necessary.
|
Limitation
|
(4) The Minister shall not grant to a bank any permission
(a) with respect to matters described in paragraph (1)(b),
that purports to be effective more than ten years after the date of the
approval for the bank to commence and carry on business, unless the
Minister is satisfied on the basis of evidence on oath provided by an
officer of the bank that the bank will not be able at law to redeem at
the end of the ten years the outstanding debt obligations to which the
permission relates; and
(b) with respect to matters described in paragraphs (1)(d) and (e), that purports to be effective more than ten years after the date of issue of the letters patent.
1991, c. 46, s. 231; 1994, c. 47, s. 16; 1997, c. 15, s. 28.
|
|
Transfer of Business
|
Sale by bank
|
232. (1) A bank may sell all or
substantially all of its assets to a financial institution incorporated
by or under an Act of Parliament or to an authorized foreign bank in
respect of its business in Canada if the purchasing financial
institution or authorized foreign bank assumes all or substantially all
of the liabilities of the bank.
|
Sale agreement
|
(2) An agreement of purchase and sale (in
subsection (3), section 233, subsections 234(1) and (4) and section 236
referred to as a "sale agreement") shall set out the terms of, and
means of effecting, the sale of assets referred to in subsection (1).
|
Consideration
|
(3) Notwithstanding anything in this Act, the
consideration for a sale referred to in subsection (1) may be cash or
fully paid securities of the purchasing financial institution or
authorized foreign bank or in part cash and in part fully paid
securities of the purchasing financial institution or authorized
foreign bank or any other consideration that is provided for in the
sale agreement.
1991, c. 46, s. 232; 1999, c. 28, s. 15.
|
Agreement to Minister
|
233. A sale agreement shall be submitted to
the Minister prior to the sending of the sale agreement to shareholders
of the selling bank under subsection 234(1).
|
Shareholder approval
|
234. (1) The directors of a selling bank
shall submit a sale agreement for approval to a meeting of the holders
of shares of the bank and, subject to subsection (3), to the holders of
each class or series of shares of the bank.
|
Right to vote
|
(2) Each share of a selling bank carries the right
to vote in respect of a sale referred to in subsection 232(1) whether
or not the share otherwise carries the right to vote.
|
Class vote
|
(3) The holders of shares of a class or series of
shares of a selling bank are entitled to vote separately as a class or
series in respect of a sale referred to in subsection 232(1) only if
the shares of the class or series are affected by the sale in a manner
different from the shares of another class or series.
|
Special resolution
|
(4) A sale agreement is approved when the
shareholders, and the holders of each class or series of shares
entitled to vote separately as a class or series pursuant to subsection
(3), of the selling bank have approved the sale by special resolution.
|
Abandoning sale
|
235. Where a special resolution approving a
sale under subsection 234(4) so states, the directors of a selling bank
may, subject to the rights of third parties, abandon the sale without
further approval of the shareholders.
|
Application to Minister
|
236. (1) Subject to subsection (2), unless
a sale agreement is abandoned in accordance with section 235, the
selling bank shall, within three months after the approval of the sale
agreement in accordance with subsection 234(4), apply to the Minister
for approval of the sale agreement.
|
Conditions precedent to application
|
(2) No application for approval under subsection (1) may be made unless
(a) notice of intention to make such an
application has been published at least once a week for a period of
four consecutive weeks in the Canada Gazette and in a newspaper in general circulation at or near the place where the head office of the selling bank is situated; and
(b) the application is supported by
satisfactory evidence that the selling bank has complied with the
requirements of sections 232 to 235 and this section.
|
Approval by Minister
|
(3) A sale agreement has no force or effect until it has been approved by the Minister.
|
Idem
|
(4) Where an application has been made to the
Minister in accordance with subsections (1) and (2), the Minister may
approve the sale agreement to which the application relates.
|
|
Corporate Records
|
|
Head Office and Corporate Records
|
Head office
|
237. (1) A bank shall at all times have a
head office in the place within Canada specified in its incorporating
instrument or by-laws.
|
Change of head office
|
(2) The directors of a bank may change the address
of the head office within the place specified in the incorporating
instrument or by-laws.
|
Notice of change of address
|
(3) A bank shall send to the Superintendent,
within fifteen days after any change of address of its head office, a
notice of the change of address.
|
Bank records
|
238. (1) A bank shall prepare and maintain records containing
(a) its incorporating instrument and the by-laws of the bank and all amendments thereto;
(b) minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders;
(c) the information referred to in paragraphs 632(1)(a), (c) and (e) to (h) contained in all returns provided to the Superintendent pursuant to section 632;
(d) particulars of any authorizations,
conditions and limitations established by the Superintendent pursuant
to section 53 or subsection 54(1) that are from time to time applicable
to the bank;
(e) particulars of exceptions granted under section 39, 55 or 231 that are from time to time applicable to the bank; and
(f) particulars from Schedule I or II that are applicable to the bank as they are from time to time amended and published in the Canada Gazette.
|
Additional records
|
(2) In addition to the records described in subsection (1), a bank shall prepare and maintain adequate
(a) corporate accounting records;
(b) records containing minutes of meetings and resolutions of the directors and any committee thereof; and
(c) records showing, for each customer of
the bank, on a daily basis, particulars of the transactions between the
bank and that customer and the balance owing to or by the bank in
respect of that customer.
|
Continued banks
|
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b) and subsection (2),
(a) in the case of a body corporate
continued as a bank under this Act, "records" includes similar records
required by law to be maintained by the body corporate before it was so
continued; and
(b) in the case of a body corporate
amalgamated and continued as a bank under this Act, "records" includes
similar records required by law to be maintained by the body corporate
before it was so amalgamated.
1991, c. 46, s. 238; 1997, c. 15, s. 29(E); 1999, c. 28, s. 16.
|
Place of records
|
239. (1) The records described in section
238 shall be kept at the head office of the bank or at such other place
in Canada as the directors think fit.
|
Notice of place of records
|
(2) Where any of the records described in section
238 are not kept at the head office of a bank, the bank shall notify
the Superintendent of the place where the records are kept.
|
Exception
|
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of
records of a branch of the bank outside Canada or in respect of
customers of such a branch.
|
Inspection
|
(4) The records described in section 238, other than those described in paragraph 238(2)(c), shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by the directors.
|
Access to bank records
|
(5) Shareholders and creditors of a bank and their
personal representatives may examine the records referred to in
subsection 238(1) during the usual business hours of the bank, and may
take extracts therefrom, free of charge, or have copies made thereof on
payment of a reasonable fee and, where the bank is a distributing bank
within the meaning of subsection 265(1), any other person may, on
payment of a reasonable fee, examine such records and take extracts
therefrom or copies thereof.
|
Electronic access
|
(5.1) A bank may make the information contained in
records referred to in subsection 238(1) available to persons by any
system of mechanical or electronic data processing or any other
information storage device that is capable of reproducing the records
in intelligible written form within a reasonable time.
|
Copies of by-laws
|
(6) Every shareholder of a bank is entitled, on
request made not more frequently than once in each calendar year, to
receive, free of charge, one copy of the by-laws of the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 239; 2001, c. 9, s. 88.
|
Shareholder lists
|
240. (1) A person who is entitled to a
basic list of shareholders of a bank (in this section referred to as
the "applicant") may request the bank to furnish the applicant with a
basic list within ten days after receipt by the bank of the affidavit
referred to in subsection (2) and, on payment of a reasonable fee by
the applicant, the bank shall comply with the request.
|
Affidavit and contents
|
(2) A request under subsection (1) must be accompanied by an affidavit containing
(a) the name and address of the applicant,
(b) the name and address for service of the entity, if the applicant is an entity, and
(c) an undertaking that the basic list and
any supplemental lists obtained pursuant to subsections (5) and (6)
will not be used except as permitted under section 242,
and, if the applicant is an entity, the
affidavit shall be made by a director or an officer of the entity, or
any person acting in a similar capacity.
|
Entitlement
|
(3) Every shareholder or creditor of a bank or the
personal representative of a shareholder or creditor of a bank is
entitled to a basic list of shareholders of the bank, but, if the bank
is a distributing bank within the meaning of subsection 265(1), any
person is entitled to a basic list of shareholders of the bank on
request therefor.
|
Basic list
|
(4) A basic list of shareholders of a bank
consists of a list of shareholders that is made up to a date not more
than ten days before the receipt of the affidavit referred to in
subsection (2) and that sets out
(a) the names of the shareholders of the bank;
(b) the number of shares owned by each shareholder; and
(c) the address of each shareholder as shown in the records of the bank.
|
Supplemental lists
|
(5) A person requiring a bank to supply a basic
list of shareholders may, if the person states in the accompanying
affidavit that supplemental lists are required, request the bank or its
agent, on payment of a reasonable fee, to provide supplemental lists of
shareholders setting out any changes from the basic list in the names
and addresses of the shareholders and the number of shares owned by
each shareholder for each business day following the date to which the
basic list is made up.
|
When supplemental lists to be furnished
|
(6) A bank or its agent shall provide a supplemental list of shareholders required under subsection (5)
(a) within ten days following the date the
basic list is provided, where the information relates to changes that
took place prior to that date; and
(b) within ten days following the day to
which the supplemental list relates, where the information relates to
changes that took place on or after the date the basic list was
provided.
|
Option holders
|
241. A person requiring a bank to supply a
basic list or a supplemental list of shareholders may also require the
bank to include in that list the name and address of any known holder
of an option or right to acquire shares of the bank.
|
Use of shareholder list
|
242. A list of shareholders obtained under section 240 shall not be used by any person except in connection with
(a) an effort to influence the voting of shareholders of the bank;
(b) an offer to acquire shares of the bank; or
(c) any other matter relating to the affairs of the bank.
|
Form of records
|
243. (1) A register or other record required or authorized by this Act to be prepared and maintained by a bank
(a) may be in a bound or loose-leaf form or in a photographic film form; or
(b) may be entered or recorded by any
system of mechanical or electronic data processing or any other
information storage device that is capable of reproducing any required
information in intelligible written form within a reasonable time.
|
Conversion of records
|
(2) Registers and records maintained in one form may be converted to any other form.
|
Destruction of converted records
|
(3) Notwithstanding section 246, a bank may
destroy any register or other record referred to in subsection (1) at
any time after the register or other record has been converted to
another form.
|
Protection of records
|
244. A bank and its agents shall take reasonable precautions to
(a) prevent loss or destruction of,
(b) prevent falsification of entries in,
(c) facilitate detection and correction of inaccuracies in, and
(d) ensure that unauthorized persons do not have access to or use of information in
the registers and records required or authorized by this Act to be prepared and maintained.
|
Location and processing of information
|
245. (1) Subject to subsection (3), a bank
shall maintain and process in Canada any information or data relating
to the preparation and maintenance of the records referred to in
section 238 unless the Superintendent has, subject to any terms and
conditions that the Superintendent considers appropriate, exempted the
bank from the application of this section.
|
Copies
|
(2) Subject to subsections (4) and (5), a bank may
maintain copies of the records referred to in subsection (1) outside
Canada and may further process outside Canada any information or data
relating to those copies.
|
Foreign records
|
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of a branch of the bank outside Canada or in respect of customers of such a branch.
|
Information for Superintendent
|
(4) Where a bank, in accordance with subsection
(2), maintains outside Canada copies of any records referred to in
subsection (1) or further processes information or data relating to
those copies outside Canada, the bank shall so inform the
Superintendent and provide the Superintendent with a list of those
copies maintained outside Canada and a description of the further
processing of information or data relating to those copies outside
Canada and such other information as the Superintendent may require
from time to time.
|
Processing information in Canada
|
(5) If the Superintendent is at any time of the
opinion that the maintenance outside Canada of any copies referred to
in subsection (4), or the further processing of information or data
relating to any such copies outside Canada, is incompatible with the
fulfilment of the Superintendent's responsibilities under this Act or
the Superintendent is advised by the Minister that, in the opinion of
the Minister, such maintenance or further processing is not in the
national interest, the Superintendent shall direct the bank to maintain
those copies, or to further process information or data relating to
those copies, in Canada.
|
Bank to comply
|
(6) A bank shall forthwith comply with any direction issued under subsection (5).
|
Guidelines
|
(7) The Superintendent shall issue guidelines
respecting the circumstances under which an exemption referred to in
subsection (1) may be available.
1991, c. 46, s. 245; 2001, c. 9, s. 89.
|
Retention of records
|
246. (1) A bank shall retain
(a) the records of the bank referred to in subsection 238(1);
(b) any record of the bank referred to in paragraph 238(2)(a) or (b); and
(c) the central securities register referred to in subsection 248(1).
|
Idem
|
(2) A bank shall retain all signature cards and
signing authorities or copies thereof relating to any deposit or
instrument in respect of which the bank has paid an amount to the Bank
of Canada pursuant to section 438 until the Bank of Canada notifies the
bank that they need no longer be retained.
|
Evidence
|
(3) Copies of the signature cards and signing
authorities referred to in subsection (2) may be kept in any manner or
form referred to in paragraphs 243(1)(a) and (b) and any
such copies, or prints therefrom, are admissible in evidence in the
same manner and to the same extent as the original signature cards and
signing authorities.
|
Relief
|
(4) Nothing in this section affects the operation
of any statute of limitation or prescription or relieves the bank from
any obligation to the Bank of Canada in respect of any deposit or
instrument in respect of which section 438 applies.
|
Regulations
|
247. The Governor in Council may make
regulations respecting the records, papers and documents to be retained
by a bank and the length of time those records, papers and documents
are to be retained.
|
|
Securities Registers
|
Central securities register
|
248. (1) A bank shall maintain a central
securities register in which it shall record the securities, within the
meaning of section 81, issued by it in registered form, showing in
respect of each class or series of securities
(a) the names, alphabetically arranged, and
latest known addresses of the persons who are security holders, and the
names and latest known addresses of the persons who have been security
holders;
(b) the number of securities held by each security holder; and
(c) the date and particulars of the issue and transfer of each security.
|
Existing and continued banks
|
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), "central
securities register" includes similar registers required by law to be
maintained by a bank that was in existence immediately prior to the day
that subsection comes into force or by a body corporate continued, or
amalgamated and continued, as a bank under this Act before the
continuance, amalgamation or coming into force of that subsection, as
the case may be.
|
Application of certain provisions
|
(3) Subsections 239(5) and (5.1) and sections 240
and 242 to 245 apply, with any modifications that the circumstances
require, in respect of a central securities register.
1991, c. 46, s. 248; 2001, c. 9, s. 90.
|
Branch registers
|
249. A bank may establish as many branch securities registers as it considers necessary.
|
Agents
|
250. A bank may appoint an agent to maintain its central securities register and each of its branch securities registers.
|
Location of central securities register
|
251. (1) The central securities register of
a bank shall be maintained by the bank at its head office or at any
other place in Canada designated by the directors of the bank.
|
Location of branch securities register
|
(2) A branch securities register of a bank may be
kept at any place in or outside Canada designated by the directors of
the bank.
|
Effect of registration
|
252. Registration of the issue or transfer
of a security in the central securities register or in a branch
securities register is complete and valid registration for all purposes.
|
Particulars in branch register
|
253. (1) A branch securities register shall
only contain particulars of the securities issued or transferred at the
branch for which that register is established.
|
Particulars in central register
|
(2) Particulars of each issue or transfer of a
security registered in a branch securities register of a bank shall
also be kept in the central securities register of the bank.
|
Destruction of certificates
|
254. A bank, its agent or a trustee within the meaning of section 294 is not required to produce
(a) a cancelled security certificate in
registered form or an instrument referred to in subsection 69(1) that
is cancelled or a like cancelled instrument in registered form after
six years from the date of its cancellation;
(b) a cancelled security certificate in
bearer form or an instrument referred to in subsection 69(1) that is
cancelled or a like cancelled instrument in bearer form after the date
of its cancellation; or
(c) an instrument referred to in subsection
69(1) or a like instrument, irrespective of its form, after the date of
its expiration.
|
|
Corporate Name and Seal
|
Publication of name
|
255. A bank shall set out its name in
legible characters in all contracts, invoices, negotiable instruments
and other documents evidencing rights or obligations with respect to
other parties that are issued or made by or on behalf of the bank.
|
Corporate seal
|
256. An instrument or agreement executed on
behalf of a bank by a director, an officer or an agent of the bank is
not invalid merely because a corporate seal is not affixed thereto.
257. to 264. [Repealed, 1997, c. 15, s. 30]
|
|
Insiders
|
Definitions
|
265. (1) In this section and sections 266 to 272,
|
"affiliate" « groupe »
|
"affiliate" means a body corporate that is affiliated with another body corporate within the meaning of subsection 6(2);
|
"business combination" « regroupement d'entreprises »
|
"business combination" means an acquisition of
all or substantially all the assets of one body corporate by another
body corporate or an amalgamation of two or more bodies corporate;
|
"call" « option d'achat »
|
"call" means an option, transferable by delivery,
to demand delivery of a specified number or amount of shares at a fixed
price within a specified time but does not include an option or right
to acquire shares of the body corporate that granted the option or
right to acquire;
|
"distributing bank" « banque ayant fait appel au public »
|
"distributing bank" means a bank, any of the
issued securities of which are or were part of a distribution to the
public and remain outstanding and are held by more than one person;
|
"insider" « initié »
|
"insider" means, except in subsections 271(2) and 272(1),
(a) a director or an officer of a distributing bank,
(b) a distributing bank that purchases
or otherwise acquires, except by means of a donation or redemption,
shares issued by it or by any of its affiliates, or
(c) a person who beneficially owns more
than 10 per cent of the shares of a distributing bank or who exercises
control or direction over more than 10 per cent of the votes attached
to shares of a distributing bank, excluding shares owned by a
securities underwriter under an underwriting agreement while those
shares are in the course of a distribution to the public;
|
"officer" « dirigeant d'une banque »
|
"officer", in relation to a bank, means
(a) an officer as defined in paragraph (a) of the definition "officer" in section 2, or
(b) any natural person who performs functions for the bank similar to those performed by a person referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition "officer" in section 2;
|
"put" « option de vente »
|
"put" means an option, transferable by delivery,
to deliver a specified number or amount of shares at a fixed price
within a specified time;
|
"share" « action »
|
"share" means a voting share and includes
(a) a security currently convertible into a voting share, and
(b) a currently exercisable option or a right to acquire a voting share or a security referred to in paragraph (a).
|
Control
|
(2) For the purposes of this section and sections
266 to 272, a person controls a body corporate when the person controls
the body corporate within the meaning of section 3, determined without
regard to paragraph 3(1)(d).
|
Deemed insiders and beneficial owners
|
(3) For the purposes of this section and sections 266 to 272,
(a) a director or an officer of a body
corporate that is an insider of a distributing bank is deemed to be an
insider of the distributing bank;
(b) a director or an officer of a body
corporate that is a subsidiary of a distributing bank is deemed to be
an insider of the distributing bank;
(c) a person is deemed to beneficially own
shares beneficially owned by a body corporate controlled directly or
indirectly by that person;
(d) a body corporate is deemed to beneficially own shares beneficially owned by its affiliates; and
(e) the acquisition or disposition by an
insider of an option or right to acquire a share is deemed to be a
change in the beneficial ownership of the share to which the option or
right to acquire relates.
|
Becoming an insider
|
(4) For the purposes of this section and sections 266 to 272,
(a) if a body corporate becomes an insider
of a distributing bank or enters into a business combination with a
distributing bank, or
(b) if a distributing bank becomes an insider of a body corporate,
every director or officer of the body
corporate and every shareholder of the body corporate who is a person
referred to in paragraph (c) of the definition "insider" in
subsection (1) is deemed to have been an insider of the distributing
bank for the previous six months or for such shorter period as the
director, officer or shareholder was a director, officer or shareholder
of the body corporate.
|
|
Insider Reporting
|
First insider report
|
266. (1) An insider shall send to the Superintendent an insider report in prescribed form not later than ten days after the later of
(a) the end of the month in which the person became an insider, and
(b) the end of the month in which regulations prescribing the form of an insider report come into force.
(2) [Repealed, 1997, c. 15, s. 31]
|
Where bank continued
|
(3) A person who is an insider of a body corporate
on the day it is continued as a bank under this Act shall, if the bank
is a distributing bank, send to the Superintendent an insider report in
prescribed form not later than ten days after
(a) the end of the month in which the body corporate is continued under this Act, or
(b) the end of the month in which regulations prescribing the form of an insider report come into force,
whichever is later.
|
Constructive insider
|
(4) A person who is deemed to have been an insider under subsection 265(4) shall, not later than ten days after
(a) the end of the month in which the person is deemed to have become an insider, or
(b) the end of the month in which regulations prescribing the form of an insider report come into force,
whichever is later, send to the
Superintendent, in prescribed form and for the period in respect of
which the person is deemed to have been an insider, the insider report
that the person would have been required to send under this section had
the person been otherwise an insider for that period.
1991, c. 46, s. 266; 1997, c. 15, s. 31.
|
Subsequent insider report
|
267. An insider whose interest in
securities of a distributing bank changes from that shown or required
to be shown in the last insider report sent or required to be sent by
the insider shall, within ten days after the end of the month in which
the change takes place, send to the Superintendent an insider report in
prescribed form.
|
Exemption by regulation
|
267.1 Under prescribed circumstances, an insider is exempt from any of the requirements of section 266 or 267.
1997, c. 15, s. 32.
|
One insider report
|
268. (1) An insider report of a person that
includes securities deemed to be beneficially owned by that person is
deemed to be an insider report of a body corporate referred to in
paragraph 265(3)(c) and the body corporate is not required to send a separate insider report.
|
Deemed report
|
(2) An insider report of a body corporate that
includes securities deemed to be beneficially owned by the body
corporate is deemed to be an insider report of an affiliate referred to
in paragraph 265(3)(d) and the affiliate is not required to send a separate insider report.
|
Contents
|
(3) An insider report of a person that includes
securities deemed to be beneficially owned by that person pursuant to
paragraph 265(3)(c) or (d) shall disclose separately
(a) the number of securities owned by a body corporate; and
(b) the name of the body corporate.
|
Exemption by Superintendent
|
269. (1) On an application by or on behalf
of an insider, the Superintendent may, in writing, on such terms as the
Superintendent thinks fit, exempt the insider from any of the
requirements of sections 266 to 268, and the exemption may be given
retroactive effect.
|
Publication
|
(2) The Superintendent shall summarize or cause to
be summarized in a periodical available to the public the information
contained in insider reports sent to the Superintendent under sections
266 to 268 and the particulars of exemptions granted under subsection
(1) together with the reasons therefor.
|
|
Insider Trading
|
Short selling prohibited
|
270. (1) An insider shall not knowingly
sell, directly or indirectly, a share of the distributing bank or any
of its affiliates if the insider does not own or has not fully paid for
the share to be sold.
|
Exception for convertible shares
|
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), an insider may
sell a share that the insider does not own if the insider owns another
share convertible into the share sold or an option or right to acquire
the share sold and, within ten days after the sale, the insider
(a) exercises the conversion privilege, option or right and delivers the share so acquired to the purchaser; or
(b) transfers the convertible share, option or right to the purchaser.
|
Prohibited calls and puts
|
(3) An insider shall not, directly or indirectly,
buy or sell a call or put in respect of a share of the bank or any of
its affiliates.
|
|
Civil Remedies
|
Extended meaning of "insider"
|
271. (1) In subsections (2) and 272(1), "insider" means, with respect to a bank,
(a) the bank;
(b) an affiliate of the bank;
(c) a director or an officer of the bank;
(d) a person who beneficially owns more
than 10 per cent of the shares of the bank or who exercises control or
direction over more than 10 per cent of the votes attached to the
shares of the bank;
(e) a person employed or retained by the bank; and
(f) a person who receives specific
confidential information from a person described in this section,
including a person described in this paragraph, and who has knowledge
that the person giving the information is a person described in this
section, including a person described in this paragraph.
|
Deemed insider
|
(2) For the purposes of subsection 272(1),
(a) if a body corporate becomes an insider of a bank or enters into a business combination with a bank, or
(b) if a bank becomes an insider of a body corporate,
every director or officer of the body
corporate is deemed to have been an insider of the bank for the
previous six months or for such shorter period as the director or
officer was a director or officer of the body corporate.
|
Civil liability
|
272. (1) An insider who, in connection with
a transaction in a security of the bank or any of its affiliates, makes
use of any specific confidential information for the insider's own
benefit or advantage that, if generally known, might reasonably be
expected to affect materially the value of the security
(a) is liable to compensate any person for
any direct loss suffered by that person as a result of the transaction,
unless the information was known or in the exercise of reasonable
diligence should have been known to that person; and
(b) is accountable to the bank for any
direct benefit or advantage received or receivable by the insider as a
result of the transaction.
|
Limitation of action
|
(2) An action to enforce a right created by subsection (1) may not be commenced
(a) after a period of two years after discovery of the facts that gave rise to the cause of action; or
(b) if the transaction was required to be
reported under sections 266 to 268, after a period of two years from
the time of reporting under those sections.
|
|
Prospectus
|
Prospectus requirements
|
273. (1) A bank shall not distribute any of
its securities and a person shall not distribute any securities of a
bank unless a preliminary prospectus and a prospectus in a form
substantially as prescribed have been filed with the Superintendent in
relation to the distribution and receipts have been received therefor
from the Superintendent.
|
Idem
|
(2) Where there is filed in any jurisdiction a
preliminary prospectus, prospectus, short-form prospectus or similar
document relating to the distribution of securities in a form
substantially as prescribed, a copy of that document may be accepted by
the Superintendent under subsection (1).
|
Meaning of distribution
|
(3) For the purposes of this section and sections 274 to 282, "distribution" means
(a) a trade by or on behalf of a bank in securities of the bank that have not previously been issued; or
(b) a trade in previously issued securities
of a bank from the holdings of any person or group of persons who act
in concert and who hold in excess of 10 per cent of the shares of any
class of voting shares of the bank.
|
Form and content
|
274. (1) A preliminary prospectus in
relation to the distribution of securities shall substantially comply
with the requirements of this Act and any regulations made under
subsection 275(1) respecting the form and content of a prospectus,
except that any report or reports of the auditor or auditors of the
bank required by the regulations need not be included.
|
Idem
|
(2) A preliminary prospectus in relation to the
distribution of securities need not include information in respect of
the price to the securities underwriter or the offering price of any
securities or any other matters dependent on or relating to that price.
|
Regulations
|
275. (1) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the form and content of a preliminary prospectus and a prospectus;
(b) specifying the financial statements,
reports and other documents that are to be included with a preliminary
prospectus and a prospectus;
(c) respecting, for the purposes of
subsection 279(1), the disclosure of material facts in relation to
securities to be distributed;
(d) respecting the distribution of a preliminary prospectus and a prospectus to prospective purchasers;
(e) exempting any class of distributions from the application of sections 273, 274 and 276 to 282; and
(f) generally, for carrying out the purposes and provisions of sections 273, 274 and 276 to 282.
|
Authority of Superintendent
|
(2) Any regulation made under subsection (1) may
authorize the Superintendent to permit or require additions to,
variations in or omissions from
(a) a preliminary prospectus or prospectus; or
(b) any information, report or document
contained or required to be contained in the preliminary prospectus or
prospectus or related thereto.
|
Idem
|
(3) Where a regulation described in subsection (2)
has been made, the Superintendent may exercise the authority thereby
given in any case where the Superintendent is satisfied that it is
necessary to do so owing to the circumstances related to the issue of
the securities concerned.
|
Idem
|
(4) All additions, variations or omissions
referred to in subsection (2) shall be made in accordance with the
permission or requirement of the Superintendent under that subsection
and shall be in accordance with such terms and conditions, if any, as
the Superintendent may impose as being necessary to ensure, to the
greatest extent possible, a full, true and plain disclosure of all
material facts relating to the securities to be distributed.
1991, c. 46, s. 275; 1994, c. 26, s. 5(F); 1999, c. 31, s. 11.
|
Order of exemption
|
276. (1) On application by a bank or any
person proposing to make a distribution, the Superintendent may, by
order, exempt that distribution from the application of sections 273,
274 and 277 to 282 if the Superintendent is satisfied that the bank has
filed or is about to file, in compliance with the laws of the relevant
jurisdiction, a prospectus relating to the distribution that, in form
and content, substantially complies with the requirements of this Act
and any regulations made under subsection 275(1).
|
Conditions
|
(2) An order under subsection (1) may contain such conditions or limitations as the Superintendent deems appropriate.
1991, c. 46, s. 276; 1999, c. 31, s. 12.
|
Receipt for preliminary prospectus
|
277. (1) The Superintendent shall issue a receipt for a preliminary prospectus forthwith on its filing with the Superintendent.
|
Record to be maintained
|
(2) A person proposing to distribute securities of
a bank to which a preliminary prospectus relates shall maintain a
record of all persons to whom a copy of the preliminary prospectus has
been sent.
|
Withdrawal of receipt
|
(3) Where it appears to the Superintendent, after
providing a reasonable opportunity to the person by whom the
preliminary prospectus was filed to make representations, that a
preliminary prospectus in respect of which a receipt has been issued
under subsection (1) is defective in that it does not substantially
comply with the requirements of this Act and the regulations, the
receipt may be withdrawn and the person by whom the preliminary
prospectus was filed shall forthwith be notified of its withdrawal.
|
Notice
|
(4) Notice of withdrawal of a receipt under
subsection (3) shall forthwith be sent by the person by whom the
preliminary prospectus was filed to any persons proposing to take part
in the distribution of the securities to which the preliminary
prospectus relates and, by the bank and each such person, to each
person named on the records maintained in respect of the preliminary
prospectus by the bank and each such person.
|
Receipt for prospectus
|
278. (1) The Superintendent shall issue a
receipt for a prospectus forthwith on its filing with the
Superintendent unless, after providing a reasonable opportunity to the
person by whom the prospectus was filed to make representations, it
appears to the Superintendent that
(a) the prospectus or any document required to be filed therewith
(i) fails to substantially comply with any of the requirements of this Act or the regulations, or
(ii) contains a misrepresentation or any statement, promise, estimate or forecast that is misleading, false or deceptive; or
(b) it would not be in the public interest to issue a receipt for the prospectus.
(2) to (4) [Repealed, 1996, c. 6, s. 6]
1991, c. 46, s. 278; 1996, c. 6, s. 6.
|
Full disclosure
|
279. (1) A prospectus shall provide full,
true and plain disclosure of all material facts relating to the
securities to be distributed and shall contain or be accompanied by
such financial statements, reports or other documents as are required
by any regulations made under subsection 275(1).
|
Certificate
|
(2) A prospectus shall include a certificate in prescribed form signed
(a) by the chief executive officer and the
chief financial officer of the bank making the distribution or, in the
event of the absence or inability to act of either of those officers,
any other officer of the bank authorized by the directors to sign in
the stead of the officer who is absent or unable to act, and such other
persons as are prescribed, and
(b) in the case of an initial distribution of shares of a bank, by each person who is a promoter of the bank,
to the effect that, according to the person's
information, knowledge and belief, the disclosure required by
subsection (1) and by any regulations made under subsection 275(1) has
been provided.
|
Promoter
|
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) and section
281, "promoter" means an applicant for letters patent to incorporate a
bank or a director named in the application for letters patent, but
such an applicant or director is a promoter only for the period of two
years following the application.
|
Certificate of securities underwriter
|
280. Where a securities underwriter is
associated in the distribution of securities of a bank, a prospectus
shall include a certificate in prescribed form signed by each
securities underwriter who, with respect to the securities offered by
the prospectus, is in a contractual relationship with the bank or other
distributor of the securities, to the effect that, according to the
securities underwriter's information, knowledge and belief, the
disclosure required by subsection 279(1) and by any regulations made
under subsection 275(1) has been provided.
|
Signature by agent
|
281. With the consent of the
Superintendent, an agent, duly authorized in writing, of a promoter or
a securities underwriter referred to in subsection 279(2) or section
280 may, on behalf of the promoter or securities underwriter, as the
circumstances require, sign the certificate referred to in that
subsection or section.
|
Sending out prospectus
|
282. No person shall distribute a
preliminary prospectus or a prospectus in relation to a distribution of
securities of a bank except in accordance with any regulations made
under subsection 275(1).
|
|
Compulsory Acquisitions
|
Definitions
|
283. (1) In this section and sections 284 to 293,
|
"affiliate" « groupe »
|
"affiliate" means a body corporate that is affiliated with another body corporate within the meaning of subsection 6(2);
|
"associate of the offeror" « associé du pollicitant »
|
"associate of the offeror" means
(a) a body corporate that an offeror, directly or indirectly, controls, determined without regard to paragraph 3(1)(d),
or of which an offeror beneficially owns shares or securities currently
convertible into shares carrying more than 10 per cent of the voting
rights under all circumstances or by reason of the occurrence of an
event that has occurred and is continuing, or a currently exercisable
option or right to purchase the shares or the convertible securities,
(b) a partner of the offeror acting on behalf of the partnership of which they are partners,
(c) a trust or estate in which the
offeror has a substantial beneficial interest or in respect of which
the offeror serves as a trustee or in a similar capacity,
(d) a spouse or common-law partner of the offeror,
(e) a child of the offeror or of the offeror's spouse or common-law partner, or
(f) a relative of the offeror or of the
offeror's spouse or common-law partner, if that relative has the same
residence as the offeror;
|
"dissenting offeree" « pollicité opposant »
|
"dissenting offeree" means, in respect of a
take-over bid made for all the shares of a class of shares, a holder of
a share of that class who does not accept the take-over bid and
includes a subsequent holder of that share who acquires it from the
first-mentioned holder;
|
"exempt offer" « offre franche »
|
"exempt offer" means an offer
(a) to fewer than fifteen shareholders to purchase shares by way of separate agreements,
(b) to purchase shares through a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market in such circumstances as may be prescribed,
(c) to purchase shares of a bank that
has fewer than fifteen shareholders, two or more joint holders being
counted as one shareholder, or
(d) exempted under the order of a court having jurisdiction in the place where the head office of the offeree bank is located;
|
"offeree" « pollicité »
|
"offeree" means a person to whom a take-over bid is made;
|
"offeree bank" « banque pollicitée »
|
"offeree bank" means a bank the shares of which are the object of a take-over bid;
|
"offeror" « pollicitant »
|
"offeror" means a person, other than an agent,
who makes a take-over bid, and includes two or more persons who,
directly or indirectly,
(a) make take-over bids jointly or in concert, or
(b) intend to exercise jointly or in concert voting rights attached to shares for which a take-over bid is made;
|
"share" « action »
|
"share" includes
(a) a security currently convertible into a share, and
(b) a currently exercisable option or right to acquire a share or a security referred to in paragraph (a);
|
"take-over bid" « offre publique d'achat »
|
"take-over bid" means
(a) an offer, other than an exempt
offer, made by an offeror to shareholders at approximately the same
time to acquire shares that, if combined with shares already
beneficially owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the
offeror or an affiliate or associate of the offeror on the date of the
offer, would exceed 10 per cent of any class of issued shares of an
offeree bank, and
(b) an offer to purchase shares of a
bank having fewer than fifteen shareholders if the offer is made to all
shareholders in the prescribed form and manner,
and includes every offer, other than an exempt offer, by an issuer to repurchase its own shares.
|
Control
|
(2) For the purposes of this section and sections
284 to 293, a person controls a body corporate when the person controls
the body corporate within the meaning of section 3, determined without
regard to paragraph 3(1)(d).
|
Date of bid
|
(3) A take-over bid is deemed to be dated as of the date on which it is sent.
1991, c. 46, s. 283; 2000, c. 12, s. 4.
|
Right to acquire shares
|
284. If, within one hundred and twenty days
after the date of a take-over bid, the bid is accepted by the holders
of not less than 90 per cent of the shares of any class of shares to
which the take-over bid relates, other than shares held at the date of
the take-over bid by or on behalf of the offeror or an affiliate or
associate of the offeror, the offeror is entitled, on complying with
sections 285 to 290, subsections 291(1) and (2) and section 292, to
acquire the shares held by the dissenting offerees.
|
Offeror's notice to dissenters
|
285. (1) An offeror may acquire shares held
by a dissenting offeree by sending by registered mail within sixty days
after the date of termination of the take-over bid and in any event
within one hundred and eighty days after the date of the take-over bid,
an offeror's notice to each dissenting offeree and to the
Superintendent stating that
(a) offerees holding not less than 90 per
cent of the shares of any class of shares to which the take-over bid
relates, other than shares held at the date of the take-over bid by or
on behalf of the offeror or an affiliate or associate of the offeror,
have accepted the take-over bid;
(b) the offeror is bound to take up and pay
for or has taken up and paid for the shares of the offerees who
accepted the take-over bid;
(c) a dissenting offeree is required to elect
(i) to transfer the dissenting offeree's shares
to the offeror on the same terms on which the offeror acquired the
shares from the offerees who accepted the take-over bid, or
(ii) to demand payment of the fair value of the
dissenting offeree's shares in accordance with sections 289 to 292 by
notifying the offeror within twenty days after receipt of the offeror's
notice;
(d) a dissenting offeree who does not notify the offeror in accordance with subparagraph (c)(ii)
is deemed to have elected to transfer the dissenting offeree's shares
to the offeror on the same terms on which the offeror acquired the
shares from the offerees who accepted the take-over bid; and
(e) a dissenting offeree must send the
dissenting offeree's shares to which the take-over bid relates to the
offeree bank within twenty days after the dissenting offeree receives
the offeror's notice.
|
Notice of adverse claim
|
(2) Concurrently with sending the offeror's notice
under subsection (1), the offeror shall send to the offeree bank a
notice of adverse claim in accordance with subsection 129(1) with
respect to each share held by a dissenting offeree.
|
Share certificates to be sent
|
286. A dissenting offeree to whom an
offeror's notice is sent under subsection 285(1) shall, within twenty
days after receipt of that notice, send the dissenting offeree's share
certificates of the class of shares to which the take-over bid relates
to the offeree bank.
|
Payment to dissenter
|
287. (1) Within twenty days after the
offeror sends an offeror's notice under subsection 285(1), the offeror
shall pay or transfer to the offeree bank the amount of money or other
consideration that the offeror would have had to pay or transfer to a
dissenting offeree if the dissenting offeree had elected to transfer
the dissenting offeree's shares as described in subparagraph 285(1)(c)(i).
|
Consideration in trust
|
(2) An offeree bank is deemed to hold in a
fiduciary capacity for the dissenting offerees the money or other
consideration it receives under subsection (1).
|
Deposit or custody
|
(3) An offeree bank shall deposit the money
received under subsection (1) in a separate account in another
deposit-taking financial institution in Canada and the offeree bank
shall place any other consideration in the custody of another
deposit-taking financial institution in Canada.
|
Duty of offeree bank
|
288. Within thirty days after an offeror sends an offeror's notice under subsection 285(1), the offeree bank shall
(a) issue to the offeror a share certificate in respect of the shares that were held by dissenting offerees;
(b) give to each dissenting offeree who elects to transfer shares as described in subparagraph 285(1)(c)(i)
and who sends the share certificates as required under section 286, the
money or other consideration to which that dissenting offeree is
entitled, disregarding fractional shares, which may be paid for in
money; and
(c) send to each dissenting offeree who has not sent share certificates as required under section 286 a notice stating that
(i) the shares have been cancelled,
(ii) the offeree bank or some designated person
holds in a fiduciary capacity for that offeree the money or other
consideration to which that offeree is entitled as payment for or in
exchange for the shares, and
(iii) the offeree bank will, subject to
sections 289 to 292, send that money or other consideration to that
offeree forthwith after receiving the share certificates.
|
Application to court
|
289. (1) Where a dissenting offeree has
elected to demand payment of the fair value of the offeree's shares as
described in subparagraph 285(1)(c)(ii), the offeror may, within
twenty days after it has paid the money or transferred the other
consideration under subsection 287(1), apply to a court to fix the fair
value of the shares of that dissenting offeree.
|
Idem
|
(2) If an offeror fails to apply to a court under
subsection (1), a dissenting offeree may apply to a court for the same
purpose within a further period of twenty days.
|
Venue
|
(3) An application under subsection (1) or (2)
shall be made to a court having jurisdiction in the place at which the
head office of the bank is situated or in the province in which the
dissenting offeree resides if the bank carries on business in that
province.
|
No security for costs
|
(4) A dissenting offeree is not required to give security for costs in an application made under subsection (1) or (2).
|
Parties and notice
|
290. On an application under subsection 289(1) or (2),
(a) all dissenting offerees who have made elections under subparagraph 285(1)(c)(ii)
and whose shares have not been acquired by the offeror shall be joined
as parties and are bound by the decision of the court; and
(b) the offeror shall notify each affected
dissenting offeree of the date, place and consequences of the
application and of the dissenting offeree's right to appear and be
heard in person or by counsel at the hearing of the application.
|
Powers of court
|
291. (1) On an application to a court under
subsection 289(1) or (2), the court may determine whether any other
person is a dissenting offeree who should be joined as a party, and the
court shall then fix a fair value for the shares of all dissenting
offerees.
|
Appraisers
|
(2) A court may in its discretion appoint one or
more appraisers to assist the court in fixing a fair value for the
shares of a dissenting offeree.
|
Final order
|
(3) The final order of a court shall be made
against the offeror in favour of each dissenting offeree and for the
amount for each dissenting offeree's shares as fixed by the court.
|
Additional powers of court
|
(4) In connection with proceedings under
subsection 289(1) or (2), a court may make any order it thinks fit and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, may
(a) fix the amount of money or other consideration that is deemed to be held in a fiduciary capacity under subsection 287(2);
(b) order that the money or other consideration is to be held in trust by a person other than the offeree bank;
(c) allow a reasonable rate of interest on
the amount payable to each dissenting offeree from the date the
dissenting offeree sends the share certificates required under section
286 until the date of payment; or
(d) order that any money payable to a shareholder who cannot be found is to be paid to the Minister.
|
Status of dissenter
|
292. Where no application is made to a
court under subsection 289(2) within the period set out in that
subsection, a dissenting offeree is deemed to have elected to transfer
the dissenting offeree's shares to the offeror on the same terms on
which the offeror acquired the shares from the offerees who accepted
the take-over bid.
|
Payment of unclaimed money
|
293. The Minister shall pay to the Bank of
Canada any amounts paid to the Minister under subsection 291(4), and
section 367 applies in respect thereof as if the amounts paid under
subsection 291(4) had been paid under subsection 366(3).
|
|
Trust Indentures
|
Definitions
|
294. In this section and sections 295 to 306,
|
"event of default" « cas de défaut »
|
"event of default" means, in relation to a trust
indenture, an event specified in the trust indenture on the occurrence
of which the principal, interest and other moneys payable thereunder
become or may be declared to be payable before maturity, but the event
is not an event of default until all the conditions set out in the
trust indenture in connection with the giving of notice of the event
have been satisfied or the period of time for giving the notice has
elapsed;
|
"issuer" « émetteur »
|
"issuer" means a bank that has issued, is about to issue or is in the process of issuing subordinated indebtedness;
|
"trustee" « fiduciaire »
|
"trustee" means any person appointed as trustee
under the terms of a trust indenture to which a bank is a party, and
includes any successor trustee;
|
"trust indenture" « acte de fiducie »
|
"trust indenture" means any deed, indenture or
other instrument, including any supplement or amendment thereto, made
by a bank under which the bank issues subordinated indebtedness and in
which a person is appointed as trustee for the holders of the
subordinated indebtedness issued thereunder.
|
Application
|
295. Sections 296 to 306 apply in respect
of a trust indenture if the subordinated indebtedness issued or to be
issued under the trust indenture is part of a distribution to the
public.
|
Exemption
|
296. The Superintendent may, in writing,
exempt a trust indenture from the application of sections 297 to 306
if, in the Superintendent's opinion, the trust indenture and the
subordinated indebtedness are subject to a law of a province or other
jurisdiction, other than Canada, that is substantially equivalent to
the provisions of this Act relating to trust indentures.
|
Conflict of interest
|
297. (1) No person shall be appointed as
trustee if at the time of the appointment there is a material conflict
of interest between the person's role as trustee and any other role of
the person.
|
Eliminating conflict of interest
|
(2) A trustee shall, within ninety days after the trustee becomes aware that a material conflict of interest exists,
(a) eliminate the conflict of interest; or
(b) resign from office.
|
Validity despite conflict
|
298. A trust indenture and any subordinated
indebtedness issued thereunder are valid notwithstanding a material
conflict of interest of the trustee.
|
Removal of trustee
|
299. If a trustee is appointed in
contravention of subsection 297(1) or if a trustee contravenes
subsection 297(2), any interested person may apply to a court for an
order that the trustee be replaced, and the court may make an order on
such terms as it thinks fit.
|
Trustee qualifications
|
300. A trustee, or at least one of the trustees if more than one is appointed, must be
(a) a company to which the Trust and Loan Companies Act applies; or
(b) a body corporate that is incorporated
by or under an Act of the legislature of a province and authorized to
carry on business as a trustee.
1991, c. 46, ss. 300, 577.
|
List of security holders
|
301. (1) A holder of subordinated
indebtedness issued under a trust indenture may, on payment to the
trustee of a reasonable fee and on delivery of a statutory declaration
to the trustee, require the trustee to provide, within fifteen days
after the delivery to the trustee of the statutory declaration, a list
setting out
(a) the names and addresses of the registered holders of the outstanding subordinated indebtedness,
(b) the principal amount of outstanding subordinated indebtedness owned by each such holder, and
(c) the aggregate principal amount of subordinated indebtedness outstanding
as shown on the records maintained by the trustee on the day the statutory declaration is delivered to that trustee.
|
Duty of issuer
|
(2) On the demand of a trustee, the issuer of
subordinated indebtedness shall provide the trustee with the
information required to enable the trustee to comply with subsection
(1).
|
Where applicant is entity
|
(3) Where the person requiring the trustee to
provide a list under subsection (1) is an entity, the statutory
declaration required under that subsection shall be made by a director
or an officer of the entity or a person acting in a similar capacity.
|
Contents of statutory declaration
|
(4) The statutory declaration required under subsection (1) must state
(a) the name and address of the person
requiring the trustee to provide the list and, if the person is an
entity, the address for service thereof; and
(b) that the list will not be used except as permitted by subsection (5).
|
Use of list
|
(5) No person shall use a list obtained under this section except in connection with
(a) an effort to influence the voting of the holders of subordinated indebtedness;
(b) an offer to acquire subordinated indebtedness; or
(c) any other matter relating to the subordinated indebtedness or the affairs of the issuer or guarantor thereof.
|
Compliance with trust indentures
|
302. (1) An issuer or a guarantor of
subordinated indebtedness issued or to be issued under a trust
indenture shall, before undertaking
(a) the issue, certification and delivery of subordinated indebtedness under the trust indenture, or
(b) the satisfaction and discharge of the trust indenture,
provide the trustee with evidence of compliance with the conditions in the trust indenture in respect thereof.
|
Compliance by issuer or guarantor
|
(2) On the demand of a trustee, the issuer or
guarantor of subordinated indebtedness issued or to be issued under a
trust indenture shall provide the trustee with evidence of compliance
with the conditions in the trust indenture by the issuer or guarantor
in respect of any act to be done by the trustee at the request of the
issuer or guarantor.
|
Evidence of compliance
|
(3) The following documents constitute evidence of compliance for the purposes of subsections (1) and (2):
(a) a statutory declaration or certificate
made by a director or an officer of the issuer or guarantor stating
that the conditions referred to in subsections (1) and (2) have been
complied with;
(b) an opinion of legal counsel that the
conditions of the trust indenture requiring review by legal counsel
have been complied with, if the trust indenture requires compliance
with conditions that are subject to review by legal counsel; and
(c) an opinion or report of the auditors of
the issuer or guarantor, or such other accountant as the trustee
selects, that the conditions of the trust indenture have been complied
with, if the trust indenture requires compliance with conditions that
are subject to review by auditors.
|
Further evidence of compliance
|
(4) The evidence of compliance referred to in subsection (3) shall include a statement by the person giving the evidence
(a) declaring that the person has read and
understands the conditions of the trust indenture referred to in
subsections (1) and (2);
(b) describing the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation on which the person based the certificate,
statement or opinion; and
(c) declaring that the person has made such
examination or investigation as the person believes necessary to enable
the statements to be made or the opinions contained or expressed
therein to be given.
|
Trustee may require evidence
|
303. (1) On the request of a trustee, the
issuer or guarantor of subordinated indebtedness issued under a trust
indenture shall provide the trustee with evidence in such form as the
trustee requires of compliance with any condition thereof relating to
any action required or permitted to be taken by the issuer or guarantor
under the trust indenture.
|
Certificate of compliance
|
(2) At least once in each twelve month period
beginning on the date of the trust indenture and at any other time on
the demand of a trustee, the issuer or guarantor of subordinated
indebtedness issued under a trust indenture shall provide the trustee
with a certificate stating that the issuer or guarantor has complied
with all requirements contained in the trust indenture that, if not
complied with, would, with the giving of notice, lapse of time or
otherwise, constitute an event of default, or, if there has been
failure to so comply, giving particulars thereof.
|
Notice of default
|
304. A trustee shall, within thirty days
after the trustee becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, give to the
holders of subordinated indebtedness issued under a trust indenture
notice of every event of default arising under the trust indenture and
continuing at the time the notice is given, unless the trustee believes
on reasonable grounds that it is in the best interests of the holders
of the subordinated indebtedness to withhold the notice and so informs
the issuer and guarantor in writing.
|
Duty of care
|
305. (1) In exercising a trustee's powers and discharging a trustee's duties, the trustee shall
(a) act honestly and in good faith with a
view to the best interests of the holders of the subordinated
indebtedness issued under the trust indenture; and
(b) exercise the care, diligence and skill of a reasonably prudent trustee.
|
Reliance on statements
|
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), a trustee is
not liable if the trustee relies in good faith on statements contained
in a statutory declaration, certificate, opinion or report that
complies with this Act or the trust indenture.
|
No exculpation
|
306. No term of a trust indenture or of any
agreement between a trustee and the holders of subordinated
indebtedness issued thereunder or between the trustee and the issuer or
guarantor operates to relieve a trustee from the duties imposed on the
trustee by sections 297, 301 and 304 and subsection 305(1).
|
|
Financial Statements and Auditors
|
|
Annual Financial Statement
|
Financial year
|
307. (1) The financial year of a bank ends,
at the election of the bank in its by-laws, on the expiration of the
thirty-first day of October or the thirty-first day of December in each
year.
|
First financial year
|
(2) If a bank, after the first day of July in any
year, obtains an order approving the commencement and carrying on of
business, the first financial year of the bank ends, at the election of
the bank in its by-laws, on the expiration of the thirty-first day of
October or the thirty-first day of December in the next calendar year.
|
Exception
|
(3) Despite subsection (1), the financial year of
a bank named in Schedule I as that Schedule read immediately before the
day section 184 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act
comes into force ends on the expiration of the thirty-first day of
October in each year unless the bank elects in its by-laws to have its
financial year end on the thirty-first day of December in each year.
1991, c. 46, s. 307; 2001, c. 9, s. 91.
|
Annual financial statement
|
308. (1) The directors of a bank shall place before the shareholders at every annual meeting
(a) a comparative annual financial statement (in this Act referred to as an "annual statement") relating separately to
(i) the financial year immediately preceding the meeting, and
(ii) the financial year, if any, immediately preceding the financial year referred to in subparagraph (i);
(b) the report of the auditor or auditors of the bank; and
(c) any further information respecting the
financial position of the bank and the results of its operations
required by the by-laws of the bank to be placed before the
shareholders at the annual meeting.
|
Contents of annual statement
|
(2) An annual statement of a bank must contain, with respect to each of the financial years to which it relates,
(a) a balance sheet as at the end of the financial year,
(b) a statement of income for the financial year,
(c) a statement of change of financial position for the financial year, and
(d) a statement of changes in shareholders' equity for the financial year,
showing such information and particulars as in
the opinion of the directors are necessary to present fairly, in
accordance with the accounting principles referred to in subsection
(4), the financial position of the bank as at the end of the financial
year to which it relates and the results of the operations and changes
in the financial position of the bank for that financial year.
|
Additional information
|
(3) A bank shall include with its annual statement
(a) a list of the subsidiaries of the bank,
other than subsidiaries that are not required to be listed by the
regulations and subsidiaries acquired pursuant to section 472 or
pursuant to a realization of security in accordance with section 473
and which the bank would not otherwise be permitted to hold, showing,
with respect to each subsidiary,
(i) its name and the address of its head or principal office,
(ii) the book value of the aggregate of any
shares of the subsidiary beneficially owned by the bank and by other
subsidiaries of the bank, and
(iii) the percentage of the voting rights
attached to all the outstanding voting shares of the subsidiary that is
carried by the aggregate of any voting shares of the subsidiary
beneficially owned by the bank and by other subsidiaries of the bank;
and
(b) such other information as the Governor in Council may, by order, require in such form as may be prescribed.
|
Accounting principles
|
(4) The financial statements referred to in subsection (1), paragraph (3)(b)
and subsection 310(1) shall, except as otherwise specified by the
Superintendent, be prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, the primary source of which is the Handbook of
the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants. A reference in any
provision of this Act to the accounting principles referred to in this
subsection shall be construed as a reference to those generally
accepted accounting principles with any specifications so made.
|
Regulations
|
(5) The Governor in Council may make regulations
respecting subsidiaries that are not required to be listed for the
purposes of paragraph (3)(a).
1991, c. 46, s. 308; 1997, c. 15, s. 33; 2001, c. 9, s. 92.
|
Approval by directors
|
309. (1) The directors of a bank shall
approve the annual statement and the approval of the directors shall be
evidenced by the signature of
(a) the chief executive officer or, in the
event of that officer's absence or inability to act, any other officer
of the bank authorized by the directors to sign in the stead of the
chief executive officer; and
(b) one director, if the signature required by paragraph (a)
is that of a director, or two directors if the signature required by
that paragraph is that of an officer who is not a director.
|
Condition precedent to publication
|
(2) A bank shall not publish copies of an annual statement unless it is approved and signed in accordance with subsection (1).
|
Statements -- subsidiaries
|
310. (1) A bank shall keep at its head office a copy of the current financial statements of each subsidiary of the bank.
|
Examination
|
(2) Subject to this section, the shareholders of a
bank and their personal representatives may, on request therefor,
examine the statements referred to in subsection (1) during the usual
business hours of the bank and may take extracts therefrom free of
charge.
|
Barring examination
|
(3) A bank may refuse to permit an examination under subsection (2) by any person.
|
Application for order
|
(4) Within fifteen days after a refusal under
subsection (3), the bank shall apply to a court for an order barring
the right of the person concerned to make an examination under
subsection (2) and the court shall either order the bank to permit the
examination or, if it is satisfied that the examination would be
detrimental to the bank or to any other body corporate the financial
statements of which would be subject to examination, bar the right and
make any further order it thinks fit.
|
Notice to Superintendent
|
(5) A bank shall give the Superintendent and the
person seeking to examine the statements referred to in subsection (1)
notice of an application to a court under subsection (4), and the
Superintendent and the person may appear and be heard in person or by
counsel at the hearing of the application.
|
Distribution of annual statement
|
311. (1) A bank shall, not later than
twenty-one days before the date of each annual meeting or before the
signing of a resolution under paragraph 152(1)(b) in lieu of the
annual meeting, send to each shareholder at the shareholder's recorded
address a copy of the documents referred to in subsections 308(1) and
(3), unless that time period is waived by the shareholder.
|
Exception
|
(2) A bank is not required to comply with
subsection (1) with respect to a shareholder who has informed the bank,
in writing, that the shareholder does not wish to receive the annual
statement.
|
Effect of default
|
(3) Where a bank is required to comply with
subsection (1) and the bank does not comply with that subsection, the
annual meeting at which the documents referred to in that subsection
are to be considered shall be adjourned until that subsection has been
complied with.
1991, c. 46, s. 311; 1997, c. 15, s. 34.
|
Copy to Superintendent
|
312. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a bank
shall send to the Superintendent a copy of the documents referred to in
subsections 308(1) and (3) not later than twenty-one days before the
date of each annual meeting of shareholders of the bank.
|
Later filing
|
(2) If a bank's shareholders sign a resolution under paragraph 152(1)(b)
in lieu of an annual meeting, the bank shall send a copy of the
documents referred to in subsections 308(1) and (3) to the
Superintendent not later than thirty days after the signing of the
resolution.
1991, c. 46, s. 312; 1997, c. 15, s. 35; 2001, c. 9, s. 93.
|
|
Auditors
|
Definitions
|
313. For the purposes of this section and sections 314 to 333,
|
"firm of accountants" « cabinet de comptables »
|
"firm of accountants" means a partnership, the
members of which are accountants engaged in the practice of accounting,
or a body corporate that is incorporated by or under an Act of the
legislature of a province and engaged in the practice of accounting;
|
"member" « membre »
|
"member", in relation to a firm of accountants, means
(a) an accountant who is a partner in a
partnership, the members of which are accountants engaged in the
practice of accounting, or
(b) an accountant who is an employee of a firm of accountants.
|
Appointment of auditors
|
314. (1) The shareholders of a bank shall,
by ordinary resolution at the first meeting of shareholders and at each
succeeding annual meeting, appoint a firm of accountants to be the
auditor of the bank until the close of the next annual meeting.
|
Auditors
|
(2) The shareholders of a bank may, by ordinary
resolution at the first meeting of shareholders and at each succeeding
annual meeting, appoint two firms of accountants to be the auditors of
the bank until the close of the next annual meeting.
|
Remuneration of auditors
|
(3) The remuneration of the auditor or auditors
may be fixed by ordinary resolution of the shareholders but, if not so
fixed, shall be fixed by the directors.
|
Qualification of auditors
|
315. (1) A firm of accountants is qualified to be an auditor of a bank if
(a) two or more members thereof are accountants who
(i) are members in good standing of an
institute or association of accountants incorporated by or under an Act
of the legislature of a province,
(ii) each have at least five years experience at a senior level in performing audits of a financial institution,
(iii) are ordinarily resident in Canada, and
(iv) are independent of the bank; and
(b) the member of the firm jointly
designated by the firm and the bank to conduct the audit of the bank on
behalf of the firm is qualified in accordance with paragraph (a).
|
Independence
|
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1),
(a) independence is a question of fact; and
(b) a member of a firm of accountants is
deemed not to be independent of a bank if that member or any other
member of the firm of accountants, or if the firm of accountants
(i) is a director or an officer or employee of
the bank or of any affiliate of the bank or is a business partner of
any director, officer or employee of the bank or of any affiliate of
the bank,
(ii) beneficially owns or controls, directly or
indirectly, a material interest in the shares of the bank or of any
affiliate of the bank, or
(iii) has been a liquidator, trustee in
bankruptcy, receiver or receiver and manager of any affiliate of the
bank within the two years immediately preceding the firm's proposed
appointment as auditor of the bank, other than an affiliate that is a
subsidiary of the bank acquired pursuant to section 472 or through a
realization of security pursuant to section 473.
|
Notice of designation
|
(3) Within fifteen days after appointing a firm of
accountants as auditor of a bank, the bank and the firm of accountants
shall jointly designate a member of the firm who has the qualifications
described in subsection (1) to conduct the audit of the bank on behalf
of the firm and the bank shall forthwith notify the Superintendent in
writing of the designation.
|
New designation
|
(4) Where for any reason a member of a firm of
accountants designated pursuant to subsection (3) ceases to conduct the
audit of the bank, the bank and the firm of accountants may jointly
designate another member of the same firm of accountants who has the
qualifications described in subsection (1) to conduct the audit of the
bank and the bank shall forthwith notify the Superintendent in writing
of the designation.
|
Deemed vacancy
|
(5) In any case where subsection (4) applies and a
designation is not made pursuant to that subsection within thirty days
after the designated member ceases to conduct the audit of the bank,
there shall be deemed to be a vacancy in the office of auditor of the
bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 315; 2001, c. 9, s. 94.
|
Duty to resign
|
316. (1) An auditor that ceases to be
qualified under section 315 shall resign forthwith after any member of
the firm becomes aware that the firm has ceased to be so qualified.
|
Disqualification order
|
(2) Any interested person may apply to a court for
an order declaring that an auditor of a bank has ceased to be qualified
under section 315 and declaring the office of auditor to be vacant.
|
Revocation of appointment
|
317. (1) The shareholders of a bank may, by ordinary resolution at a special meeting, revoke the appointment of an auditor.
|
Idem
|
(2) The Superintendent may at any time revoke the
appointment of an auditor made under subsection (3) or 314(1) or
section 319 by notice in writing signed by the Superintendent and sent
by registered mail to the auditor and to the bank addressed to the
usual place of business of the auditor and the bank.
|
Filling vacancy
|
(3) A vacancy created by the revocation of the
appointment of an auditor under subsection (1) may be filled at the
meeting at which the appointment was revoked and, if not so filled,
shall be filled by the directors under section 319.
|
Ceasing to hold office
|
318. (1) An auditor of a bank ceases to hold office when
(a) the auditor resigns; or
(b) the appointment of the auditor is revoked by the shareholders or the Superintendent.
|
Effective date of resignation
|
(2) The resignation of an auditor becomes
effective at the time a written resignation is sent to the bank or at
the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later.
|
Filling vacancy
|
319. (1) Subject to subsection 317(3),
where a vacancy occurs in the office of auditor of a bank, the
directors shall forthwith fill the vacancy, and the auditor so
appointed holds office for the unexpired term of office of the
predecessor of that auditor.
|
Where Superintendent may fill vacancy
|
(2) Where the directors fail to fill a vacancy in
accordance with subsection (1), the Superintendent may fill the vacancy
and the auditor so appointed holds office for the unexpired term of
office of the predecessor of that auditor.
|
Designation of member of firm
|
(3) Where the Superintendent has, pursuant to
subsection (2), appointed a firm of accountants to fill a vacancy, the
Superintendent shall designate the member of the firm who is to conduct
the audit of the bank on behalf of the firm.
|
Right to attend meetings
|
320. (1) The auditor or auditors of a bank
are entitled to receive notice of every meeting of shareholders and, at
the expense of the bank, to attend and be heard thereat on matters
relating to the duties of the auditor or auditors.
|
Duty to attend meeting
|
(2) If a director or shareholder of a bank,
whether or not the shareholder is entitled to vote at the meeting,
gives written notice, not less than ten days before a meeting of
shareholders, to an auditor or former auditor of the bank that the
director or shareholder wishes the auditor's attendance at the meeting,
the auditor or former auditor shall attend the meeting at the expense
of the bank and answer questions relating to the auditor's or former
auditor's duties as auditor.
|
Notice to bank
|
(3) A director or shareholder who gives notice
under subsection (2) shall send concurrently a copy of the notice to
the bank and the bank shall forthwith send a copy thereof to the
Superintendent.
|
Superintendent may attend
|
(4) The Superintendent may attend and be heard at any meeting referred to in subsection (2).
|
Statement of auditor
|
321. (1) An auditor of a bank that
(a) resigns,
(b) receives a notice or otherwise learns
of a meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of revoking the
appointment of the auditor, or
(c) receives a notice or otherwise learns
of a meeting of directors or shareholders at which another firm of
accountants is to be appointed in its stead, whether because of the
auditor's resignation or revocation of appointment or because the
auditor's term of office has expired or is about to expire,
shall submit to the bank and the
Superintendent a written statement giving the reasons for the
resignation or the reasons why the auditor opposes any proposed action.
|
Statement to be sent to shareholders
|
(2) Where a bank receives a written statement
referred to in subsection (1) that relates to a resignation as a result
of a disagreement with the directors or officers of the bank or that
relates to a matter referred to in paragraph (1)(b) or (c),
the bank shall forthwith send a copy of the statement to each
shareholder who is entitled to vote at the annual meeting of
shareholders.
|
Duty of replacement auditor
|
322. (1) Where an auditor of a bank has
resigned or the appointment of an auditor has been revoked, no firm of
accountants shall accept an appointment as auditor of the bank or
consent to be an auditor of the bank until the firm of accountants has
requested and received from the other auditor a written statement of
the circumstances and reasons why the other auditor resigned or why, in
the other auditor's opinion, the other auditor's appointment was
revoked.
|
Exception
|
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), a firm of
accountants may accept an appointment or consent to be appointed as
auditor of a bank if, within fifteen days after a request under that
subsection is made, no reply from the other auditor is received.
|
Effect of non-compliance
|
(3) Unless subsection (2) applies, an appointment as auditor of a bank is void if subsection (1) has not been complied with.
|
Auditors' examination
|
323. (1) The auditor or auditors of a bank
shall make such examination as the auditor or auditors consider
necessary to enable the auditor or auditors to report on the annual
statement and on other financial statements required by this Act to be
placed before the shareholders, except such annual statements or parts
thereof as relate to the period referred to in subparagraph 308(1)(a)(ii).
|
Auditing standards
|
(2) The examination of the auditor or auditors
referred to in subsection (1) shall, except as otherwise specified by
the Superintendent, be conducted in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards, the primary source of which is the Handbook of the
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.
|
Right to information
|
324. (1) On the request of the auditor or
auditors of a bank, the present or former directors, officers,
employees or agents of the bank shall, to the extent that such persons
are reasonably able to do so,
(a) permit access to such records, assets
and security held by the bank or any entity in which the bank has a
substantial investment, and
(b) provide such information and explanations
as are, in the opinion of the auditor or
auditors, necessary to enable the auditor or auditors to perform the
duties of the auditor or auditors of the bank.
|
Directors to provide information
|
(2) On the request of the auditor or auditors of a
bank, the directors of the bank shall, to the extent that they are
reasonably able to do so,
(a) obtain from the present or former
directors, officers, employees and agents of any entity in which the
bank has a substantial investment the information and explanations that
such persons are reasonably able to provide and that are, in the
opinion of the auditor or auditors, necessary to enable them to perform
the duties of the auditor or auditors of the bank; and
(b) provide the auditor or auditors with the information and explanations so obtained.
|
No civil liability
|
(3) A person who in good faith makes an oral or
written communication under subsection (1) or (2) shall not be liable
in any civil action arising from having made the communication.
|
Auditors' report and extended examination
|
325. (1) The Superintendent may, in
writing, require that the auditor or auditors of a bank report to the
Superintendent on the extent of the procedures of the auditor or
auditors in the examination of the annual statement and may, in
writing, require that the auditor or auditors enlarge or extend the
scope of that examination or direct that any other particular procedure
be performed in any particular case, and the auditor or auditors shall
comply with any such requirement of the Superintendent and report to
the Superintendent thereon.
|
Special examination
|
(2) The Superintendent may, in writing, require
that the auditor or auditors of a bank make a particular examination
relating to the adequacy of the procedures adopted by the bank for the
safety of its creditors and shareholders, or any other examination as,
in the Superintendent's opinion, the public interest may require, and
report to the Superintendent thereon.
|
Idem
|
(3) The Superintendent may direct that a special
audit of a bank be made if, in the opinion of the Superintendent, it is
so required and may appoint for that purpose a firm of accountants
qualified pursuant to subsection 315(1) to be an auditor of the bank.
|
Expenses payable by bank
|
(4) The expenses entailed by any examination or
audit referred to in any of subsections (1) to (3) are payable by the
bank on being approved in writing by the Superintendent.
1991, c. 46, s. 325; 1999, c. 31, s. 13(F).
|
Auditors' report
|
326. (1) The auditor or auditors shall, not
less than twenty-one days before the date of the annual meeting of the
shareholders of the bank, make a report in writing to the shareholders
on the annual statement referred to in subsection 308(1).
|
Audit for shareholders
|
(2) In each report required under subsection (1),
the auditor or auditors shall state whether, in the opinion of the
auditor or auditors, the annual statement presents fairly, in
accordance with the accounting principles referred to in subsection
308(4), the financial position of the bank as at the end of the
financial year to which it relates and the results of the operations
and changes in the financial position of the bank for that financial
year.
|
Auditors' remarks
|
(3) In each report referred to in subsection (2),
the auditor or auditors shall include such remarks as the auditor or
auditors consider necessary when
(a) the examination has not been made in accordance with the auditing standards referred to in subsection 323(2);
(b) the annual statement has not been prepared on a basis consistent with that of the preceding financial year; or
(c) the annual statement does not present
fairly, in accordance with the accounting principles referred to in
subsection 308(4), the financial position of the bank as at the end of
the financial year to which it relates or the results of the operations
or changes in the financial position of the bank for that financial
year.
|
Report on directors' statement
|
327. (1) The auditor or auditors of a bank
shall, if required by the shareholders, audit and report to the
shareholders on any financial statement submitted by the directors to
the shareholders, and the report shall state whether, in their opinion,
the financial statement presents fairly the information required by the
shareholders.
|
Making of report
|
(2) A report of the auditor or auditors made under
subsection (1) shall be attached to the financial statement to which it
relates and a copy of the statement and report shall be sent by the
directors to every shareholder and to the Superintendent.
|
Report to officers
|
328. (1) It is the duty of the auditor or
auditors of a bank to report in writing to the chief executive officer
and chief financial officer of the bank any transactions or conditions
that have come to the attention of the auditor or auditors affecting
the well-being of the bank that in the opinion of the auditor or
auditors are not satisfactory and require rectification and, without
restricting the generality of the foregoing, the auditor or auditors
shall, as occasion requires, make a report to those officers in respect
of
(a) transactions of the bank that have come
to the attention of the auditor or auditors and that in the opinion of
the auditor or auditors have not been within the powers of the bank, and
(b) loans owing to the bank by any person
the aggregate amount of which exceeds one half of one per cent of the
regulatory capital of the bank and in respect of which, in the opinion
of the auditor or auditors, loss to the bank is likely to occur,
but when a report required under paragraph (b)
has been made in respect of loans to any person, it is not necessary to
report again in respect of loans to that person unless, in the opinion
of the auditor or auditors, the amount of the loss likely to occur has
increased.
|
Transmission of report
|
(2) Where the auditor or auditors of a bank make a report under subsection (1),
(a) the auditor or auditors shall transmit
the report, in writing, to the chief executive officer and chief
financial officer of the bank;
(b) the report shall be presented to the first meeting of the directors following its receipt;
(c) the report shall be incorporated in the minutes of that meeting; and
(d) the auditor or auditors shall, at the
time of transmitting the report to the chief executive officer and
chief financial officer, provide the Superintendent with a copy of the
report.
|
Auditors of subsidiaries
|
329. (1) A bank shall take all necessary
steps to ensure that each of its subsidiaries has as its auditor the
auditor or one of the auditors of the bank.
|
Subsidiary outside Canada
|
(2) Subsection (1) applies in the case of a
subsidiary that carries on its operations in a country other than
Canada unless the laws of that country do not permit the appointment of
an auditor of the bank as the auditor of that subsidiary.
|
Exception
|
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of
any particular subsidiary where the bank, after having consulted its
auditor or auditors, is of the opinion that the total assets of the
subsidiary are not a material part of the total assets of the bank.
|
Auditors' attendance
|
330. (1) The auditor or auditors of a bank
are entitled to receive notice of every meeting of the audit committee
and the conduct review committee of the bank and, at the expense of the
bank, to attend and be heard at that meeting.
|
Attendance
|
(2) If so requested by a member of the audit
committee, the auditor or auditors shall attend every meeting of the
audit committee held during the member's term of office.
1991, c. 46, s. 330; 1993, c. 34, s. 7(F).
|
Calling meeting
|
331. (1) The auditor or auditors of a bank or a member of the audit committee may call a meeting of the audit committee.
|
Right to interview
|
(2) The chief internal auditor of a bank or any
officer or employee of the bank acting in a similar capacity shall, at
the request of the auditor or auditors of the bank and on receipt of
reasonable notice, meet with the auditor or auditors.
|
Notice of errors
|
332. (1) A director or an officer of a bank
shall forthwith notify the audit committee and the auditor or auditors
of the bank of any error or misstatement of which the director or
officer becomes aware in an annual statement or other financial
statement on which the auditor or auditors or any former auditor or
auditors have reported.
|
Error noted by auditors
|
(2) If the auditor or auditors or former auditor
or auditors of a bank are notified or become aware of an error or
misstatement in an annual statement or other financial statement on
which the auditor or auditors reported and in the opinion of the
auditor or auditors the error or misstatement is material, the auditor
or auditors or former auditor or auditors shall inform each director of
the bank accordingly.
|
Duty of directors
|
(3) When under subsection (2) the auditor or
auditors or former auditor or auditors of a bank inform the directors
of an error or misstatement in an annual statement or other financial
statement, the directors shall
(a) prepare and issue a revised annual statement or financial statement; or
(b) otherwise inform the shareholders and the Superintendent of the error or misstatement.
|
Qualified privilege for statements
|
333. Any oral or written statement or
report made under this Act by the auditor or auditors or former auditor
or auditors of a bank has qualified privilege.
|
|
Remedial Actions
|
Derivative action
|
334. (1) Subject to subsection (2), a
complainant or the Superintendent may apply to a court for leave to
bring an action under this Act in the name and on behalf of a bank or
any of its subsidiaries, or to intervene in an action under this Act to
which the bank or a subsidiary of the bank is a party, for the purpose
of prosecuting, defending or discontinuing the action on behalf of the
bank or the subsidiary.
|
Conditions precedent
|
(2) No action may be brought and no intervention
in an action may be made under subsection (1) by a complainant unless
the court is satisfied that
(a) the complainant has given reasonable
notice to the directors of the bank or the subsidiary of the
complainant's intention to apply to the court under that section if the
directors of the bank or its subsidiary do not bring, diligently
prosecute or defend, or discontinue the action;
(b) the complainant is acting in good faith; and
(c) it appears to be in the interests of
the bank or the subsidiary that the action be brought, prosecuted,
defended or discontinued.
|
Notice to Superintendent
|
(3) A complainant under subsection (1) shall give
the Superintendent notice of the application and the Superintendent may
appear and be heard in person or by counsel at the hearing of the
application.
|
Powers of court
|
335. (1) In connection with an action
brought or intervened in under subsection 334(1), the court may at any
time make any order it thinks fit including, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing,
(a) an order authorizing the Superintendent, the complainant or any other person to control the conduct of the action;
(b) an order giving directions for the conduct of the action;
(c) an order directing that any amount
adjudged payable by a defendant in the action be paid, in whole or in
part, directly to former and present security holders of the bank or of
the subsidiary instead of to the bank or to the subsidiary; and
(d) an order requiring the bank or the
subsidiary to pay reasonable legal fees incurred by the Superintendent
or the complainant in connection with the action.
|
Jurisdiction
|
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1), the court may
not make any order in relation to any matter that would, under this
Act, require the approval of the Minister or the Superintendent.
|
Status of shareholder approval
|
336. (1) An application made or an action
brought or intervened in under subsection 334(1) or section 338 need
not be stayed or dismissed by reason only that it is shown that an
alleged breach of a right or duty owed to the bank or its subsidiary
has been or might be approved by the shareholders of the bank or
subsidiary or both, but evidence of approval by the shareholders may be
taken into account by the court in making an order under section 335.
|
Court approval to discontinue
|
(2) An application made or an action brought or
intervened in under subsection 334(1) or section 338 shall not be
stayed, discontinued, settled or dismissed for want of prosecution
without the approval of the court given on such terms as the court
thinks fit and, if the court determines that the interests of any
complainant might be substantially affected by any stay,
discontinuance, settlement or dismissal, the court may order any party
to the application or action to give notice to the complainant.
|
No security for costs
|
337. (1) A complainant is not required to
give security for costs in any application made or any action brought
or intervened in under subsection 334(1) or section 338.
|
Interim costs
|
(2) In an application made or an action brought or
intervened in under subsection 334(1) or section 338, the court may at
any time order the bank or its subsidiary to pay to the complainant
interim costs, including legal fees and disbursements, but the
complainant may be held accountable by the court for those interim
costs on final disposition of the application or action.
|
Application to rectify records
|
338. (1) If the name of a person is alleged
to be or to have been wrongly entered or retained in, or wrongly
deleted or omitted from, the securities register or any other record of
a bank, the bank, a security holder of the bank or any aggrieved person
may apply to a court for an order that the securities register or
record be rectified.
|
Notice to Superintendent
|
(2) An applicant under this section shall give the
Superintendent notice of the application and the Superintendent may
appear and be heard in person or by counsel at the hearing of the
application.
|
Powers of court
|
(3) In connection with an application under this
section, the court may make any order it thinks fit including, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(a) an order requiring the securities register or other record of the bank to be rectified;
(b) an order restraining a bank from calling or holding a meeting of shareholders or paying a dividend before the rectification;
(c) an order determining the right of a
party to the proceedings to have the party's name entered or retained
in, or deleted or omitted from, the securities register or records of
the bank, whether the issue arises between two or more security holders
or alleged security holders, or between the bank and any security
holder or alleged security holder; and
(d) an order compensating a party who has incurred a loss.
|
|
Liquidation and Dissolution
|
Definition of "court"
|
339. For the purposes of subsections 346(1)
and 347(1) and (2), sections 348 to 352, subsection 353(1), sections
355 and 357 to 359, subsections 363(3) and (4) and section 368, "court"
means a court having jurisdiction in the place where the bank has its
head office.
|
Application of subsection (2) and sections 341 to 368
|
340. (1) Subsection (2) and sections 341 to 368 do not apply to a bank that is insolvent within the meaning of the Winding-up and Restructuring Act.
|
Staying proceedings on insolvency
|
(2) Any proceedings taken under this Part to
dissolve or to liquidate and dissolve a bank shall be stayed if the
bank is at any time found to be insolvent within the meaning of the Winding-up and Restructuring Act.
1991, c. 46, s. 340; 1996, c. 6, s. 167.
|
Returns to Superintendent
|
341. A liquidator appointed under this Part
to wind up the business of a bank shall provide the Superintendent with
such information relating to the business and affairs of the bank in
such form as the Superintendent requires.
|
|
Simple Liquidation
|
No property and no liabilities
|
342. (1) A bank that has no property and no
liabilities may, if authorized by a special resolution of the
shareholders or, if there are no shareholders, by a resolution of all
the directors, apply to the Minister for letters patent dissolving the
bank.
|
Dissolution by letters patent
|
(2) Where the Minister has received an application
under subsection (1) and is satisfied that all the circumstances so
warrant, the Minister may issue letters patent dissolving the bank.
|
Effect of letters patent
|
(3) A bank in respect of which letters patent are
issued under subsection (2) ceases to exist on the day stated in the
letters patent.
|
Proposing liquidation
|
343. (1) The voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a bank, other than a bank referred to in subsection 342(1),
(a) may be proposed by its directors; or
(b) may be initiated by way of a proposal
made by a shareholder who is entitled to vote at an annual meeting of
shareholders in accordance with sections 143 and 144.
|
Terms must be set out
|
(2) A notice of any meeting of shareholders at
which the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a bank is to be
proposed shall set out the terms of the proposal.
|
Shareholders' resolution
|
344. Where the voluntary liquidation and
dissolution of a bank is proposed, the bank may apply to the Minister
for letters patent dissolving the bank if authorized by a special
resolution of the shareholders or, where the bank has issued more than
one class of shares, by special resolution of each class of
shareholders whether or not those shareholders are otherwise entitled
to vote.
|
Approval of Minister required
|
345. (1) No action directed toward the
voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a bank shall be taken by a
bank, other than as provided in sections 343 and 344, until an
application made by the bank pursuant to section 344 has been approved
by the Minister.
|
Conditional approval
|
(2) Where the Minister is satisfied on the basis
of an application made pursuant to section 344 that the circumstances
warrant the voluntary liquidation and dissolution of a bank, the
Minister may, by order, approve the application.
|
Effect of approval
|
(3) Where the Minister has approved an application
made pursuant to section 344 with respect to a bank, the bank shall not
carry on business except to the extent necessary to complete its
voluntary liquidation.
|
Liquidation process
|
(4) Where the Minister has approved an application made pursuant to section 344 with respect to a bank, the bank shall
(a) cause notice of the approval to be sent to each known claimant against and creditor of the bank;
(b) publish notice of the approval once a week for four consecutive weeks in the Canada Gazette
and once a week for two consecutive weeks in one or more newspapers in
general circulation in each province in which the bank transacted any
business within the preceding twelve months;
(c) proceed to collect its property,
dispose of property that is not to be distributed in kind to its
shareholders, discharge all its obligations and do all other acts
required to liquidate its business; and
(d) after giving the notice required under paragraphs (a) and (b)
and adequately providing for the payment or discharge of all its
obligations, distribute its remaining property, either in money or in
kind, among its shareholders according to their respective rights.
|
Dissolution instrument
|
346. (1) Unless a court has made an order
in accordance with subsection 347(1), the Minister may, if satisfied
that the bank has complied with subsection 345(4) and that all the
circumstances so warrant, issue letters patent dissolving the bank.
|
Bank dissolved
|
(2) A bank in respect of which letters patent are
issued under subsection (1) is dissolved and ceases to exist on the day
stated in the letters patent.
|
|
Court-supervised Liquidation
|
Application for court supervision
|
347. (1) The Superintendent or any
interested person may, at any time during the liquidation of a bank,
apply to a court for an order for the continuance of the voluntary
liquidation under the supervision of the court in accordance with this
section and sections 348 to 360 and on such application the court may
so order and make any further order it thinks fit.
|
Idem
|
(2) An application under subsection (1) to a court
to supervise a voluntary liquidation shall state the reasons, verified
by an affidavit of the applicant, why the court should supervise the
liquidation.
|
Notice to Superintendent
|
(3) Where a person, other than the Superintendent,
makes an application under subsection (1), the person shall give the
Superintendent notice of the application and the Superintendent may
appear and be heard in person or by counsel at the hearing of the
application.
|
Court supervision thereafter
|
348. (1) When a court makes an order under
subsection 347(1), the liquidation of the bank shall continue under the
supervision of the court.
|
Commencement of liquidation
|
(2) The supervision of the liquidation of a bank
by the court pursuant to an order made under subsection 347(1)
commences on the day the order is made.
|
Powers of court
|
349. In connection with the liquidation and
dissolution of a bank, the court may, where it is satisfied that the
bank is able to pay or adequately provide for the discharge of all its
obligations, make any order it thinks fit including, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing,
(a) an order to liquidate;
(b) an order appointing a liquidator, with or without security, fixing a liquidator's remuneration and replacing a liquidator;
(c) an order appointing inspectors or
referees, specifying their powers, fixing their remuneration and
replacing inspectors or referees;
(d) an order determining the notice to be given to any interested person, or dispensing with notice to any person;
(e) an order determining the validity of any claims made against the bank;
(f) an order, at any stage of the proceedings, restraining the directors and officers of the bank from
(i) exercising any of their powers, or
(ii) collecting or receiving any debt or other
property of the bank, and from paying out or transferring any property
of the bank, except as permitted by the court;
(g) an order determining and enforcing the duty or liability of any present or former director, officer or shareholder
(i) to the bank, or
(ii) for an obligation of the bank;
(h) an order approving the payment,
satisfaction or compromise of claims against the bank and the retention
of assets for that purpose, and determining the adequacy of provisions
for the payment, discharge or transfer of any obligation of the bank,
whether liquidated, unliquidated, future or contingent;
(i) with the concurrence of the
Superintendent, an order providing for the disposal or destruction of
the documents, records or registers of the bank;
(j) on the application of a creditor, an
inspector or the liquidator, an order giving directions on any matter
arising in the liquidation;
(k) after notice has been given to all
interested parties, an order relieving the liquidator from any omission
or default on such terms as the court thinks fit and confirming any act
of the liquidator;
(l) subject to sections 356 to 358, an
order approving any proposed, interim or final distribution to
shareholders, if any, or incorporators, in money or in property;
(m) an order disposing of any property belonging to creditors, shareholders and incorporators who cannot be found;
(n) on the application of any director, officer, shareholder, incorporator, creditor or the liquidator,
(i) an order staying the liquidation proceedings on such terms and conditions as the court thinks fit,
(ii) an order continuing or discontinuing the liquidation proceedings, or
(iii) an order to the liquidator to restore to the bank all of its remaining property; and
(o) after the liquidator has rendered the
liquidator's final account to the court, an order directing the bank to
apply to the Minister for letters patent dissolving the bank.
|
Cessation of business and powers
|
350. (1) Where a court makes an order for the liquidation of a bank,
(a) the bank continues in existence but
shall cease to carry on business, except the business that is, in the
opinion of the liquidator, required for an orderly liquidation; and
(b) the powers of the directors and
shareholders, if any, are vested in the liquidator and cease to be
vested in the directors or shareholders, except as specifically
authorized by the court.
|
Delegation by liquidator
|
(2) A liquidator may delegate any of the powers vested by paragraph (1)(b) to the directors or shareholders, if any.
|
Appointment of liquidator
|
351. When making an order for the
liquidation of a bank or at any time thereafter, the court may appoint
any person, including a director, an officer or a shareholder of the
bank or any other bank, as liquidator of the bank.
|
Vacancy in liquidator's office
|
352. Where an order for the liquidation of
a bank has been made and the office of liquidator is or becomes vacant,
the property of the bank is under the control of the court until the
office of liquidator is filled.
|
Duties of liquidator
|
353. (1) A liquidator shall
(a) forthwith after appointment give notice
thereof to the Superintendent and to each claimant and creditor of the
bank known to the liquidator;
(b) forthwith after appointment publish notice thereof once a week for four consecutive weeks in the Canada Gazette
and once a week for two consecutive weeks in one or more newspapers in
general circulation in each province in which the bank has transacted
any business within the preceding twelve months, requiring
(i) any person indebted to the bank to render
an account and pay to the liquidator at the time and place specified in
the notice any amount owing,
(ii) any person possessing property of the bank
to deliver it to the liquidator at the time and place specified in the
notice, and
(iii) any person having a claim against the
bank, whether liquidated, unliquidated, future or contingent, to
present particulars thereof in writing to the liquidator not later than
sixty days after the first publication of the notice;
(c) take into custody and control the property of the bank;
(d) open and maintain a trust account for the moneys received by the liquidator in the course of the liquidation of the bank;
(e) keep accounts of the moneys received and paid out by the liquidator in the course of the liquidation of the bank;
(f) maintain separate lists of each class of creditors, shareholders and other persons having claims against the bank;
(g) if at any time the liquidator
determines that the bank is unable to pay or adequately provide for the
discharge of its obligations, apply to the court for directions;
(h) deliver to the court and to the
Superintendent, at least once in every twelve month period after the
liquidator's appointment or more often as the court requires, the
annual statement of the bank prepared in accordance with subsection
308(1) or prepared in such manner as the liquidator thinks proper or as
the court requires; and
(i) after the final accounts are approved
by the court, distribute any remaining property of the bank among the
shareholders, if any, or incorporators, according to their respective
rights.
|
Powers of liquidator
|
(2) A liquidator may
(a) retain lawyers, notaries, accountants, appraisers and other professional advisers;
(b) bring, defend or take part in any
civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding in the name and
on behalf of the bank;
(c) carry on the business of the bank as required for an orderly liquidation;
(d) sell by public auction or private sale any property of the bank;
(e) do all acts and execute documents in the name and on behalf of the bank;
(f) borrow money on the security of the property of the bank;
(g) settle or compromise any claims by or against the bank; and
(h) do all other things necessary for the liquidation of the bank and distribution of its property.
|
Reliance on statements
|
354. A liquidator is not liable if the liquidator relies in good faith on
(a) financial statements of the bank
represented to the liquidator by an officer of the bank, or on a
written report of the auditor or auditors of the bank, to reflect
fairly the financial condition of the bank; or
(b) an opinion, a report or a statement of
a lawyer, a notary, an accountant, an appraiser or other professional
adviser retained by the liquidator.
|
Examination of others
|
355. (1) Where a liquidator has reason to
believe that any property of the bank is in the possession or under the
control of a person or that a person has concealed, withheld or
misappropriated any such property, the liquidator may apply to the
court for an order requiring that person to appear before the court at
the time and place designated in the order and to be examined.
|
Restoration and compensation
|
(2) Where an examination conducted pursuant to
subsection (1) discloses that a person has concealed, withheld or
misappropriated any property of the bank, the court may order that
person to restore the property or pay compensation to the liquidator.
|
Costs of liquidation
|
356. A liquidator shall pay the costs of
liquidation out of the property of the bank and shall pay or make
adequate provision for all claims against the bank.
|
Final accounts
|
357. (1) Within one year after the
appointment of a liquidator and after paying or making adequate
provision for all claims against the bank, the liquidator shall apply
to the court
(a) for approval of the final accounts of
the liquidator and for an order permitting the distribution, in money
or in kind, of the remaining property of the bank to its shareholders,
if any, or to the incorporators, according to their respective rights;
or
(b) for an extension of time, setting out the reasons therefor.
|
Shareholder application
|
(2) If a liquidator fails to make the application
required by subsection (1), a shareholder of the bank or, if there are
no shareholders of the bank, an incorporator may apply to the court for
an order for the liquidator to show cause why a final accounting and
distribution should not be made.
|
Notification of final accounts
|
(3) A liquidator shall give notice of the
liquidator's intention to make an application under subsection (1) to
the Superintendent, to each inspector appointed under section 349, to
each shareholder of the bank or, if there are no shareholders, to each
incorporator and to any person who provided a security or fidelity bond
for the liquidation.
|
Publication
|
(4) The liquidator shall publish the notice required under subsection (3) in the Canada Gazette
and once a week for two consecutive weeks in one or more newspapers in
general circulation in each province in which the bank has transacted
any business within the preceding twelve months or as otherwise
directed by the court.
|
Final order
|
358. (1) If the court approves the final accounts rendered by a liquidator, the court shall make an order
(a) directing the bank to apply to the Minister for letters patent dissolving the bank;
(b) directing the custody or disposal of the documents, records and registers of the bank; and
(c) discharging the liquidator except in respect of the duty of a liquidator under subsection (2).
|
Delivery of order
|
(2) The liquidator shall forthwith send a certified copy of the order referred to in subsection (1) to the Superintendent.
|
Right to distribution of money
|
359. (1) If in the course of the liquidation of a bank the shareholders resolve to, or the liquidator proposes to,
(a) exchange all or substantially all of
the remaining property of the bank for securities of another entity
that are to be distributed to the shareholders or to the incorporators,
or
(b) distribute all or part of the remaining property of the bank to the shareholders or to the incorporators in kind,
a shareholder or incorporator may apply to the
court for an order requiring the distribution of the remaining property
of the bank to be in money.
|
Powers of court
|
(2) On an application under subsection (1), the court may order
(a) all of the remaining property of the bank to be converted into and distributed in money; or
(b) the claim of any shareholder or incorporator applying under this section to be satisfied by a distribution in money.
|
Order by court
|
(3) Where an order is made by a court under paragraph (2)(b), the court
(a) shall fix a fair value on the share of the property of the bank attributable to the shareholder or incorporator;
(b) may in its discretion appoint one or more appraisers to assist the court in fixing a fair value in accordance with paragraph (a); and
(c) shall render a final order against the
bank in favour of the shareholder or incorporator for the amount of the
share of the property of the bank attributable to the shareholder or
incorporator.
|
Dissolution by letters patent
|
360. (1) On an application made pursuant to an order under paragraph 358(1)(a), the Minister may issue letters patent dissolving the bank.
|
Bank dissolved
|
(2) A bank in respect of which letters patent are
issued under subsection (1) is dissolved and ceases to exist on the
date of the issuance of the letters patent.
|
|
General
|
Definition of "shareholder" and "incorporator"
|
361. In sections 363 and 364, "shareholder"
and "incorporator" include the heirs and personal representatives of a
shareholder or incorporator.
|
Continuation of actions
|
362. (1) Notwithstanding the dissolution of a bank under this Part,
(a) a civil, criminal or administrative
action or proceeding commenced by or against the bank before its
dissolution may be continued as if the bank had not been dissolved;
(b) a civil, criminal or administrative
action or proceeding may be brought against the bank within two years
after its dissolution as if the bank had not been dissolved; and
(c) any property that would have been
available to satisfy any judgment or order if the bank had not been
dissolved remains available for that purpose.
|
Service on bank
|
(2) Service of a document on a bank after its
dissolution may be effected by serving the document on a person shown
as a director in the incorporating instrument of the bank or, if
applicable, in the latest return sent to the Superintendent under
section 632.
1991, c. 46, s. 362; 1999, c. 28, s. 17.
|
Limitations on liability
|
363. (1) Notwithstanding the dissolution of
a bank, a shareholder or incorporator to whom any of its property has
been distributed is liable to any person claiming under subsection
362(1) to the extent of the amount received by that shareholder or
incorporator on the distribution.
|
Limitation
|
(2) An action to enforce liability under
subsection (1) may not be commenced except within two years after the
date of the dissolution of the bank.
|
Action against class
|
(3) A court may order an action referred to in
subsections (1) and (2) to be brought against the persons who were
shareholders or incorporators as a class, subject to such conditions as
the court thinks fit.
|
Reference
|
(4) If the plaintiff establishes a claim in an
action under subsection (3), the court may refer the proceedings to a
referee or other officer of the court who may
(a) add as a party to the proceedings each person found by the plaintiff to have been a shareholder or incorporator;
(b) determine, subject to subsection (1),
the amount that each person who was a shareholder or incorporator must
contribute towards satisfaction of the plaintiff's claim; and
(c) direct payment of the amounts so determined.
|
Where creditor cannot be found
|
364. Where a creditor, shareholder or
incorporator to whom property is to be distributed on the dissolution
of a bank cannot be found, the portion of the property to be
distributed to that creditor, shareholder or incorporator shall be
converted into money and paid in accordance with section 366.
|
Vesting in Crown
|
365. Subject to subsection 362(1) and
sections 366 and 367, property of a bank that has not been disposed of
at the date of the dissolution of the bank vests in Her Majesty in
right of Canada.
|
Unclaimed money on winding-up
|
366. (1) Notwithstanding the Winding-up and Restructuring Act,
where the business of a bank is being wound up, the liquidator or the
bank shall pay to the Minister on demand and in any event before the
final winding-up of that business any amount that is payable by the
liquidator or the bank to a creditor, shareholder or incorporator of
the bank to whom payment thereof has not, for any reason, been made.
|
Records
|
(2) Where a liquidator or a bank makes a payment
to the Minister under subsection (1) with respect to a creditor,
shareholder or incorporator, the liquidator or bank shall concurrently
forward to the Minister all documents, records and registers in the
possession of the liquidator or bank that relate to the entitlement of
the creditor, shareholder or incorporator.
|
Payment to Bank of Canada
|
(3) The Minister shall pay to the Bank of Canada
all amounts paid to the Minister under subsection (1) and shall provide
the Bank of Canada with any document, record or register received by
the Minister under subsection (2).
|
Liquidator and bank discharged
|
(4) Payment by a liquidator or a bank to the
Minister under subsection (1) discharges the liquidator and the bank in
respect of which the payment is made from all liability for the amount
so paid, and payment by the Minister to the Bank of Canada under
subsection (3) discharges the Minister from all liability for the
amount so paid.
1991, c. 46, s. 366; 1996, c. 6, s. 167.
|
Liability of Bank of Canada
|
367. (1) Subject to section 22 of the Bank of Canada Act,
where payment has been made to the Bank of Canada of an amount under
subsection 366(3), the Bank of Canada, if payment is demanded by a
person who, but for subsection 366(4), would be entitled to receive
payment of that amount from the liquidator, the bank or the Minister,
is liable to pay to that person at its head office an amount equal to
the amount so paid to it, with interest thereon for the period, not
exceeding ten years, from the day on which the payment was received by
the Bank of Canada until the date of payment to the person, at such
rate and computed in such manner as the Minister determines.
|
Enforcing liability
|
(2) The liability of the Bank of Canada under
subsection (1) may be enforced by action against the Bank of Canada in
the court in the province in which the debt or instrument was payable.
|
Custody of records after dissolution
|
368. A person who has been granted custody
of the documents, records and registers of a dissolved bank shall keep
them available for production for six years following the date of the
dissolution of the bank or until the expiration of such shorter period
as may be ordered by the court when it orders the dissolution.
|
Insolvency
|
369. (1) In the case of the insolvency of a bank,
(a) the payment of any amount due to Her
Majesty in right of Canada, in trust or otherwise, except indebtedness
evidenced by subordinated indebtedness, shall be a first charge on the
assets of the bank;
(b) the payment of any amount due to Her
Majesty in right of a province, in trust or otherwise, except
indebtedness evidenced by subordinated indebtedness, shall be a second
charge on the assets of the bank;
(c) the payment of the deposit liabilities
of the bank and all other liabilities of the bank, except the
liabilities referred to in paragraphs (d) and (e), shall be a third charge on the assets of the bank;
(d) subordinated indebtedness of the bank
and all other liabilities that by their terms rank equally with or
subordinate to such subordinated indebtedness shall be a fourth charge
on the assets of the bank; and
(e) the payment of any fines and penalties for which the bank is liable shall be a last charge on the assets of the bank.
|
Priority not affected
|
(2) Nothing in subsection (1) prejudices or
affects the priority of any holder of any security interest in any
property of a bank.
|
Priorities
|
(3) Priorities within each of paragraphs (1)(a) to (e)
shall be determined in accordance with the laws governing priorities
and, where applicable, by the terms of the indebtedness and liabilities
referred to therein.
1991, c. 46, s. 369; 2001, c. 9, s. 95.
|
|
PART VII OWNERSHIP
|
|
DIVISION I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
|
Definitions
|
370. (1) In this Part,
|
"agent" « mandataire »
|
"agent" means
(a) in relation to Her Majesty in right
of Canada or of a province, any agent of Her Majesty in either of those
rights and includes a municipal or public body empowered to perform a
function of government in Canada or any entity empowered to perform a
function or duty on behalf of Her Majesty in either of those rights,
but does not include
(i) an official or entity performing a function or
duty in connection with the administration or management of the estate
or property of a natural person,
(ii) an official or entity performing a function or
duty in connection with the administration, management or investment of
a fund established to provide compensation, hospitalization, medical
care, annuities, pensions or similar benefits to natural persons, or
moneys derived from such a fund, or
(iii) the trustee of any trust for the administration
of a fund to which Her Majesty in either of those rights contributes
and of which an official or entity that is an agent of Her Majesty in
either of those rights is a trustee, and
(b) in relation to the government of a
foreign country or any political subdivision thereof, a person
empowered to perform a function or duty on behalf of the government of
the foreign country or political subdivision, other than a function or
duty in connection with the administration or management of the estate
or property of a natural person;
|
"eligible Canadian financial institution" « institution financière canadienne admissible »
|
"eligible Canadian financial institution" means a
Canadian financial institution that is a body corporate and that is
widely held;
|
"eligible financial institution" « institution financière admissible »
|
"eligible financial institution" means an eligible Canadian financial institution or an eligible foreign institution;
|
"eligible foreign institution" « institution étrangère admissible »
|
"eligible foreign institution" means
(a) a foreign bank that, in the opinion
of the Minister, after consultation with the Superintendent, is
regulated as or like a bank, according to the jurisdiction under whose
laws it was incorporated or in any jurisdiction in which it carries on
business, or
(b) a foreign institution that, in the opinion of the Minister,
(i) is, with respect to its provision of financial
services, regulated in the jurisdiction under whose laws it was
incorporated or in any jurisdiction in which it carries on business, and
(ii) is widely held;
|
"foreign institution" « institution étrangère »
|
"foreign institution" means an entity that is
(a) engaged in the trust, loan or
insurance business, the business of a cooperative credit society or the
business of dealing in securities, and
(b) incorporated or formed otherwise than by or under an Act of Parliament or the legislature of a province.
(2) to (4) [Repealed, 2001, c. 9, s. 96]
1991, c. 46, s. 370, c. 48, s. 494; 2001, c. 9, s. 96.
|
Associates
|
371. (1) For the purpose of determining
ownership of a bank, where two persons who each beneficially own shares
of a bank are associated with each other, those persons are deemed to
be a single person who beneficially owns the aggregate number of shares
of the bank beneficially owned by them.
|
Idem
|
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), a person
who beneficially owns shares of a bank is associated with another
person who beneficially owns shares of the bank if
(a) one person is Her Majesty in right of
Canada and the other person is Her Majesty in right of a province or
one person is Her Majesty in right of a province and the other person
is Her Majesty in right of another province;
(b) each person is an agent of Her Majesty in right of Canada or in right of a province;
(c) each person is an official, a trustee or an entity referred to in subparagraphs (a)(ii) and (iii) of the definition "agent" in subsection 370(1);
(d) each person is an entity owned or
controlled by Her Majesty in right of Canada or in right of a province
that is not an agent of Her Majesty and is not empowered to perform a
function or duty on behalf of Her Majesty;
(e) both persons are trustees of any trusts
for the administration of funds to which Her Majesty in right of Canada
contributes and of which no official or entity that is an agent of Her
Majesty in such right is a trustee;
(f) both persons are trustees of any trusts
for the administration of funds to which Her Majesty in right of a
particular province contributes and of which no official or entity that
is an agent of Her Majesty in right of that province is a trustee;
(g) one person is a local cooperative
credit society and the other person is a central cooperative credit
society of which the first person is a member;
(h) both persons are local cooperative credit societies that are members of the same central cooperative credit society;
(i) one person is a central cooperative
credit society, the other person is a federation of cooperative credit
societies of which the first is a member, and both persons are
incorporated or organized by or pursuant to legislation enacted by the
same legislative body;
(j) both persons are central cooperative
credit societies that are members of the same federation of cooperative
credit societies, and both persons and the federation of cooperative
credit societies are incorporated or organized by or pursuant to
legislation enacted by the same legislative body; or
(k) both persons are associated within the meaning of paragraphs (a) to (j) with the same person.
1991, c. 46, s. 371; 2001, c. 9, s. 97.
|
|
DIVISION II OWNERSHIP OF BANKS
|
|
Constraints on Ownership
|
Significant interest
|
372. Except as permitted by this Part, no person shall have a significant interest in any class of shares of a bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 372; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
372.1 [Repealed, 2001, c. 9, s. 98]
|
Acquisition of significant interest
|
373. (1) Subject to this Part, no person,
or entity controlled by a person, shall, without the approval of the
Minister, purchase or otherwise acquire any share of a bank or purchase
or otherwise acquire control of any entity that holds any share of a
bank if
(a) the acquisition would cause the person to have a significant interest in any class of shares of the bank; or
(b) where the person has a significant
interest in a class of shares of the bank, the acquisition would
increase the significant interest of the person in that class of shares.
|
Amalgamation, etc., constitutes acquisition
|
(2) If, as a result of an amalgamation, merger or
reorganization, the entity that results would have a significant
interest in a class of shares of a bank, that entity is deemed to be
acquiring a significant interest in that class of shares of the bank
through an acquisition for which the approval of the Minister is
required.
1991, c. 46, s. 373; 1994, c. 47, s. 17; 1997, c. 15, s. 37(E); 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
373.1 [Repealed, 1999, c. 28, s. 18]
|
Limitations on share holdings
|
374. (1) No person may be a major shareholder of a bank with equity of five billion dollars or more.
|
Exception -- widely held bank
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a widely held bank that controls, within the meaning of paragraphs 3(1)(a) and (d),
the bank with equity of five billion dollars or more if it controlled,
within the meaning of those paragraphs, the bank on the day the bank's
equity reached five billion dollars and it has controlled, within the
meaning of those paragraphs, the bank since that day.
|
Exception -- widely held bank holding company
|
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to a widely held bank holding company that controls, within the meaning of paragraphs 3(1)(a) and (d), the bank with equity of five billion dollars or more if
(a) the bank holding company controlled,
within the meaning of those paragraphs, the bank on the day the bank's
equity reached five billion dollars and it has controlled, within the
meaning of those paragraphs, the bank since that day;
(b) the bank holding company acquired
control, within the meaning of those paragraphs, of the bank under
section 677 or 678 and the bank holding company has continued to
control, within the meaning of those paragraphs, the bank since the day
the bank holding company acquired control; or
(c) the bank was a subsidiary of another
bank that was continued under section 684 as the bank holding company
and the bank holding company has continued to control, within the
meaning of those paragraphs, the bank since the day it came into
existence as a bank holding company.
|
Exception -- insurance holding companies and certain institutions
|
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to any of the following that controls, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d),
the bank with equity of five billion dollars or more if it controlled,
within the meaning of that paragraph, the bank on the day the bank's
equity reached five billion dollars and it has controlled, within the
meaning of that paragraph, the bank since that day:
(a) a widely held insurance holding company;
(b) an eligible Canadian financial institution, other than a bank; or
(c) an eligible foreign institution.
|
Exception -- other entities
|
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to an entity that controls, within the meaning of paragraphs 3(1)(a) and (d),
the bank with equity of five billion dollars or more if the entity is
controlled, within the meaning of those paragraphs, by a widely held
bank to which subsection (2) applies, or a widely held bank holding
company to which subsection (3) applies, that controls the bank.
|
Exception -- other entities
|
(6) Subsection (1) does not apply to an entity that controls, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d), the bank with equity of five billion dollars or more if the entity is controlled, within the meaning of that paragraph, by
(a) a widely held insurance holding company to which subsection (4) applies that controls the bank;
(b) an eligible Canadian financial institution to which subsection (4) applies, other than a bank, that controls the bank; or
(c) an eligible foreign institution to which subsection (4) applies that controls the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 374, c. 48, s. 494; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Exception
|
374.1 (1) Despite section 374, if a bank
with equity of five billion dollars or more was formed as the result of
an amalgamation, a person who is a major shareholder of the bank on the
effective date of the letters patent of amalgamation shall do all
things necessary to ensure that the person is no longer a major
shareholder of the bank on the day that is one year after that day or
on the day that is after any shorter period specified by the Minister.
|
Exception -- widely held banks and bank holding companies
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a widely held
bank or a widely held bank holding company that controlled, within the
meaning of paragraphs 3(1)(a) and (d), one of the
applicants for the letters patent of amalgamation and that has
controlled, within the meaning of those paragraphs, the amalgamated
bank since the effective date of those letters patent.
|
Exception -- insurance holding companies and certain institutions
|
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to any of the following that controlled, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d),
one of the applicants for the letters patent of amalgamation if it has
controlled, within the meaning of that paragraph, the amalgamated bank
since the effective date of those letters patent:
(a) a widely held insurance holding company;
(b) an eligible Canadian financial institution, other than a bank; or
(c) an eligible foreign institution.
|
Exception -- other entities
|
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply to an entity that controls, within the meaning of paragraphs 3(1)(a) and (d),
the amalgamated bank if the entity is controlled, within the meaning of
those paragraphs, by a widely held bank or widely held bank holding
company to which subsection (2) applies that controls the amalgamated
bank.
|
Exception -- other entities
|
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to an entity that controls, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d), the amalgamated bank if the entity is controlled, within the meaning of that paragraph, by any of the following:
(a) a widely held insurance holding company to which subsection (3) applies that controls the amalgamated bank;
(b) an eligible Canadian financial
institution to which subsection (3) applies, other than a bank, that
controls the amalgamated bank; or
(c) an eligible foreign institution to which subsection (3) applies that controls the amalgamated bank.
|
Extension
|
(6) If general market conditions so warrant and
the Minister is satisfied that the person has used the person's best
efforts to be in compliance with subsection (1) on the required day,
the Minister may specify a later day as the day from and after which
the person must comply with that subsection.
2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Limitation on share holdings
|
375. (1) If a person is a major shareholder
of a bank with equity of less than five billion dollars and the bank's
equity reaches five billion dollars or more, the person shall do all
things necessary to ensure that the person is not a major shareholder
of the bank on the day that is three years after the day the bank's
equity reached five billion dollars.
|
Exception
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if any of subsections 374(2) to (6) applies to the person in respect of the bank.
|
Extension
|
(3) If general market conditions so warrant and
the Minister is satisfied that the person has used the person's best
efforts to be in compliance with subsection (1) on the required day,
the Minister may specify a later day as the day from and after which
the person must comply with that subsection.
1991, c. 46, s. 375; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Obligation of widely held bank
|
376. (1) If a widely held bank with equity
of five billion dollars or more controls another bank and a person
becomes a major shareholder of the other bank or of any entity that
also controls the other bank, the widely held bank must do all things
necessary to ensure that, on the day that is one year after the person
became a major shareholder of the other bank or entity that controls
the other bank,
(a) the widely held bank no longer controls the other bank; or
(b) the other bank or the entity that
controls the other bank does not have any major shareholder other than
the widely held bank or any entity that the widely held bank controls.
|
Exception
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of a
bank with equity of less than two hundred and fifty million dollars or
any other amount that is prescribed.
|
Extension
|
(3) If general market conditions so warrant and
the Minister is satisfied that the widely held bank has used its best
efforts to be in compliance with subsection (1) on the required day,
the Minister may specify a later day as the day from and after which it
must comply with that subsection.
1991, c. 46, s. 376; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Obligation of widely held bank
|
376.01 (1) Despite subsection 376(1), if a
widely held bank with equity of five billion dollars or more controls a
bank (in this subsection referred to as the "other bank") in respect of
which that subsection does not apply by reason of subsection 376(2) and
the equity of the other bank reaches two hundred and fifty million
dollars or more or any other amount that is prescribed and on the day
the equity of the other bank reaches two hundred and fifty million
dollars or more, or the prescribed amount, as the case may be, a person
is a major shareholder of the other bank or of any entity that also
controls the other bank, the widely held bank must do all things
necessary to ensure that, on the day that is three years after that day,
(a) the widely held bank no longer controls the other bank; or
(b) the other bank or the entity that
controls the other bank does not have any major shareholder other than
the widely held bank or any entity that the widely held bank controls.
|
Extension
|
(2) If general market conditions so warrant and
the Minister is satisfied that the widely held bank has used its best
efforts to be in compliance with subsection (1) on the required day,
the Minister may specify a later day as the day from and after which it
must comply with that subsection.
2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Prohibition against significant interest
|
376.1 No person who has a significant
interest in any class of shares of a widely held bank with equity of
five billion dollars or more may have a significant interest in any
class of shares of a subsidiary of the widely held bank that is a bank
or a bank holding company.
1991, c. 46, s. 578; 1997, c. 15, s. 39; 1999, c. 28, s. 19; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Prohibition against significant interest
|
376.2 No person who has a significant
interest in any class of shares of a bank may have a significant
interest in any class of shares of any widely held bank with equity of
five billion dollars or more, or of any widely held bank holding
company with equity of five billion dollars or more, that controls the
bank.
2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Prohibition against control
|
377. (1) No person shall control, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d), a bank with equity of five billion dollars or more.
|
Exception
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if any of subsections 374(2) to (6) applies to the person in respect of the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 377; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Restriction on control
|
377.1 No person shall, without the prior approval of the Minister, acquire control, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d), of a bank with equity of less than five billion dollars.
2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Former Schedule I banks with equity of less than five billion dollars
|
378. (1) A bank that was named in Schedule I as that Schedule read immediately before the day section 184 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act
comes into force and that had equity of less than five billion dollars
on that day is deemed, for the purposes of sections 138, 156.09, 374,
376, 376.01, 376.1, 376.2, 377, 380 and 382, subsection 383(2), section
385 and subsection 396(2), to be a bank with equity of five billion
dollars or more.
|
Non-application of subsection (1)
|
(2) Subsection (1) ceases to apply to a bank that
continues to have equity of less than five billion dollars if the
Minister specifies that it no longer applies to the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 378; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Prohibition
|
378.1 No person may control or be a major shareholder of a bank if the person or an entity affiliated with the person
(a) has control of or has a substantial
investment in an entity that engages in Canada in any personal property
leasing activity that a financial leasing entity as defined in
subsection 464(1) is prohibited from engaging in; or
(b) engages in Canada in any personal
property leasing activity that a financial leasing entity as defined in
subsection 464(1) is prohibited from engaging in.
1994, c. 47, s. 18; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Prohibition
|
378.2 No person who controls a bank or who is a major shareholder of a bank, and no entity affiliated with that person, may
(a) control or have a substantial
investment in an entity that engages in Canada in any personal property
leasing activity that a financial leasing entity as defined in
subsection 464(1) is prohibited from engaging in; or
(b) engage in Canada in any personal
property leasing activity that a financial leasing entity as defined in
subsection 464(1) is prohibited from engaging in.
2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Constraint on registration
|
379. No bank shall, unless the acquisition
of the share has been approved by the Minister, record in its
securities register a transfer or issue of any share of the bank to any
person or to any entity controlled by a person if
(a) the transfer or issue of the share
would cause the person to have a significant interest in any class of
shares of the bank; or
(b) where the person has a significant
interest in a class of shares of the bank, the transfer or issue of the
share would increase the significant interest of the person in that
class of shares.
1991, c. 46, s. 379; 1997, c. 15, s. 40; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Exemption
|
380. On application by a bank, other than a
bank with equity of five billion dollars or more, the Superintendent
may exempt any class of non-voting shares of the bank the aggregate
book value of which is not more than 30 per cent of the aggregate book
value of all the outstanding shares of the bank from the application of
sections 373 and 379.
1991, c. 46, s. 380; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Exception for small holdings
|
381. Despite section 379, if, as a result
of a transfer or issue of shares of a class of shares of a bank to a
person, the total number of shares of that class registered in the
securities register of the bank in the name of that person would not
exceed five thousand and would not exceed 0.1 per cent of the
outstanding shares of that class, the bank is entitled to assume that
no person is acquiring or increasing a significant interest in that
class of shares of the bank as a result of that issue or transfer of
shares.
1991, c. 46, s. 381; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
When approval not required
|
382. (1) Despite sections 373 and 379, the
approval of the Minister is not required in respect of a bank with
equity of less than five billion dollars if a person with a significant
interest in a class of shares of the bank, or an entity controlled by a
person with a significant interest in a class of shares of the bank,
purchases or otherwise acquires shares of that class, or acquires
control of any entity that holds any share of that class, and the
number of shares of that class purchased or otherwise acquired, or the
acquisition of control of the entity, as the case may be, would not
increase the significant interest of the person in that class of shares
of the bank to a percentage that is greater than the percentage
referred to in subsection (2) or (3), whichever is applicable.
|
Percentage
|
(2) Subject to subsection (3) and for the purpose
of subsection (1), the percentage is 5 percentage points in excess of
the significant interest of the person in that class of shares of the
bank on the later of June 1, 1992 and the day of the most recent
purchase or acquisition by the person or any entity controlled by the
person, other than the entity referred to in subsection (1), of shares
of that class of shares of the bank, or of control of an entity that
held shares of that class of shares of the bank, for which approval was
given by the Minister.
|
Percentage
|
(3) If a person has a significant interest in a
class of shares of a bank and the person's percentage of that class has
decreased after the date of the most recent purchase or other
acquisition by the person or any entity controlled by the person, other
than the entity referred to in subsection (1), of shares of that class
of shares of the bank, or of control of an entity that held shares of
that class of shares of the bank, for which approval was given by the
Minister, the percentage for the purposes of subsection (1) is the
percentage that is the lesser of
(a) 5 percentage points in excess of the
significant interest of the person in that class of shares of the bank
on the later of June 1, 1992 and the day of the most recent purchase or
other acquisition by the person or any entity controlled by the person,
other than the entity referred to in subsection (1), of shares of that
class of shares of the bank, or of control of an entity that held
shares of that class of shares of the bank, for which approval was
given by the Minister, and
(b) 10 percentage points in excess of the
lowest significant interest of the person in that class of shares of
the bank at any time after the later of June 1, 1992 and the day of the
most recent purchase or other acquisition by the person or any entity
controlled by the person, other than the entity referred to in
subsection (1), of shares of that class of shares of the bank, or of
control of an entity that held shares of that class of shares of the
bank, for which approval was given by the Minister.
|
Exception
|
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply if the purchase
or other acquisition of shares or the acquisition of control referred
to in that subsection would
(a) result in the acquisition of control of the bank by the person referred to in that subsection;
(b) if the person controls the bank but the
voting rights attached to the aggregate of any voting shares of the
bank beneficially owned by the person and by entities controlled by the
person do not exceed 50 per cent of the voting rights attached to all
of the outstanding voting shares of the bank, cause the voting rights
attached to that aggregate to exceed 50 per cent of the voting rights
attached to all of the outstanding voting shares of the bank;
(c) result in the acquisition of a
significant interest in a class of shares of the bank by an entity
controlled by the person and the acquisition of that investment is not
exempted by the regulations; or
(d) result in an increase in a significant
interest in a class of shares of the bank by an entity controlled by
the person by a percentage that is greater than the percentage referred
to in subsection (2) or (3), whichever applies, and the increase is not
exempted by the regulations.
|
Regulations
|
(5) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) exempting from the application of paragraph (4)(c) the acquisition of a significant interest in a class of shares of the bank by an entity controlled by the person; and
(b) exempting from the application of paragraph (4)(d)
an increase in a significant interest in a class of shares of the bank
by an entity controlled by the person by a percentage that is greater
than the percentage referred to in subsection (2) or (3), whichever
applies.
1991, c. 46, s. 382; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
When approval not required
|
383. (1) Despite sections 373 and 379, the approval of the Minister is not required if
(a) the Superintendent has, by order,
directed the bank to increase its capital and shares of the bank are
issued and acquired in accordance with the terms and conditions, if
any, that may be specified in the order; or
(b) a person who controls, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(a), the bank acquires additional shares of the bank.
|
Exception
|
(2) Paragraph (1)(a) does not apply in respect of a bank with equity of five billion dollars or more.
1991, c. 46, s. 383; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Pre-approval
|
384. For the purposes of sections 373 and 379, the Minister may approve
(a) the purchase or other acquisition of
any number or percentage of shares of a bank that may be required in a
particular transaction or series of transactions; or
(b) the purchase or other acquisition of up to a specified number or percentage of shares of a bank within a specified period.
1991, c. 46, s. 384; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Public holding requirement
|
385. (1) Every bank with equity of one
billion dollars or more but less than five billion dollars shall, from
and after the day determined under this section in respect of that
bank, have, and continue to have, voting shares that carry at least 35
per cent of the voting rights attached to all of the outstanding voting
shares of the bank and that are
(a) shares of one or more classes of shares that are listed and posted for trading on a recognized stock exchange in Canada; and
(b) shares none of which is beneficially
owned by a person who is a major shareholder of the bank in respect of
the voting shares of the bank or by any entity that is controlled by a
person who is a major shareholder of the bank in respect of such shares.
|
Determination of day
|
(2) The day referred to in subsection (1) is
(a) if the bank had equity of one billion
dollars or more but less than five billion dollars on the day the bank
came into existence, the day that is three years after that day; and
(b) in any other case, the day that is
three years after the day of the first annual meeting of the
shareholders of the bank held after the equity of the bank first
reaches one billion dollars.
|
Extension
|
(3) If general market conditions so warrant and
the Minister is satisfied that a bank has used its best efforts to be
in compliance with this section on the day determined under subsection
(2), the Minister may specify a later day as the day from and after
which the bank must comply with subsection (1).
1991, c. 46, s. 385; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Public holding requirement
|
385.1 If a bank to which section 385
applies becomes a bank with equity of five billion dollars or more,
that section continues to apply to the bank until no person is a major
shareholder of the bank, other than a person to whom subsections 374(2)
to (6) apply.
2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Limit on assets
|
386. (1) Unless an exemption order with
respect to the bank is granted under section 388, if a bank fails to
comply with section 385 in any month, the Minister may, by order,
require the bank not to have, until it complies with that section,
average total assets in any three month period ending on the last day
of a subsequent month exceeding the bank's average total assets in the
three month period ending on the last day of the month immediately
before the month specified in the order.
|
Average total assets
|
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the
average total assets of a bank in a three month period is to be
computed by adding the total assets of the bank as calculated for the
month end of each of the three months in the period and by dividing the
sum by three.
|
Definition of "total assets"
|
(3) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2),
"total assets", in respect of a bank, has the meaning given that
expression by the regulations.
1991, c. 46, s. 386; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Increase of capital
|
387. If the Superintendent has, by order,
directed a bank with equity of one billion dollars or more but less
than five billion dollars to increase its capital and shares of the
bank are issued and acquired in accordance with any terms and
conditions that may be specified in the order, section 385 does not
apply in respect of the bank until the time that the Superintendent
may, by order, specify.
1991, c. 46, s. 387; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Exemption by order of the Minister
|
388. (1) On application by a bank, the
Minister may, if the Minister considers it appropriate to do so, by
order exempt the bank from the requirements of section 385, subject to
any terms and conditions that the Minister considers appropriate.
|
Compliance with section 385
|
(2) If an exemption order granted under this
section in respect of a bank expires, the bank shall comply with
section 385 as of the day the exemption order expires.
|
Limit on assets
|
(3) If a bank fails to comply with section 385 on
the day referred to in subsection (2), the bank shall not, until it
complies with that section, have average total assets in any three
month period ending on the last day of a subsequent month exceeding the
bank's average total assets in the three month period ending on the
last day of the month immediately before the day referred to in
subsection (2) or any later day that the Minister may, by order,
specify.
|
Application of ss. 386(2) and (3)
|
(4) Subsections 386(2) and (3) apply for the purposes of subsection (3).
1991, c. 46, s. 388; 1997, c. 15, s. 41; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Exception
|
389. (1) If a bank fails to comply with
section 385 as the result of any of the following, section 386 does not
apply in respect of the bank until the expiration of six months after
the day it failed to comply with section 385:
(a) a distribution to the public of voting shares of the bank;
(b) a redemption or purchase of voting shares of the bank;
(c) the exercise of any option to acquire voting shares of the bank; or
(d) the conversion of any convertible securities into voting shares of the bank.
|
Shares acquiring voting rights
|
(2) If, as the result of an event that has
occurred and is continuing, shares of a bank acquire voting rights in
such number as to cause the bank to no longer be in compliance with
section 385, section 386 does not apply in respect of that bank until
the expiration of six months after the day the bank ceased to be in
compliance with section 385 or any later day that the Minister may, by
order, specify.
1991, c. 46, s. 389; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Acquisition of control permitted
|
390. (1) Subject to subsection (2) and
sections 379 and 391, section 385 does not apply in respect of a bank
if a person acquires control of the bank through the purchase or other
acquisition of all or any number of the shares of the bank by the
person or by any entity controlled by the person.
|
Undertaking required
|
(2) Subsection (1) applies only if the person
referred to in that subsection provides the Minister with an
undertaking satisfactory to the Minister to do all things necessary so
that, within three years after the acquisition, or any other period
that the Minister may specify, the bank has voting shares that carry at
least 35 per cent of the voting rights attached to all of the
outstanding voting shares of the bank and that are
(a) shares of one or more classes of shares that are listed and posted for trading on a recognized stock exchange in Canada; and
(b) shares none of which is beneficially
owned by a person who is a major shareholder of the bank in respect of
the voting shares of the bank or by any entity that is controlled by a
person who is a major shareholder of the bank in respect of such shares.
1991, c. 46, s. 390; 1999, c. 28, s. 20; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Application of section 385
|
391. At the expiration of the period for
compliance with an undertaking referred to in subsection 390(2),
section 385 shall apply in respect of the bank to which the undertaking
relates.
1991, c. 46, s. 391; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Restriction on voting rights
|
392. (1) If, with respect to any bank, a
particular person contravenes section 372, subsection 373(1), 374(1) or
375(1), section 376.1 or 376.2, subsection 377(1) or section 377.1 or
fails to comply with an undertaking referred to in subsection 390(2) or
with any term or condition imposed under section 397, no person, and no
entity controlled by the particular person, shall, in person or by
proxy, exercise any voting rights
(a) that are attached to shares of the bank
beneficially owned by the particular person or any entity controlled by
the particular person; or
(b) that are subject to an agreement
entered into by the particular person, or any entity controlled by the
particular person, pertaining to the exercise of the voting rights.
|
Subsection (1) ceases to apply
|
(2) Subsection (1) ceases to apply in respect of a person when, as the case may be,
(a) the shares to which the contravention relates have been disposed of;
(b) the person ceases to control the bank within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d);
(c) if the person failed to comply with an undertaking referred to in subsection 390(2), the bank complies with section 385; or
(d) if the person failed to comply with a
term or condition imposed under section 397, the person complies with
the term or condition.
|
Saving
|
(3) Despite subsection (1), if a person
contravenes subsection 374(1) by reason only that, as a result of an
event that has occurred and is continuing and is not within the control
of the person, shares of the bank beneficially owned by the person or
by any entity controlled by the person acquire voting rights in such
number so as to cause the person to be a major shareholder of the bank,
the Minister may, after consideration of the circumstances, permit the
person and any entity controlled by the person to exercise voting
rights, in person or by proxy, in respect of any class of voting shares
of the bank beneficially owned by them that do not in aggregate exceed
20 per cent of the voting rights attached to that class of voting
shares.
1991, c. 46, s. 392; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Loss of control -- banks and bank holding companies
|
393. (1) Despite sections 374 and 377, a
widely held bank or a widely held bank holding company may be a major
shareholder of a bank with equity of five billion dollars or more and
cease to control, within the meaning of paragraphs 3(1)(a) and (d),
the bank if it has entered into an agreement with the Minister to do
all things necessary to ensure that it is not a major shareholder of
the bank on the expiration of the day specified in the agreement.
|
Extension
|
(2) If general market conditions so warrant and
the Minister is satisfied that the bank or the bank holding company has
used its best efforts to be in compliance with subsection (1) on the
required day, the Minister may specify a later day as the day from and
after which it must comply with that subsection.
1991, c. 46, s. 393; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Loss of control -- other entities
|
393.1 (1) Despite sections 374 and 377, an
eligible foreign institution, an eligible Canadian financial
institution, other than a bank, or a widely held insurance holding
company may be a major shareholder of a bank with equity of five
billion dollars or more and cease to control, within the meaning of
paragraph 3(1)(d), the bank if it has entered into an agreement
with the Minister to do all things necessary to ensure that it is not a
major shareholder of the bank on the expiration of the day specified in
the agreement.
|
Extension
|
(2) If general market conditions so warrant and
the Minister is satisfied that the institution or insurance holding
company has used its best efforts to be in compliance with subsection
(1) on the required day, the Minister may specify a later day as the
day from and after which it must comply with that subsection.
2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Change in status
|
394. (1) If a body corporate that is an
eligible financial institution other than a bank controls, within the
meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d), a bank with equity of five billion
dollars or more and the body corporate subsequently ceases to be an
eligible financial institution, the body corporate must do all things
necessary to ensure that, on the day that is one year after the day it
ceased to be an eligible financial institution,
(a) it does not control, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d), the bank; and
(b) it is not a major shareholder of the bank.
|
Extension
|
(2) If general market conditions so warrant and
the Minister is satisfied that the body corporate has used its best
efforts to be in compliance with subsection (1) on the required day,
the Minister may specify a later day as the day from and after which it
must comply with that subsection.
1991, c. 46, s. 394; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
|
Approval Process
|
Application for approval
|
395. (1) An application for an approval of
the Minister required under this Part must be filed with the
Superintendent and contain the information, material and evidence that
the Superintendent may require.
|
Applicant
|
(2) If, with respect to any particular
transaction, this Part applies to more than one person, any one of
those persons may make the application to the Minister for approval on
behalf of all of those persons.
1991, c. 46, s. 395; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Matters for consideration
|
396. (1) Subject to subsection (2), if an
application for an approval under section 373 is made, the Minister, in
determining whether or not to approve the transaction, shall take into
account all matters that the Minister considers relevant to the
application, including
(a) the nature and sufficiency of the
financial resources of the applicant or applicants as a source of
continuing financial support for the bank;
(b) the soundness and feasibility of the
plans of the applicant or applicants for the future conduct and
development of the business of the bank;
(c) the business record and experience of the applicant or applicants;
(d) the character and integrity of the
applicant or applicants or, if the applicant or any of the applicants
is a body corporate, its reputation for being operated in a manner that
is consistent with the standards of good character and integrity;
(e) whether the bank will be operated
responsibly by persons with the competence and experience suitable for
involvement in the operation of a financial institution;
(f) the impact of any integration of the
businesses and operations of the applicant or applicants with those of
the bank on the conduct of those businesses and operations;
(g) the opinion of the Superintendent
regarding the extent to which the proposed corporate structure of the
applicant or applicants and their affiliates may affect the supervision
and regulation of the bank, having regard to
(i) the nature and extent of the proposed financial services activities to be carried out by the bank and its affiliates, and
(ii) the nature and degree of supervision and
regulation applying to the proposed financial services activities to be
carried out by the affiliates of the bank; and
(h) the best interests of the financial system in Canada.
|
Exception
|
(2) Subject to subsection 377(1), the Minister shall take into account only paragraph (1)(d) if the application is in respect of a transaction that would result in the applicant or applicants holding
(a) more than 10 per cent but no more than
20 per cent of any class of the outstanding voting shares of a widely
held bank with equity of five billion dollars or more; or
(b) more than 10 per cent but no more than 30 per cent of any class of the outstanding non-voting shares of such a bank.
|
Favourable treatment
|
(3) The Minister shall not approve a transaction
that would cause a bank to become a subsidiary of a foreign bank within
the meaning of any of paragraphs (a) to (f) of the
definition "foreign bank" in section 2 that is a non-WTO Member foreign
bank unless the Minister is satisfied that treatment as favourable for
banks to which this Act applies exists or will be provided in the
jurisdiction in which the foreign bank principally carries on business,
either directly or through a subsidiary.
1991, c. 46, s. 396; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
396.1 [Repealed, 1994, c. 47, s. 19]
|
Terms and conditions
|
397. The Minister may impose any terms and
conditions in respect of an approval given under this Part that the
Minister considers necessary to ensure compliance with any provision of
this Act.
1991, c. 46, s. 397, c. 47, s. 757; 1993, c. 44, s. 26; 1994, c. 47, s. 19; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Certifying receipt of application
|
398. (1) If, in the opinion of the
Superintendent, an application filed under this Part contains all the
required information, the Superintendent shall without delay refer the
application to the Minister and send a receipt to the applicant
certifying the date on which the completed application was received by
the Superintendent.
|
Incomplete application
|
(2) If, in the opinion of the Superintendent, an
application filed under this Part is incomplete, the Superintendent
shall send a notice to the applicant specifying the information
required by the Superintendent to complete the application.
1991, c. 46, s. 398; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Notice of decision
|
399. (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3)
and 400(1), the Minister shall, within a period of thirty days after
the certified date referred to in subsection 398(1), send to the
applicant
(a) a notice approving the transaction to which the application relates; or
(b) if the Minister is not satisfied that
the transaction to which the application relates should be approved, a
notice to that effect, advising the applicant of the right to make
representations to the Minister in respect of the matter.
|
Notice of decision
|
(2) Subject to subsections (4) and 400(2), if an
application involves the acquisition of control of a bank, the Minister
shall, within a period of forty-five days after the certified date
referred to in subsection 398(1), send to the applicant
(a) a notice approving the transaction to which the application relates; or
(b) if the Minister is not satisfied that
the transaction to which the application relates should be approved, a
notice to that effect, advising the applicant of the right to make
representations to the Minister in respect of the matter.
|
Extension of period for notice
|
(3) If the Minister is unable to complete the
consideration of an application within the period referred to in
subsection (1), the Minister shall
(a) within that period, send a notice to that effect to the applicant; and
(b) within a further period of thirty days after the date of the sending of the notice referred to in paragraph (a)
or within any other further period that may be agreed on by the
applicant and the Minister, send a notice referred to in paragraph (1)(a) or (b) to the applicant.
|
Further extensions
|
(4) If the Minister considers it appropriate to do
so, the Minister may extend the period referred to in subsection (2)
for one or more periods of forty-five days.
1991, c. 46, s. 399; 1994, c. 47, s. 20; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Reasonable opportunity to make representations
|
400. (1) If, after receipt of the notice referred to in paragraph 399(1)(b),
the applicant advises the Minister that the applicant wishes to make
representations, the Minister must provide the applicant with a
reasonable opportunity within a period of thirty days after the date of
the notice, or within any further period that may be agreed on by the
applicant and the Minister, to make representations in respect of the
matter.
|
Reasonable opportunity to make representations
|
(2) If, after receipt of the notice referred to in paragraph 399(2)(b),
the applicant advises the Minister that the applicant wishes to make
representations, the Minister must provide the applicant with a
reasonable opportunity within a period of forty-five days after the
date of the notice, or within any further period that may be agreed on
by the applicant and the Minister, to make representations in respect
of the matter.
1991, c. 46, s. 400; 1994, c. 47, s. 21; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Notice of decision
|
401. (1) Within a period of thirty days
after the expiration of the period for making representations referred
to in subsection 400(1), the Minister shall, in the light of any such
representations and having regard to the matters to be taken into
account, send a notice to the applicant indicating whether or not the
Minister approves the transaction to which the application relates.
|
Notice of decision
|
(2) Within a period of forty-five days after the
expiration of the period for making representations referred to in
subsection 400(2), the Minister shall, in the light of any such
representations and having regard to the matters to be taken into
account, send a notice to the applicant indicating whether or not the
Minister approves the transaction to which the application relates.
1991, c. 46, s. 401; 1994, c. 47, s. 22; 2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Deemed approval
|
401.1 If the Minister does not send a
notice under subsection 399(1) or (3) or 401(1) within the period
provided for in those subsections, the Minister is deemed to have
approved the transaction to which the application relates.
2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Constraining registration: Crown and foreign governments
|
401.2 (1) No bank shall record in its securities register a transfer or issue of any share of the bank to
(a) Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or any agent or agency of Her Majesty in either of those rights; or
(b) the government of a foreign country or
any political subdivision of a foreign country, or any agent or agency
of a foreign government.
|
Exception
|
(2) Despite subsection (1), a bank may record in
its securities register a transfer or issue of any share of the bank to
a foreign bank, or to a foreign institution, that is controlled by the
government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a
foreign country or any agent or agency of a foreign country if the bank
is a subsidiary of the foreign bank or foreign institution.
2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
Suspension of voting rights held by governments
|
401.3 (1) Despite section 148, no person
shall, in person or by proxy, exercise any voting rights attached to
any share of a bank that is beneficially owned by
(a) Her Majesty in right of Canada or of a province or any agency of Her Majesty in either of those rights; or
(b) the government of a foreign country or any political subdivision thereof, or any agency thereof.
|
Exception
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a foreign
bank, or to a foreign institution, that is controlled by the government
of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country
or any agent or agency of a foreign country and that has a significant
interest in a class of shares of a bank that is a subsidiary of the
foreign bank or foreign institution.
2001, c. 9, s. 98.
|
|
DIVISION V DIRECTIONS
|
Disposition of shareholdings
|
402. (1) If, with respect to any bank, a
person contravenes section 372 or subsection 373(1), 374(1) or 375(1)
or section 376.1 or 376.2, subsection 377(1) or section 377.1 or fails
to comply with an undertaking referred to in subsection 390(2) or with
any terms and conditions imposed under section 397, the Minister may,
if the Minister deems it in the public interest to do so, by order,
direct that person and any person controlled by that person to dispose
of any number of shares of the bank beneficially owned by any of those
persons that the Minister specifies in the order, within the time
specified in the order and in the proportion, if any, as between the
person and the persons controlled by that person that is specified in
the order.
|
Representations
|
(2) No direction shall be made under subsection
(1) unless the Minister has provided each person to whom the direction
relates and the bank concerned with a reasonable opportunity to make
representations in respect of the subject-matter of the direction.
|
Appeal
|
(3) Any person with respect to whom a direction
has been made under subsection (1) may, within thirty days after the
date of the direction, appeal the matter in accordance with section 977.
(4) [Repealed, 2001, c. 9, s. 99]
1991, c. 46, s. 402; 1999, c. 28, s. 21; 2001, c. 9, s. 99.
|
Permission to become company
|
402.1 Where subsection 402(1) applies, the
Minister may, on application therefor by the bank, permit the bank to
apply to be continued as a company under the Trust and Loan Companies Act instead of, or in addition to, issuing an order under that subsection.
1991, c. 46, s. 579.
|
Application to court
|
403. (1) Where a person fails to comply
with a direction made under subsection 402(1), an application on behalf
of the Minister may be made to a court for an order to enforce the
direction.
|
Court order
|
(2) A court may, on an application under
subsection (1), make such order as the circumstances require to give
effect to the terms of the direction and may, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, require the bank concerned to sell the
shares that are the subject-matter of the direction.
|
Appeal
|
(3) An appeal from an order of a court under this
section lies in the same manner as, and to the same court to which, an
appeal may be taken from any other order of the court.
|
|
General Provisions
|
Interest of securities underwriter
|
404. This Part does not apply to a
securities underwriter in respect of shares of a body corporate or
ownership interests in an unincorporated entity that are acquired by
the underwriter in the course of a distribution to the public of those
shares or ownership interests and that are held by the underwriter for
a period of not more than six months.
|
Arrangements to effect compliance
|
405. (1) The directors of a bank may make
such arrangements as they deem necessary to carry out the intent of
this Part and, in particular, but without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, may
(a) require any person in whose name a share of the bank is held to submit a declaration setting out
(i) the beneficial ownership of the share, and
(ii) such other information as the directors deem relevant for the purposes of this Part;
(b) require any person who wishes to have a
transfer of a share registered in the name of, or to have a share
issued to, that person to submit a declaration referred to in paragraph
(a) as though the person were the holder of that share; and
(c) determine the circumstances in which a declaration referred to in paragraph (a) is to be required, the form of the declaration and the times at which it is to be submitted.
|
Order of Superintendent
|
(2) The Superintendent may, by order, direct a
bank to obtain from any person in whose name a share of the bank is
held a declaration setting out the name of every entity controlled by
that person and containing information concerning
(a) the ownership or beneficial ownership of the share; and
(b) such other related matters as are specified by the Superintendent.
|
Compliance required
|
(3) As soon as possible after receipt by a bank of a direction under subsection (2),
(a) the bank shall comply with the direction; and
(b) every person who is requested by the
bank to provide a declaration containing information referred to in
subsection (1) or (2) shall comply with the request.
|
Outstanding declaration: effect
|
(4) Where, pursuant to this section, a declaration
is required to be submitted by a shareholder or other person in respect
of the issue or transfer of any share, a bank may refuse to issue the
share or register the transfer unless the required declaration is
submitted.
|
Reliance on information
|
406. A bank and any person who is a
director or an officer, employee or agent of the bank may rely on any
information contained in a declaration required by the directors
pursuant to section 405 or on any information otherwise acquired in
respect of any matter that might be the subject of such a declaration,
and no action lies against the bank or any such person for anything
done or omitted to be done in good faith in reliance on any such
information.
407. [Repealed, 1994, c. 47, s. 23]
|
Competition Act
|
408. Nothing in, or done under the authority of, this Act affects the operation of the Competition Act.
|
|
PART VIII BUSINESS AND POWERS
|
|
General Business
|
Main business
|
409. (1) Subject to this Act, a bank shall
not engage in or carry on any business other than the business of
banking and such business generally as appertains thereto.
|
Idem
|
(2) For greater certainty, the business of banking includes
(a) providing any financial service;
(b) acting as a financial agent;
(c) providing investment counselling services and portfolio management services; and
(d) issuing payment, credit or charge cards
and, in cooperation with others including other financial institutions,
operating a payment, credit or charge card plan.
|
Additional activities
|
410. (1) In addition, a bank may
(a) hold, manage and otherwise deal with real property;
(b) provide prescribed bank-related data processing services;
(c) outside Canada or, with the prior
written approval of the Minister, in Canada, engage in any of the
following activities, namely,
(i) collecting, manipulating and transmitting
(A) information that is primarily financial or economic in nature,
(B) information that relates to the business of a permitted entity, as defined in subsection 464(1), or
(C) any other information that the Minister may, by order, specify,
(ii) providing advisory or other services in the design, development or implementation of information management systems,
(iii) designing, developing or marketing computer software, and
(iv) designing, developing, manufacturing or
selling, as an ancillary activity to any activity referred to in any of
subparagraphs (i) to (iii) that the bank is engaging in, computer
equipment integral to the provision of information services related to
the business of financial institutions or to the provision of financial
services;
(c.1) with the prior written approval of
the Minister, develop, design, hold, manage, manufacture, sell or
otherwise deal with data transmission systems, information sites,
communication devices or information platforms or portals that are used
(i) to provide information that is primarily financial or economic in nature,
(ii) to provide information that relates to the business of a permitted entity, as defined in subsection 464(1), or
(iii) for a prescribed purpose or in prescribed circumstances;
(c.2) engage, under prescribed terms and
conditions, if any are prescribed, in specialized business management
or advisory services;
(d) promote merchandise and services to the holders of any payment, credit or charge card issued by the bank;
(e) engage in the sale of
(i) tickets, including lottery tickets, on a
non-profit public service basis in connection with special, temporary
and infrequent non-commercial celebrations or projects that are of
local, municipal, provincial or national interest,
(ii) urban transit tickets, and
(iii) tickets in respect of a lottery sponsored
by the federal government or a provincial or municipal government or an
agency of any such government or governments;
(f) act as a custodian of property; and
(g) act as receiver, liquidator or sequestrator.
|
Restriction
|
(2) Except as authorized by or under this Act, a
bank shall not deal in goods, wares or merchandise or engage in any
trade or other business.
|
Regulations
|
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting what a bank may or may not do with respect to the carrying on of the activities referred to in paragraphs (1)(c) to (c.2);
(b) imposing terms and conditions in respect of
(i) the provision of financial services referred to in paragraph 409(2)(a) that are financial planning services,
(ii) the provision of services referred to in paragraph 409(2)(c), and
(iii) the carrying on of the activities referred to in any of paragraphs (1)(c) to (c.2); and
(c) respecting the circumstances in which
banks may be exempted from the requirement to obtain the approval of
the Minister before carrying on a particular activity referred to in
paragraph (1)(c) or (c.1).
1991, c. 46, s. 410; 1993, c. 34, s. 8(F); 1997, c. 15, s. 42; 2001, c. 9, s. 100.
|
Networking
|
411. (1) Subject to section 416, a bank may
(a) act as agent for any person in respect
of the provision of any service that is provided by a financial
institution, a permitted entity as defined in subsection 464(1) or a
prescribed entity and may enter into an arrangement with any person in
respect of the provision of that service; or
(b) refer any person to any such financial institution or entity.
|
Regulations
|
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting the disclosure of
(a) the name of the principal for whom a bank is acting as agent pursuant to subsection (1); and
(b) whether any commission is being earned by a bank when acting as agent pursuant to subsection (1).
1991, c. 46, s. 411; 2001, c. 9, s. 101.
|
Restriction on fiduciary activities
|
412. No bank shall act in Canada as
(a) an executor, administrator or official
guardian or a guardian, tutor, curator, judicial adviser or committee
of a mentally incompetent person; or
(b) a trustee for a trust.
|
Restriction on deposit taking
|
413. (1) A bank shall not accept deposits in Canada unless
(a) it is a member institution, as defined in section 2 of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act; or
(b) it has been authorized under subsection
26.03(1) of that Act to accept deposits without being a member
institution, as defined in section 2 of that Act.
(2) [Repealed, 2001, c. 9, s. 102]
|
Deposits that fall below $150,000
|
(3) A bank to which paragraph (1)(b)
applies shall ensure that, on each day that is at least thirty days
after the bank receives the authorization referred to in that paragraph,
where
A is the sum of all amounts each of which is
the sum of all the deposits held by the bank at the end of a day in the
preceding thirty days each of which deposits is less than $150,000
and payable in Canada; and
B is the sum of all amounts each of which is
the sum of all deposits held by the bank at the end of a day in those
preceding thirty days and payable in Canada.
|
Exchange rate
|
(4) For the purpose of subsection (3), the rate of
exchange that shall be applied on any day in determining the amount in
Canadian dollars of a deposit in a currency of a country other than
Canada shall be determined in accordance with rules prescribed under
subsection 26.03(2) of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act.
|
Definition of "deposit"
|
(5) For the purpose of subsection (3), "deposit" has the meaning that would be given to it by the schedule to the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act
for the purposes of deposit insurance if that schedule were read
without reference to subsections 2(2), (5) and (6) of that schedule,
but does not include prescribed deposits.
|
Regulations
|
(6) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) prescribing the deposits referred to in subsection (5); and
(b) prescribing terms and conditions with respect to the acceptance of those deposits.
1991, c. 46, s. 413; 1997, c. 15, s. 43; 1999, c. 28, s. 21.1; 2001, c. 9, s. 102.
|
Notice before opening account
|
413.1 (1) Before a bank to which paragraph 413(1)(b)
applies opens a deposit account in Canada, the bank shall give the
person requesting the opening of the account, in the prescribed manner,
(a) a notice in writing that the deposit will not be insured by the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation; and
(b) any other information that may be prescribed.
|
Other notice
|
(2) A bank to which paragraph 413(1)(b) applies shall, in accordance with such regulations as may be made,
(a) post notices in its branches in Canada
to inform the public that deposits with the bank are not insured by the
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation; and
(b) include in its advertisements notices
to inform the public that deposits with the bank are not insured by the
Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation.
|
Regulations
|
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) prescribing the manner in which notices
referred to in subsection (1) are to be given and the additional
information to be contained in the notices; and
(b) respecting notices for the purpose of subsection (2).
1997, c. 15, s. 43; 2001, c. 9, s. 103.
|
Deposits less than $150,000
|
413.2 (1) Subject to the regulations, a bank to which paragraph 413(1)(b)
applies may not, in respect of its business in Canada, act as agent for
any person in the taking of a deposit that is less than $150,000
and payable in Canada.
|
Meaning of "deposit"
|
(2) In this section, "deposit" has the meaning assigned to that term by subsection 413(5).
|
Regulations
|
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations
respecting the circumstances in which, and the conditions under which,
a bank referred to in subsection (1) may act as agent for any person in
the taking of a deposit that is less than $150,000 and payable in
Canada.
2001, c. 9, s. 104.
|
Shared premises
|
413.3 (1) Subject to the regulations, no bank to which paragraph 413(1)(b)
applies shall carry on business in Canada on premises that are shared
with those of a member institution, within the meaning of section 2 of
the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, that is affiliated with the bank.
|
Limitation
|
(2) Subsection (1) only applies in respect of
premises or any portion of premises on which both the bank and the
member institution carry on business with the public and to which the
public has access.
|
Adjacent premises
|
(3) Subject to the regulations, no bank to which paragraph 413(1)(b)
applies shall carry on business in Canada on premises that are adjacent
to a branch or office of a member institution, within the meaning of
section 2 of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act, that
is affiliated with the bank, unless the bank clearly indicates to its
customers that its business and the premises on which it is carried on
are separate and distinct from the business and premises of the
affiliated member institution.
|
Regulations
|
(4) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the circumstances in which, and the conditions under which, a bank to which paragraph 413(1)(b)
applies may carry on business in Canada on premises that are shared
with those of a member institution referred to in subsection (1); and
(b) respecting the circumstances in which, and the conditions under which, a bank to which paragraph 413(1)(b)
applies may carry on business in Canada on premises that are adjacent
to a branch or office of a member institution referred to in subsection
(3).
2001, c. 9, s. 104.
|
Restriction on guarantees
|
414. (1) A bank shall not guarantee on behalf of any person the payment or repayment of any sum of money unless
(a) the sum of money is a fixed sum of money with or without interest thereon; and
(b) the person on whose behalf the bank has
undertaken to guarantee the payment or repayment has an unqualified
obligation to reimburse the bank for the full amount of the payment or
repayment to be guaranteed.
|
Exception
|
(2) Paragraph (1)(a) does not apply where
the person on whose behalf the bank has undertaken to guarantee the
payment or repayment is a subsidiary of the bank.
|
Regulations
|
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations
imposing terms and conditions in respect of guarantees permitted by
this section.
1991, c. 46, s. 414; 1997, c. 15, s. 44; 2001, c. 9, s. 105.
|
Restriction on securities activities
|
415. A bank shall not deal in Canada in
securities to the extent prohibited or restricted by such regulations
as the Governor in Council may make for the purposes of this section.
|
Restriction on insurance business
|
416. (1) A bank shall not undertake the business of insurance except to the extent permitted by this Act or the regulations.
|
Restriction on acting as agent
|
(2) A bank shall not act in Canada as agent for
any person in the placing of insurance and shall not lease or provide
space in any branch in Canada of the bank to any person engaged in the
placing of insurance.
|
Regulations
|
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations
respecting the matters referred to in subsection (1) and regulations
respecting relations between banks and
(a) entities that undertake the business of insurance; or
(b) insurance agents or insurance brokers.
|
Saving
|
(4) Nothing in this section precludes a bank from
(a) requiring insurance to be placed by a borrower for the security of the bank; or
(b) obtaining group insurance for its
employees or the employees of any bodies corporate in which it has a
substantial investment pursuant to section 468.
(5) [Repealed, 1997, c. 15, s. 45]
|
Annuities
|
(6) For the purposes of this section, the business
of insurance includes the issuance of any annuity where the liability
thereon is contingent on the death of a person.
1991, c. 46, s. 416; 1997, c. 15, s. 45.
|
Restriction on leasing
|
417. A bank shall not engage in Canada in
any personal property leasing activity in which a financial leasing
entity, as defined in subsection 464(1), is not permitted to engage.
1991, c. 46, s. 417; 2001, c. 9, s. 106.
|
Restriction on residential mortgages
|
418. (1) A bank shall not make a loan in
Canada on the security of residential property in Canada for the
purpose of purchasing, renovating or improving that property, or
refinance such a loan, if the amount of the loan, together with the
amount then outstanding of any mortgage having an equal or prior claim
against the property, would exceed 75 per cent of the value of the
property at the time of the loan.
|
Exception
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of
(a) a loan made or guaranteed under the National Housing Act
or any other Act of Parliament by or pursuant to which a different
limit on the value of property on the security of which the bank may
make a loan is established;
(b) a loan if repayment of the amount of
the loan that exceeds the maximum amount set out in subsection (1) is
guaranteed or insured by a government agency or a private insurer
approved by the Superintendent;
(c) the acquisition by the bank from an
entity of securities issued or guaranteed by the entity that are
secured on any residential property, whether in favour of a trustee or
otherwise, or the making of a loan by the bank to the entity against
the issue of such securities; or
(d) a loan secured by a mortgage where
(i) the mortgage is taken back by the bank on a
property disposed of by the bank, including where the disposition is by
way of a realization of a security interest, and
(ii) the mortgage secures payment of an amount payable to the bank for the property.
1991, c. 46, s. 418; 1997, c. 15, s. 46.
|
Restriction on security interests
|
419. (1) Subject to subsection (3), a bank
shall not create a security interest in any property of the bank to
secure an obligation of the bank, unless
(a) the obligation is to the Bank of Canada or the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation; or
(b) the Superintendent has approved in writing the creation of the security interest.
|
Encumbered property
|
(2) A bank shall notify the Superintendent in
writing of any beneficial interest in real and personal property
acquired by the bank, other than by way of realization, that is subject
to a security interest.
|
Exceptions
|
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of security interests created on
(a) such classes of personal property as the Superintendent may, by order, designate; or
(b) property having an aggregate value that is less than such amount as the Superintendent may, by order, specify.
|
Restriction on receivers
|
420. A bank shall not grant to a person the
right to appoint a receiver or a receiver and manager of the property
or business of the bank.
|
Restriction on partnerships
|
421. (1) Except with the approval of the
Superintendent, a bank may not be a general partner in a limited
partnership or a partner in a general partnership.
|
Meaning of "general partnership"
|
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), "general partnership" means any partnership other than a limited partnership.
1991, c. 46, s. 421; 2001, c. 9, s. 108.
422. (1) [Repealed, 2001, c. 9, s. 109]
(2) [Repealed, 1993, c. 44, s. 27]
|
Definition of "non-WTO Member bank subsidiary"
|
422.1 In section 422.2, "non-WTO Member
bank subsidiary" means a bank that is a subsidiary of a foreign bank
and that is not controlled by a WTO Member resident.
1993, c. 44, s. 28; 1994, c. 47, s. 24; 1999, c. 28, s. 22; 2001, c. 9, s. 110.
|
Limitation on branches in Canada of non-WTO Member bank subsidiaries
|
422.2 No non-WTO Member bank subsidiary
shall have any branch in Canada, other than its head office and one
branch, without the approval of the Minister.
1993, c. 44, s. 28; 1999, c. 28, s. 22.
422.3 to 424. [Repealed, 1994, c. 47, s. 25]
|
|
Special Security
|
Definitions
|
425. (1) For the purposes of sections 426 to 436,
|
"agricultural equipment" « installations agricoles » ou « matériel agricole immobilier »
|
"agricultural equipment" means implements,
apparatus, appliances and machinery of any kind usually affixed to real
property, for use on a farm, but does not include a farm electric
system;
|
"agricultural implements" « instruments agricoles » ou « matériel agricole mobilier »
|
"agricultural implements" means tools,
implements, apparatus, appliances and machines of any kind not usually
affixed to real property, for use on or in connection with a farm, and
vehicles for use in the business of farming and, without restricting
the generality of the foregoing, includes plows, harrows, drills,
seeders, cultivators, mowing machines, reapers, binders, threshing
machines, combines, leaf tobacco tying machines, tractors, movable
granaries, trucks for carrying products of agriculture, equipment for
bee-keeping, cream separators, churns, washing machines, spraying
apparatus, portable irrigation apparatus, incubators, milking machines,
refrigerators and heating and cooking appliances for farming operations
or use in the farm home of a kind not usually affixed to real property;
|
"aquacultural electric system" « installation électrique aquicole »
|
"aquacultural electric system" means all
machinery, apparatus and appliances for the generation or distribution
of electricity in an aquaculture operation, whether or not affixed to
real property;
|
"aquacultural equipment" « installations aquicoles » ou « matériel aquicole immobilier »
|
"aquacultural equipment" means implements,
apparatus, appliances and machinery of any kind usually affixed to real
property for use in an aquaculture operation, but does not include an
aquacultural electric system;
|
"aquacultural implements" « instruments aquicoles » ou « matériel aquicole mobilier »
|
"aquacultural implements" means tools,
implements, apparatus, appliances and machines of any kind not usually
affixed to real property, for use in an aquaculture operation, and
includes net pen systems, vehicles and boats for use in aquaculture;
|
"aquacultural stock growing or produced in the aquaculture operation" « stock en croissance ou produits de l'exploitation aquicole »
|
"aquacultural stock growing or produced in the aquaculture operation" means all products of the aquaculture operation;
|
"aquaculture" « aquiculture »
|
"aquaculture" means the cultivation of aquatic plants and animals;
|
"aquaculture operation" « exploitation aquicole »
|
"aquaculture operation" means any premises or site where aquaculture is carried out;
|
"aquaculturist" « aquiculteur »
|
"aquaculturist" includes the owner, occupier, landlord and tenant of an aquaculture operation;
|
"aquatic broodstock" « stock géniteur aquicole »
|
"aquatic broodstock" means any aquatic plants and animals used to produce aquatic seedstock;
|
"aquatic plants and animals" « organismes animaux et végétaux aquatiques »
|
"aquatic plants and animals" means plants and
animals that, at most stages of their development or life cycles, live
in an aquatic environment;
|
"aquatic seedstock" « stock aquicole de départ »
|
"aquatic seedstock" means aquatic plants and
animals that at any stage of their development are purchased or
collected by an aquaculturist for cultivation;
|
"bill of lading" « connaissement »
|
"bill of lading" includes all receipts for goods, wares and merchandise accompanied by an undertaking
(a) to move the goods, wares and
merchandise from the place where they were received to some other
place, by any means whatever, or
(b) to deliver to a place other than the
place where the goods, wares and merchandise were received a like
quantity of goods, wares and merchandise of the same or a similar grade
or kind;
|
"crops growing or produced on the farm" « récoltes sur pied ou produites à la ferme »
|
"crops growing or produced on the farm" means all products of the farm;
|
"farm" « ferme »
|
"farm" means land in Canada used for the purpose
of farming, which term includes livestock raising, dairying,
bee-keeping, fruit growing, the growing of trees and all tillage of the
soil;
|
"farm electric system" « installation électrique de ferme »
|
"farm electric system" means all machinery,
apparatus and appliances for the generation or distribution of
electricity on a farm whether or not affixed to real property;
|
"farmer" « agriculteur »
|
"farmer" includes the owner, occupier, landlord and tenant of a farm;
|
"fish" « poisson »
|
"fish" includes shellfish, crustaceans and marine animals;
|
"fisherman" « pêcheur »
|
"fisherman" means a person whose business consists in whole or in part of fishing;
|
"fishing" « pêche »
|
"fishing" means fishing for or catching fish by any method;
|
"fishing equipment and supplies" « engins et fournitures de pêche »
|
"fishing equipment and supplies" means equipment,
apparatus, appliances and supplies for use in the operation of a
fishing vessel and not forming part thereof, or for use in fishing,
and, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, includes
detachable engines and machinery, lines, hooks, trawls, nets, anchors,
traps, bait, salt, fuel and stores;
|
"fishing vessel" « bateau de pêche »
|
"fishing vessel" means any ship or boat or any
other description of vessel for use in fishing and equipment, apparatus
and appliances for use in the operation thereof and forming part
thereof, or any share or part interest therein;
|
"forest" « forêt »
|
"forest" means land in Canada covered with timber
stands or that, formerly so covered, is not put to any use inconsistent
with forestry, and includes a sugar bush;
|
"forestry" « sylviculture »
|
"forestry" means the conservation, cultivation,
improvement, harvesting and rational utilization of timber stands and
the resources contained therein and obtainable therefrom, and includes
the operation of a sugar bush;
|
"forestry equipment" « matériel sylvicole immobilier »
|
"forestry equipment" means implements, apparatus,
appliances and machinery of any kind usually affixed to real property,
for use in a forest;
|
"forestry implements" « matériel sylvicole mobilier »
|
"forestry implements" means tools, implements,
apparatus, appliances and machines of any kind not usually affixed to
real property, for use in forestry, and includes vehicles for use in
forestry;
|
"forestry producer" « sylviculteur »
|
"forestry producer" means a person whose business
consists in whole or in part of forestry and includes a producer of
maple products;
|
"goods, wares and merchandise" « effets, denrées ou marchandises »
|
"goods, wares and merchandise" includes products
of agriculture, products of aquaculture, products of the forest,
products of the quarry and mine, products of the sea, lakes and rivers,
and all other articles of commerce;
|
"grain" « grain »
|
"grain" includes wheat, oats, barley, rye, corn, buckwheat, flax, beans and all kinds of seeds;
|
"hydrocarbons" « hydrocarbures »
|
"hydrocarbons" means solid, liquid and gaseous
hydrocarbons and any natural gas whether consisting of a single element
or of two or more elements in chemical combination or uncombined and,
without restricting the generality of the foregoing, includes
oil-bearing shale, tar sands, crude oil, petroleum, helium and hydrogen
sulphide;
|
"livestock" « bétail »
|
"livestock" includes
(a) horses and other equines,
(b) cattle, sheep, goats and other ruminants, and
(c) swine, poultry, bees and fur-bearing animals;
|
"manufacturer" « fabricant »
|
"manufacturer" means any person who manufactures
or produces by hand, art, process or mechanical means any goods, wares
and merchandise and, without restricting the generality of the
foregoing, includes a manufacturer of logs, timber or lumber, maltster,
distiller, brewer, refiner and producer of petroleum, tanner, curer,
packer, canner, bottler and a person who packs, freezes or dehydrates
any goods, wares and merchandise;
|
"minerals" « substances minérales »
|
"minerals" includes base and precious metals,
coal, salt and every other substance that is an article of commerce
obtained from the earth by any method of extraction, but does not
include hydrocarbons or any animal or vegetable substance other than
coal;
|
"products of agriculture" « produits agricoles »
|
"products of agriculture" includes
(a) grain, hay, roots, vegetables, fruits, other crops and all other direct products of the soil, and
(b) honey, livestock (whether alive or dead), dairy products, eggs and all other indirect products of the soil;
|
"products of aquaculture" « produits aquicoles »
|
"products of aquaculture" includes all cultivated aquatic plants and animals;
|
"products of the forest" « produits de la forêt »
|
"products of the forest" includes
(a) logs, pulpwood, piling, spars, railway ties, poles, pit props and all other timber,
(b) boards, laths, shingles, deals, staves and all other lumber, bark, wood chips and sawdust and Christmas trees,
(c) skins and furs of wild animals, and
(d) maple products;
|
"products of the quarry and mine" « produits des carrières et des mines »
|
"products of the quarry and mine" includes stone,
clay, sand, gravel, metals, ores, coal, salt, precious stones,
metalliferous and non-metallic minerals and hydrocarbons, whether
obtained by excavation, drilling or otherwise;
|
"products of the sea, lakes and rivers" « produits aquatiques »
|
"products of the sea, lakes and rivers" includes
fish of all kinds, marine and freshwater organic and inorganic life and
any substances extracted or derived from any water, but does not
include products of aquaculture;
|
"warehouse receipt" « récépissé d'entrepôt »
|
"warehouse receipt" includes
(a) any receipt given by any person for
goods, wares and merchandise in the person's actual, visible and
continued possession as bailee thereof in good faith and not as the
owner thereof,
(b) receipts given by any person who is
the owner or keeper of a harbour, cove, pond, wharf, yard, warehouse,
shed, storehouse or other place for the storage of goods, wares and
merchandise, for goods, wares and merchandise delivered to the person
as bailee, and actually in the place or in one or more of the places
owned or kept by the person, whether or not that person is engaged in
other business,
(c) receipts given by any person in
charge of logs or timber in transit from timber limits or other lands
to the place of destination of the logs or timber,
(d) Lake Shippers' Clearance Association
receipts and transfer certificates, British Columbia Grain Shippers'
Clearance Association receipts and transfer certificates, and all
documents recognized by the Canada Grain Act as elevator receipts, and
(e) receipts given by any person for any
hydrocarbons received by the person as bailee, whether the person's
obligation to restore requires delivery of the same hydrocarbons or may
be satisfied by delivery of a like quantity of hydrocarbons of the same
or a similar grade or kind.
|
Interpretation -- products and by-products
|
(2) For the purposes of sections 426 to 436, each thing included in the following terms as defined in subsection (1), namely,
(a) "aquacultural stock growing or produced in the aquaculture operation",
(b) "crops growing or produced on the farm",
(c) "livestock",
(d) "products of agriculture",
(e) "products of aquaculture",
(f) "products of the forest",
(g) "products of the quarry and mine", and
(h) "products of the sea, lakes and rivers",
comprises that thing in any form or state and any part thereof and any product or by-product thereof or derived therefrom.
|
Loans on hydrocarbons and minerals
|
426. (1) A bank may lend money and make advances on the security of any or all of the following, namely,
(a) hydrocarbons or minerals in, under or on the ground, in place or in storage,
(b) the rights, licences or permits of any
person to obtain and remove any such hydrocarbons or minerals and to
enter on, occupy and use lands from or on which any of such
hydrocarbons or minerals are or may be extracted, mined or produced,
(c) the estate or interest of any person in
or to any such hydrocarbons or minerals, rights, licences, permits and
lands whether the estate or interest is entire or partial, and
(d) the equipment and casing used or to be
used in extracting, mining or producing or seeking to extract, mine or
produce, and storing any such, hydrocarbons or minerals,
or of any rights or interests in or to any of
the foregoing whether the security be taken from the borrower or from a
guarantor of the liability of the borrower or from any other person.
|
Security
|
(2) Security under this section may be given by
signature and delivery to the bank, by or on behalf of the person
giving the security, of an instrument in the prescribed form or in a
form to the like effect, and shall affect the property described in the
instrument giving the security
(a) of which the person giving the security is the owner at the time of the delivery of the instrument, or
(b) of which that person becomes the owner
at any time thereafter before the release of the security by the bank,
whether or not the property is in existence at the time of the delivery,
all of which property is for the purposes of this Act property covered by the security.
|
Rights under security
|
(3) Any security given under this section vests in
the bank, in addition to and without limitation of any other rights or
powers vested in or conferred on it, full power, right and authority,
through its officers, employees or agents, in the event of
(a) non-payment of any loan or advance as security for the payment of which the bank has taken the security, or
(b) failure to care for, maintain, protect or preserve the property covered by the security,
to do all or any of the following, namely,
take possession of, seize, care for, maintain, use, operate and,
subject to the provisions of any other Act and any regulations made
under any other Act governing the ownership and disposition of the
property that is the subject of the security, sell the property covered
by the security or part thereof as it sees fit.
|
Liability to account for surplus
|
(4) Where a bank exercises any right conferred on
it by subsection (3) in relation to property given to it as security,
the bank shall provide to the person entitled thereto any surplus
proceeds resulting from the exercise of the right that remain after
payment of all loans and advances, together with interest and expenses,
in relation to which the property was given as security.
|
Effect of sale
|
(5) A sale pursuant to subsection (3) of any
property given to a bank as security vests in the purchaser all the
right and title in and to such property that the person giving the
security had when the security was given and that that person
thereafter acquired.
|
Sale to be by public auction
|
(6) Unless a person by whom property was given to
a bank as security has agreed otherwise, a sale pursuant to subsection
(3) shall be made by public auction after
(a) notice of the time and place of the
sale has been sent by registered mail to the recorded address of the
person by whom the property was given as security at least ten days
prior to the sale; and
(b) publication of an advertisement of the
sale, at least two days prior to the sale, in at least two newspapers
published in or nearest to the place where the sale is to be made.
|
Priority of bank's rights
|
(7) Subject to subsections (8), (9) and (10), all
the rights and powers of a bank in respect of the property covered by
security given under this section have priority over all rights
subsequently acquired in, on or in respect of such property and also
over the claim of any mechanics' lien holder or of any unpaid vendor of
equipment or casing but this priority does not extend over the claim of
any unpaid vendor who had a lien on the equipment or casing at the time
of the acquisition by the bank of the security, unless the security was
acquired without knowledge on the part of the bank of that lien.
|
Idem
|
(8) The rights and powers of a bank in respect of
the property covered by security given under this section do not have
priority over an interest or a right acquired in, on or in respect of
the property unless, prior to
(a) the registration of such interest or right, or
(b) the registration or filing of the deed
or other instrument evidencing such interest or right, or of a caution,
caveat or memorial in respect thereof,
there has been registered or filed in the
proper land registry or land titles office or office in which are
recorded the rights, licences or permits referred to in this section,
(c) an original of the instrument giving the security,
(d) a copy of the instrument giving the security, certified by an officer or employee of the bank to be a true copy, or
(e) a caution, caveat or memorial in respect of the rights of the bank.
|
Procedure for registering
|
(9) Every registrar or officer in charge of the
proper land registry or land titles or other office to whom a document
mentioned in paragraph (8)(c), (d) or (e) is
tendered shall register or file the document according to the ordinary
procedure for registering or filing within that office documents that
evidence liens or charges against, or cautions, caveats or memorials in
respect of claims to, interests in or rights in respect of any such
property and subject to payment of the like fees.
|
Exception
|
(10) Subsections (8) and (9) do not apply if the
law of the appropriate province does not permit the registration or
filing of the tendered document or if any law enacted by or under the
authority of Parliament, governing the ownership and disposal of the
property that is the subject of security given under this section, does
not provide by specific reference to this section for the registration
or filing of the tendered document.
|
Further security
|
(11) When making a loan or an advance on the
security provided for by this section, a bank may take, on any property
covered by the security, any further security it sees fit.
|
Substitution of security
|
(12) Notwithstanding anything in this Act, where
the bank holds any security covering hydrocarbons or minerals, it may
take in lieu of that security, to the extent of the quantity covered by
the security taken, any security covering or entitling it to the
delivery of the same hydrocarbons or minerals or hydrocarbons or
minerals of the same or a similar grade or kind.
|
Loans to certain borrowers and security
|
427. (1) A bank may lend money and make advances
(a) to any wholesale or retail purchaser or
shipper of, or dealer in, products of agriculture, products of
aquaculture, products of the forest, products of the quarry and mine,
products of the sea, lakes and rivers or goods, wares and merchandise,
manufactured or otherwise, on the security of such products or goods,
wares and merchandise and of goods, wares and merchandise used in or
procured for the packing of such products or goods, wares and
merchandise,
(b) to any person engaged in business as a
manufacturer, on the security of goods, wares and merchandise
manufactured or produced by that person or procured for such
manufacture or production and of goods, wares and merchandise used in
or procured for the packing of goods, wares and merchandise so
manufactured or produced,
(c) to any aquaculturist, on the security
of aquacultural stock growing or produced in the aquaculture operation
or on the security of aquacultural equipment or aquacultural implements,
(d) to any farmer, on the security of crops
growing or produced on the farm or on the security of agricultural
equipment or agricultural implements,
(e) to any aquaculturist
(i) for the purchase of aquatic broodstock or
aquatic seedstock, on the security of the aquatic broodstock or aquatic
seedstock and any aquatic stock to be grown therefrom,
(ii) for the purchase of pesticide, on the
security of the pesticide and any aquatic stock to be grown from the
site on which the pesticide is to be used, and
(iii) for the purchase of feed, veterinary
drugs, biologicals or vaccines, on the security of the feed, veterinary
drugs, biologicals or vaccines and any aquatic stock to be grown in the
aquaculture operation on which the feed, veterinary drugs, biologicals
or vaccines are to be used,
(f) to any farmer
(i) for the purchase of seed grain or seed
potatoes, on the security of the seed grain or seed potatoes and any
crop to be grown therefrom, and
(ii) for the purchase of fertilizer or
pesticide, on the security of the fertilizer or pesticide and any crop
to be grown from land on which, in the same season, the fertilizer or
pesticide is to be used,
(g) to any aquaculturist on the security of
aquatic plants and animals, but security taken under this paragraph is
not effective in respect of any aquatic plants and animals that, at the
time the security is taken, by any statutory law that is then in force,
are exempt from seizure under writs of execution and the aquaculturist
is prevented from giving as security for money lent to the
aquaculturist,
(h) to any farmer or to any person engaged
in livestock raising, on the security of feed or livestock, but
security taken under this paragraph is not effective in respect of any
livestock that, at the time the security is taken, by any statutory law
that is then in force, is exempt from seizure under writs of execution
and the farmer or other person engaged in livestock raising is
prevented from giving as security for money lent to the farmer or other
person,
(i) to any aquaculturist for the purchase of aquacultural implements, on the security of those aquacultural implements,
(j) to any farmer for the purchase of agricultural implements, on the security of those agricultural implements,
(k) to any aquaculturist for the purchase
or installation of aquacultural equipment or an aquacultural electric
system, on the security of that aquacultural equipment or aquacultural
electric system,
(l) to any farmer for the purchase or
installation of agricultural equipment or a farm electric system, on
the security of that agricultural equipment or farm electric system,
(m) to any aquaculturist for
(i) the repair or overhaul of an aquacultural implement, aquacultural equipment or an aquaculture electric system,
(ii) the alteration or improvement of an aquacultural electric system,
(iii) the erection or construction of fencing
or works for drainage in an aquaculture operation for the holding,
rearing or protection of aquatic plants and animals or for the supply
of water to such plants and animals or the disposal of effluent from
them,
(iv) the construction, repair or alteration of
or making of additions to any building or structure in an aquaculture
operation, and
(v) any works for the improvement or development of an aquaculture operation for which a loan, as defined in the Canada Small Business Financing Act, a business improvement loan, as defined in the Small Business Loans Act, or a farm improvement loan, as defined in the Farm Improvement Loans Act, may be made,
on the security of aquacultural equipment or
aquacultural implements, but security taken under this paragraph is not
effective in respect of aquacultural equipment or aquacultural
implements that, at the time the security is taken, by any statutory
law that is then in force, are exempt from seizure under writs of
execution and the aquaculturist is prevented from giving as security
for money lent to the aquaculturist,
(n) to any farmer for
(i) the repair or overhaul of an agricultural implement, agricultural equipment or a farm electric system,
(ii) the alteration or improvement of a farm electric system,
(iii) the erection or construction of fencing or works for drainage on a farm,
(iv) the construction, repair or alteration of or making of additions to any building or structure on a farm,
(v) any works for the improvement or development of a farm for which a farm improvement loan as defined in the Farm Improvement Loans Act may be made, and
(vi) any purpose for which a loan as defined in the Farm Improvement and Marketing Cooperatives Loans Act may be made,
on the security of agricultural equipment or
agricultural implements, but security taken under this paragraph is not
effective in respect of agricultural equipment or agricultural
implements that, at the time the security is taken, by any statutory
law that is then in force, are exempt from seizure under writs of
execution and the farmer is prevented from giving as security for money
lent to the farmer,
(o) to any fisherman, on the security of
fishing vessels, fishing equipment and supplies or products of the sea,
lakes and rivers, but security taken under this paragraph is not
effective in respect of any such property that, at the time the
security is taken, by any statutory law that is then in force, is
exempt from seizure under writs of execution and the fisherman is
prevented from giving as security for money lent to the fisherman, and
(p) to any forestry producer, on the
security of fertilizer, pesticide, forestry equipment, forestry
implements or products of the forest, but security taken under this
paragraph is not effective in respect of any such property that, at the
time the security is taken, by any statutory law that is then in force,
is exempt from seizure under writs of execution and the forestry
producer is prevented from giving as security for money lent to the
forestry producer,
and the security may be given by signature and
delivery to the bank, by or on behalf of the person giving the
security, of a document in the prescribed form or in a form to the like
effect.
|
Rights and powers vested by delivery of document
|
(2) Delivery of a document giving security on
property to a bank under the authority of this section vests in the
bank in respect of the property therein described
(a) of which the person giving security is the owner at the time of the delivery of the document, or
(b) of which that person becomes the owner
at any time thereafter before the release of the security by the bank,
whether or not the property is in existence at the time of the delivery,
the following rights and powers, namely,
(c) if the property is property on which security is given under paragraph (1)(a), (b), (g), (h), (i), (j) or (o), under paragraph (1)(c) or (m) consisting of aquacultural implements, under paragraph (1)(d) or (n) consisting of agricultural implements or under paragraph (1)(p)
consisting of forestry implements, the same rights and powers as if the
bank had acquired a warehouse receipt or bill of lading in which that
property was described, or
(d) if the property
(i) is property on which security is given under paragraph (1)(c) consisting of aquacultural stock growing or produced in the aquaculture operation or aquacultural equipment,
(ii) is property on which security is given under paragraph (1)(d) consisting of crops or agricultural equipment,
(iii) is property on which security is given under any of paragraphs (1)(e), (f), (k) and (l),
(iv) is property on which security is given under paragraph (1)(m) consisting of aquacultural equipment,
(v) is property on which security is given under paragraph (1)(n) consisting of agricultural equipment, or
(vi) is property on which security is given under paragraph (1)(p) consisting of forestry equipment,
a first and preferential lien and claim thereon
for the sum secured and interest thereon, and as regards a crop as well
before as after the severance from the soil, harvesting or threshing
thereof, and, in addition thereto, the same rights and powers in
respect of the property as if the bank had acquired a warehouse receipt
or bill of lading in which the property was described, and all rights
and powers of the bank subsist notwithstanding that the property is
affixed to real property and notwithstanding that the person giving the
security is not the owner of that real property,
and all such property in respect of which such
rights and powers are vested in the bank under this section is for the
purposes of this Act property covered by the security.
|
Power of the bank to take possession, etc.
|
(3) Where security on any property is given to a bank under any of paragraphs (1)(c) to (p),
the bank, in addition to and without limitation of any other rights or
powers vested in or conferred on it, has full power, right and
authority, through its officers, employees or agents, in the case of
(a) non-payment of any of the loans or advances for which the security was given,
(b) failure to care for or harvest any crop or to care for any livestock covered by the security,
(c) failure to care for or harvest any
aquatic stock growing or produced in the aquaculture operation or to
care for any aquatic plants and animals covered by the security,
(d) failure to care for any property on which security is given under any of paragraphs (1)(i) to (p),
(e) any attempt, without the consent of the bank, to dispose of any property covered by the security, or
(f) seizure of any property covered by the security,
to take possession of or seize the property
covered by the security, and in the case of aquacultural stock growing
or produced in the aquaculture operation or a crop growing or produced
on the farm to care for it and, where applicable, harvest it or thresh
the grain therefrom, and in the case of livestock or aquatic plants and
animals to care for them, and has the right and authority to enter on
any land, premises or site whenever necessary for any such purpose and
to detach and remove such property, exclusive of wiring, conduits or
piping incorporated in a building, from any real property to which it
is affixed.
|
Notice of intention
|
(4) The following provisions apply where security on property is given to a bank under this section:
(a) the rights and powers of the bank in
respect of property covered by the security are void as against
creditors of the person giving the security and as against subsequent
purchasers or mortgagees in good faith of the property covered by the
security unless a notice of intention signed by or on behalf of the
person giving the security was registered in the appropriate agency not
more than three years immediately before the security was given;
(b) registration of a notice of intention
may be cancelled by registration in the appropriate agency in which the
notice of intention was registered of a certificate of release signed
on behalf of the bank named in the notice of intention stating that
every security to which the notice of intention relates has been
released or that no security was given to the bank, as the case may be;
(c) every person, on payment of the fee
prescribed pursuant to subsection (6), is entitled to have access
through the agent to any system of registration, notice of intention or
certificate of release kept by or in the custody of the agent;
(d) any person desiring to ascertain
whether a notice of intention given by a person is registered in an
agency may inquire by sending a prepaid telegram or written
communication addressed to the agent, and it is the duty of the agent,
in the case of a written inquiry, only if it is accompanied by the
payment of the fee prescribed pursuant to subsection (6), to make the
necessary examination of the information contained in the system of
registration and of the relevant documents, if any, and to reply to the
inquirer stating the name of the bank mentioned in any such notice of
intention, which reply shall be sent by mail unless a telegraphic reply
is requested, in which case it shall be sent at the expense of the
inquirer; and
(e) evidence of registration in an agency
of a notice of intention or a certificate of release and of the place,
date, time and serial number, if any, of its registration may be given
by the production of a copy of the notice of intention or certificate
of release duly certified by the agent to be a true copy thereof
without proof of the signature or of the official character of the
agent.
|
Definitions
|
(5) In subsections (4) and (6),
|
"agency" « agence »
|
"agency" means, in a province, the office of the
Bank of Canada or its authorized representative but does not include
its Ottawa office, and in Yukon, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut
means the office of the clerk of the court of each of those territories
respectively;
|
"agent" « agent »
|
"agent" means the officer in charge of an agency, and includes any person acting for that officer;
|
"appropriate agency" « agence appropriée »
|
"appropriate agency" means
(a) the agency for the province in which
is located the place of business of the person by whom or on whose
behalf a notice of intention is signed,
(b) if that person has more than one
place of business in Canada and the places of business are not in the
same province, the agency for the province in which is located the
principal place of business of that person, or
(c) if that person has no place of business, the agency for the province in which the person resides,
and in respect of any notice of intention
registered before the day this Part comes into force, means the office
in which registration was required to be made by the law in force at
the time of such registration;
|
"notice of intention" « préavis »
|
"notice of intention" means a notice of intention
in the prescribed form or in a form to the like effect, and includes a
notice of intention registered before the day this Part comes into
force, in the form and registered in the manner required by the law in
force at the time of the registration of the notice of intention;
|
"principal place of business" « principal établissement »
|
"principal place of business" means
(a) in the case of a body corporate
incorporated by or under an Act of Parliament or the legislature of a
province, the place where, according to the body corporate's charter,
memorandum of association or by-laws, the head office of the body
corporate in Canada is situated, and
(b) in the case of any other body
corporate, the place at which a civil process in the province in which
the loans or advances will be made can be served on the body corporate;
|
"system of registration" « archives »
|
"system of registration" means all registers and
other records required by subsection (4) to be prepared and maintained
and any such system may be in a bound or loose-leaf form or in a
photographic film form, or may be entered or recorded by any system of
mechanical or electronic data processing or any other information
storage device that is capable of reproducing any required information
in intelligible written form within a reasonable time.
|
Regulations
|
(6) The Governor in Council may, for the purposes of this section, make regulations
(a) respecting the practice and procedure
for the operation of a system of registration, including registration
of notices of intention, the cancellation of such registrations and
access to the system of registration;
(b) requiring the payment of fees relating to the system of registration and prescribing the amounts thereof; and
(c) respecting any other matter necessary for the maintenance and operation of a system of registration.
|
Priority of wages and money owing for perishable agricultural products
|
(7) Notwithstanding subsection (2) and
notwithstanding that a notice of intention by a person giving security
on property under this section has been registered pursuant to this
section, where, under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act, a receiving order is made against, or an assignment is made by, that person,
(a) claims for wages, salaries or other
remuneration owing in respect of the period of three months immediately
preceding the making of the order or assignment, to employees of the
person employed in connection with the business or farm in respect of
which the property covered by the security was held or acquired by the
person, and
(b) claims of a grower or producer of
products of agriculture for money owing by a manufacturer to the grower
or producer for such products that were grown or produced by the grower
or producer on land owned or leased by the grower or producer and that
were delivered to the manufacturer during the period of six months
immediately preceding the making of the order or assignment to the
extent of the lesser of
(i) the total amount of the claims of the grower or producer therefor, and
(ii) the amount determined by multiplying by
one thousand one hundred dollars the most recent annual average Index
Number of Farm Prices of Agricultural Products for Canada published by
Statistics Canada at the time the receiving order or claim is made,
have priority over the rights of the bank in a
security given to the bank under this section, in the order in which
they are mentioned in this subsection, and if the bank takes possession
or in any way disposes of the property covered by the security, the
bank is liable for those claims to the extent of the net amount
realized on the disposition of the property, after deducting the cost
of realization, and the bank is subrogated in and to all the rights of
the claimants to the extent of the amounts paid to them by the bank.
|
Effect of adjustment of index
|
(8) On the first occasion after December 19, 1990 on which the index number referred to in subparagraph (7)(b)(ii)
is adjusted or re-established on a revised base, that subparagraph is
amended by substituting for the reference to one thousand one hundred
dollars therein the amount, stated in whole dollars, rounded upwards,
obtained when one thousand one hundred dollars is multiplied by the
index number immediately before the adjustment or re-establishment and
the product so obtained is divided by the index number immediately
following the adjustment or re-establishment, and on each subsequent
occasion on which the index number is adjusted or re-established on a
revised base, that subparagraph is amended by substituting for the
amount then referred to therein, an amount determined in like manner.
1991, c. 46, s. 427; 1992, c. 27, s. 90; 1993, c. 6, s. 6(E), c. 28, s. 78; 1998, c. 36, s. 21; 2002, c. 7, s. 82(E).
|
Priority of bank's claim
|
428. (1) All the rights and powers of a
bank in respect of the property mentioned in or covered by a warehouse
receipt or bill of lading acquired and held by the bank, and the rights
and powers of the bank in respect of the property covered by a security
given to the bank under section 427 that are the same as if the bank
had acquired a warehouse receipt or bill of lading in which that
property was described, have, subject to subsection 427(4) and
subsections (3) to (6) of this section, priority over all rights
subsequently acquired in, on or in respect of that property, and also
over the claim of any unpaid vendor.
|
Exception
|
(2) The priority referred to in subsection (1)
does not extend over the claim of any unpaid vendor who had a lien on
the property at the time of the acquisition by the bank of the
warehouse receipt, bill of lading or security, unless the same was
acquired without knowledge on the part of the bank of that lien, and
where security is given to the bank under paragraph 427(1)(c) or (m) consisting of aquacultural equipment, under paragraph 427(1)(d) or (n) consisting of agricultural equipment, under paragraph 427(1)(k) consisting of aquacultural equipment or an aquacultural electric system, under paragraph 427(1)(l) consisting of agricultural equipment or a farm electric system or under paragraph 427(1)(p)
consisting of forestry equipment, that priority shall exist
notwithstanding that the property is or becomes affixed to real
property.
|
Bank required to register against land in certain cases
|
(3) Where security has been given to a bank under paragraph 427(1)(c) or (m) consisting of aquacultural equipment, under paragraph 427(1)(d) or (n) consisting of agricultural equipment, under paragraph 427(1)(k) consisting of aquacultural equipment or an aquacultural electric system, under paragraph 427(1)(l) consisting of agricultural equipment or a farm electric system or under paragraph 427(1)(p)
consisting of forestry equipment that is or has become affixed to real
property, the rights and powers of the bank do not have priority over
any interest or right acquired in, on or in respect of the real
property after that property has become affixed thereto unless, prior to
(a) the registration of the interest or right, or
(b) the registration or filing of the deed
or other instrument evidencing the interest or right, or of a caution,
caveat or memorial in respect thereof,
there has been registered or filed in the proper land registry or land titles office,
(c) an original of the document giving the security,
(d) a copy of the document giving the security, certified by an officer or employee of the bank to be a true copy, or
(e) a caution, caveat or memorial in respect of the rights of the bank.
|
Procedure for registering
|
(4) Every registrar or officer in charge of the
proper land registry or land titles office to whom a document mentioned
in paragraph (3)(c), (d) or (e) is tendered shall
register or file the document according to the ordinary procedure for
registering or filing within that office documents that evidence liens
or charges against, or cautions, caveats or memorials in respect of
claims to, or interests or rights in respect of, real property and
subject to payment of the like fees, but subsection (3) and this
subsection do not apply if the provincial law does not permit such
registration or filing of the tendered document.
|
Security on fishing vessels
|
(5) Where security has been given to a bank under paragraph 427(1)(o) on a fishing vessel that is recorded or registered under the Canada Shipping Act or registered under the Maritime Code,
chapter 41 of the Statutes of Canada, 1977-78, the rights and powers of
the bank do not have priority over any rights that are subsequently
acquired in the vessel and are recorded or registered under that Act or
Code unless a copy of the document giving the security, certified by an
officer of the bank to be a true copy, has been recorded or registered
under that Act or Code in respect of the vessel before the recording or
registration thereunder of those rights.
|
Idem
|
(6) A copy of the document giving the security
described in subsection (5), certified by an officer of the bank, may
be recorded or registered under the Canada Shipping Act or the Maritime Code,
chapter 41 of the Statutes of Canada, 1977-78, as if it were a mortgage
given thereunder, and on the recording or registration thereof the
bank, in addition to and without limitation of any other rights or
powers vested in or conferred on it, has all the rights and powers in
respect of the vessel that it would have if the security were a
mortgage recorded or registered under that Act or Code.
|
Sale of goods on non-payment of debt
|
(7) In the event of non-payment of any debt,
liability, loan or advance, as security for the payment of which a bank
has acquired and holds a warehouse receipt or bill of lading or has
taken any security under section 427, the bank may sell all or any part
of the property mentioned therein or covered thereby and apply the
proceeds against that debt, liability, loan or advance, with interest
and expenses, returning the surplus, if any, to the person by whom the
security was given.
|
Idem
|
(8) The power of sale referred to in subsection
(7) shall, unless the person by whom the security mentioned in that
subsection was given has agreed to the sale of the property otherwise
than as herein provided or unless the property is perishable and to
comply with the following provisions might result in a substantial
reduction in the value of the property, be exercised subject to the
following provisions, namely,
(a) every sale of such property other than livestock shall be by public auction after
(i) notice of the time and place of the sale
has been sent by registered mail to the recorded address of the person
by whom the security was given, at least ten days prior to the sale in
the case of any such property other than products of the forest, and at
least thirty days prior to the sale in the case of any such property
consisting of products of the forest, and
(ii) publication of an advertisement of the
sale, at least two days prior to the sale, in at least two newspapers
published in or nearest to the place where the sale is to be made
stating the time and place thereof; and
(b) every sale of livestock shall be made by public auction not less than five days after
(i) publication of an advertisement of the time
and place of the sale in a newspaper, published in or nearest to the
place where the sale is to be made, and
(ii) posting of a notice in writing of the time
and place of the sale, in or at the post office nearest to the place
where the sale is to be made,
and the proceeds of such a sale of livestock,
after deducting all expenses incurred by the bank and all expenses of
seizure and sale, shall first be applied to satisfy privileges, liens
or pledges having priority over the security given to the bank and for
which claims have been filed with the person making the sale, and the
balance shall be applied in payment of the debt, liability, loan or
advance, with interest and the surplus, if any, returned to the person
by whom the security was given.
|
Right and title of purchaser
|
(9) Any sale of property by a bank under
subsections (7) and (8) vests in the purchaser all the right and title
in and to the property that the person from whom security was taken
under section 435 had when the security was given or that the person
from whom security was taken under section 427 had when the security
was given and that the person acquired thereafter.
|
Duty to act honestly and in good faith
|
(10) In connection with any sale of property by a
bank pursuant to subsections (7) and (8) or pursuant to any agreement
between the bank and the person by whom the security was given, the
bank shall act honestly and in good faith and shall deal with the
property in a timely and appropriate manner having regard to the nature
of the property and the interests of the person by whom the security
was given and, in the case of a sale pursuant to an agreement, shall
give the person by whom the security was given reasonable notice of the
sale except where the property is perishable and to do so might result
in a substantial reduction in the value of the property.
|
Duty to act expeditiously in respect of seized property
|
(11) Subject to section 427 and this section and
any agreement between the bank and the person by whom the property was
given as security, where, pursuant to subsection 427(3), a bank takes
possession of or seizes property given as security to the bank, the
bank shall, as soon as is reasonably practical having regard to the
nature of the property, sell the property or so much thereof as will
enable it to satisfy the debt, liability, loan or advance, with
interest and expenses, in relation to which the property was given as
security.
|
Goods manufactured from articles pledged
|
(12) Where goods, wares and merchandise are
manufactured or produced from goods, wares and merchandise, or any of
them, mentioned in or covered by any warehouse receipt or bill of
lading acquired and held by a bank or any security given to a bank
under section 427, the bank has the same rights and powers in respect
of the goods, wares and merchandise so manufactured or produced, as
well during the process of manufacture or production as after the
completion thereof, and for the same purposes and on the same
conditions as it had with respect to the original goods, wares and
merchandise.
|
Subrogation of security
|
(13) Where payment or satisfaction of any debt,
liability, loan or advance in respect of which a bank has taken
security under section 426, 427 or 435 is guaranteed by a third person
and the debt, liability, loan or advance is paid or satisfied by the
guarantor, the guarantor is subrogated in and to all of the powers,
rights and authority of the bank under the security that the bank holds
in respect thereof under sections 426, 427 and 435 and this section.
|
Bank may assign its rights
|
(14) A bank may assign to any person all or any of
its rights and powers in respect of any property on which security has
been given to it under paragraph 427(1)(i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n), (o) or (p), whereupon that person has all or any of the assigned rights and powers of the bank under that security.
|
Conditions under which bank may take security
|
429. (1) A bank shall not acquire or hold
any warehouse receipt or bill of lading, or any security under section
427, to secure the payment of any debt, liability, loan or advance
unless the debt, liability, loan or advance is contracted or made
(a) at the time of the acquisition thereof by the bank, or
(b) on the written promise or agreement
that a warehouse receipt or bill of lading or security under section
427 would be given to the bank, in which case the debt, liability, loan
or advance may be contracted or made before or at the time of or after
that acquisition,
and such debt, liability, loan or advance may
be renewed, or the time for the payment thereof extended, without
affecting any security so acquired or held.
|
Exchange of one security for another
|
(2) A bank may
(a) on the shipment of any property for
which it holds a warehouse receipt or any security under section 427,
surrender the receipt or security and receive a bill of lading in
exchange therefor;
(b) on the receipt of any property for
which it holds a bill of lading, or any security under section 427,
surrender the bill of lading or security, store the property and take a
warehouse receipt therefor, or ship the property, or part of it, and
take another bill of lading therefor;
(c) surrender any bill of lading or
warehouse receipt held by it and receive in exchange therefor any
security that may be taken under this Act;
(d) when it holds any security under
section 427 on grain in any elevator, take a bill of lading covering
the same grain or grain of the same grade or kind shipped from that
elevator, in lieu of that security, to the extent of the quantity
shipped; and
(e) when it holds any security whatever
covering grain, take in lieu of that security, to the extent of the
quantity covered by the security taken, a bill of lading or warehouse
receipt for, or any document entitling it under the Canada Grain Act to the delivery of, the same grain or grain of the same grade or kind.
|
Loans to receiver, liquidator, etc.
|
430. A bank may lend money and make
advances to a receiver, to a receiver and manager, to a liquidator
appointed under any winding-up Act, or to a custodian, an interim
receiver or a trustee under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act,
if the receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, custodian, interim
receiver or trustee has been duly authorized or empowered to borrow,
and, in making the loan or advance, and thereafter, the bank may take
security, with or without personal liability, from the receiver,
receiver and manager, liquidator, custodian, interim receiver or
trustee to such an amount and on such property as may be directed or
authorized by any court of competent jurisdiction.
1991, c. 46, s. 430; 1992, c. 27, s. 90.
|
Securities may be sold
|
431. Securities acquired and held by a bank
as security may, in case of default in the payment of the loan, advance
or debt or in the discharge of the liability for the securing of which
they were so acquired and held, be dealt with, sold and conveyed, in
like manner as and subject to the restrictions under which a private
individual might in like circumstances deal with, sell and convey the
same, and the right to deal with and dispose of securities as provided
in this section may be waived or varied by any agreement between the
bank and the person by whom the security was given.
|
Rights in respect of personal property
|
432. The rights, powers and privileges that
a bank is by this Act declared to have, or to have had, in respect of
real property on which it has taken security, shall be held and
possessed by it in respect of any personal property on which it has
taken security.
|
Purchase of realty
|
433. A bank may purchase any real property offered for sale
(a) under execution, or in insolvency, or
under the order or decree of a court, or at a sale for taxes, as
belonging to any debtor to the bank,
(b) by a mortgagee or other encumbrancer, having priority over a mortgage or other encumbrance held by the bank, or
(c) by the bank under a power of sale given
to it for that purpose, notice of the sale by auction to the highest
bidder having been first given by advertisement for four weeks in a
newspaper published in the county or electoral district in which the
property is situated,
in cases in which, under similar
circumstances, an individual could so purchase, without any restriction
as to the value of the property that it may so purchase, and may
acquire title thereto as any individual, purchasing at a sheriff's sale
or sale for taxes or under a power of sale, in like circumstances could
do, and may take, have, hold and dispose of the property so purchased.
|
Bank may acquire absolute title
|
434. (1) A bank may acquire and hold an
absolute title in or to real property affected by a mortgage or
hypothec securing a loan or an advance made by the bank or a debt or
liability to the bank, either by the obtaining of a release of the
equity of redemption in the mortgaged property, or by procuring a
foreclosure, or by other means whereby, as between individuals, an
equity of redemption can, by law, be barred, or a transfer of title to
real property can, by law, be effected, and may purchase and acquire
any prior mortgage or charge on such property.
|
No act or law to prevent
|
(2) Nothing in any charter, Act or law shall be
construed as ever having been intended to prevent or as preventing a
bank from acquiring and holding an absolute title to and in any
mortgaged or hypothecated real property, whatever the value thereof, or
from exercising or acting on any power of sale contained in any
mortgage given to or held by the bank, authorizing or enabling it to
sell or convey any property so mortgaged.
|
Warehouse receipts and bills of lading
|
435. (1) A bank may acquire and hold any
warehouse receipt or bill of lading as security for the payment of any
debt incurred in its favour, or as security for any liability incurred
by it for any person, in the course of its banking business.
|
Effect of taking
|
(2) Any warehouse receipt or bill of lading
acquired by a bank under subsection (1) vests in the bank, from the
date of the acquisition thereof,
(a) all the right and title to the
warehouse receipt or bill of lading and to the goods, wares and
merchandise covered thereby of the previous holder or owner thereof; and
(b) all the right and title to the goods,
wares and merchandise mentioned therein of the person from whom the
goods, wares and merchandise were received or acquired by the bank, if
the warehouse receipt or bill of lading is made directly in favour of
the bank, instead of to the previous holder or owner of the goods,
wares and merchandise.
|
When previous holder is agent
|
436. (1) Where the previous holder of a warehouse receipt or bill of lading referred to in section 435 is a person
(a) entrusted with the possession of the
goods, wares and merchandise mentioned therein, by or by the authority
of the owner thereof,
(b) to whom the goods, wares and merchandise are, by or by the authority of the owner thereof, consigned, or
(c) who, by or by the authority of the
owner of the goods, wares and merchandise, is possessed of any bill of
lading, receipt, order or other document covering the same, such as is
used in the course of business as proof of the possession or control of
goods, wares and merchandise, or as authorizing or purporting to
authorize, either by endorsement or by delivery, the possessor of such
a document to transfer or receive the goods, wares and merchandise
thereby represented,
a bank is, on the acquisition of that
warehouse receipt or bill of lading, vested with all the right and
title of the owner of the goods, wares and merchandise, subject to the
right of the owner to have the same re-transferred to the owner if the
debt or liability, as security for which the warehouse receipt or bill
of lading is held by the bank, is paid.
|
Possessor
|
(2) For the purposes of this section, a person
shall be deemed to be the possessor of goods, wares and merchandise, or
a bill of lading, receipt, order or other document,
(a) who is in actual possession thereof; or
(b) for whom, or subject to whose control
the goods, wares and merchandise are, or bill of lading, receipt, order
or other document is, held by any other person.
|
|
Deposit Acceptance
|
Deposit acceptance
|
437. (1) A bank may, without the intervention of any other person,
(a) accept a deposit from any person whether or not the person is qualified by law to enter into contracts; and
(b) pay all or part of the principal of the deposit and all or part of the interest thereon to or to the order of that person.
|
Exception
|
(2) Paragraph (1)(b) does not apply if, before payment, the money deposited in the bank pursuant to paragraph (1)(a) is claimed by some other person
(a) in any action or proceeding to which
the bank is a party and in respect of which service of a writ or other
process originating that action or proceeding has been made on the
bank, or
(b) in any other action or proceeding
pursuant to which an injunction or order made by the court requiring
the bank not to make payment of that money or make payment thereof to
some person other than the depositor has been served on the bank,
and, in the case of any such claim so made,
the money so deposited may be paid to the depositor with the consent of
the claimant or to the claimant with the consent of the depositor.
|
Execution of trust
|
(3) A bank is not bound to see to the execution of
any trust to which any deposit made under the authority of this Act is
subject.
|
Payment when bank has notice of trust
|
(4) Subsection (3) applies regardless of whether
the trust is express or arises by the operation of law, and it applies
even when the bank has notice of the trust if it acts on the order of
or under the authority of the holder or holders of the account into
which the deposit is made.
1991, c. 46, s. 437; 2001, c. 9, s. 111.
|
|
Unclaimed Balances
|
Unclaimed balances
|
438. (1) Where
(a) a deposit has been made in Canada that
is payable in Canada in Canadian currency and in respect of which no
transaction has taken place and no statement of account has been
requested or acknowledged by the creditor during a period of ten years
(i) in the case of a deposit made for a fixed period, from the day on which the fixed period terminated, and
(ii) in the case of any other deposit, from the
day on which the last transaction took place or a statement of account
was last requested or acknowledged by the creditor, whichever is later,
or
(b) a cheque, draft or bill of exchange
(including any such instrument drawn by one branch of a bank on another
branch of the bank but not including such an instrument issued in
payment of a dividend on the capital of a bank) payable in Canada in
Canadian currency has been issued, certified or accepted by a bank in
Canada and no payment has been made in respect thereof for a period of
ten years after the date of issue, certification, acceptance or
maturity, whichever is later,
the bank shall pay to the Bank of Canada not
later than December 31 in each year an amount equal to the principal
amount of the deposit or instrument, plus interest, if any, calculated
in accordance with the terms of the deposit or instrument, and payment
accordingly discharges the bank from all liability in respect of the
deposit or instrument.
|
Particulars
|
(2) A bank shall, on making a payment pursuant to
subsection (1), provide the Bank of Canada, for each deposit or
instrument in respect of which the payment is made, with all the
particulars of the deposit or instrument listed in subsection 629(3) or
630(2), as the case may be, current as of the day the payment is made.
|
Payment to claimant
|
(3) Subject to section 22 of the Bank of Canada Act,
where payment has been made to the Bank of Canada under subsection (1)
in respect of any deposit or instrument, and if payment is demanded or
the instrument is presented at the Bank of Canada by the person who,
but for that section, would be entitled to receive payment of the
deposit or instrument, the Bank of Canada is liable to pay, at its
agency in the province in which the deposit or instrument was payable,
an amount equal to the amount so paid to it together with interest, if
interest was payable under the terms of the deposit or instrument,
(a) for a period not exceeding ten years
from the day on which the payment was received by the Bank of Canada
until the date of payment to the claimant; and
(b) at such rate and computed in such manner as the Minister determines.
|
Enforcing liability
|
(4) The liability of the Bank of Canada under
subsection (3) may be enforced by action against the Bank of Canada in
the court in the province in which the deposit or instrument was
payable.
|
Application of subsection (1)
|
(5) Subsection (1) applies only in respect of
(a) deposits made, and cheques, drafts and
bills of exchange issued, certified or accepted, in the ten year period
immediately preceding the day on which this section comes into force;
and
(b) deposits made, and cheques, drafts and
bills of exchange issued, certified or accepted, on or after the day on
which this section comes into force.
1991, c. 46, s. 438; 1999, c. 28, s. 23.
|
Notice of unpaid amount
|
439. (1) A bank shall mail to each person, in so far as is known to the bank,
(a) to whom a deposit referred to in paragraph 438(1)(a) is payable, or
(b) to whom or at whose request an instrument referred to in paragraph 438(1)(b) was issued, certified or accepted,
at the person's recorded address, a notice stating that the deposit or instrument remains unpaid.
|
When notice to be given
|
(2) A notice required by subsection (1) shall be
given during the month of January next following the end of the first
two year period, and also during the month of January next following
the end of the first five year period,
(a) in the case of a deposit made for a fixed period, after the fixed period has terminated;
(b) in the case of any other deposit, in
respect of which no transaction has taken place and no statement of
account has been requested or acknowledged by the creditor; and
(c) in the case of a cheque, draft or bill of exchange, in respect of which the instrument has remained unpaid.
|
|
Accounts
|
Definitions
|
439.1 The following definitions apply in this section and in sections 445 to 448.2, 458.1, 459.2 and 459.4.
|
"low-fee retail deposit account" « compte de dépôt de détail à frais modiques »
|
"low-fee retail deposit account" means a retail deposit account that has the prescribed characteristics.
|
"member bank" « banque membre »
|
"member bank" means a bank that is a member institution as defined in section 2 of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation Act.
|
"personal deposit account" « compte de dépôt personnel »
|
"personal deposit account" means a deposit
account in the name of one or more natural persons that is kept by that
person or those persons for a purpose other than that of carrying on
business.
|
"retail deposit account" « compte de dépôt de détail »
|
"retail deposit account" means a personal deposit
account that is opened with a deposit of less than $150,000 or any
greater amount that may be prescribed.
2001, c. 9, s. 113.
|
Account charges
|
440. A bank shall not, directly or
indirectly, charge or receive any sum for the keeping of an account
unless the charge is made by express agreement between the bank and a
customer or by order of a court.
|
Disclosure on opening account
|
441. (1) A bank shall not open or maintain
an interest-bearing deposit account in Canada in the name of any
natural person unless the bank discloses, in accordance with the
regulations, to the person who requests the bank to open the account,
the rate of interest applicable to the account and how the amount of
interest to be paid is to be calculated.
|
Exception
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of an
interest-bearing deposit account that is opened with a deposit in
excess of $150,000 or any greater amount that may be prescribed.
1991, c. 46, s. 441; 2001, c. 9, s. 114.
|
Disclosure in advertisements
|
442. No person shall authorize the
publication, issue or appearance of any advertisement in Canada that
indicates the rate of interest offered by a bank on an interest-bearing
deposit or a debt obligation unless the advertisement discloses, in
accordance with the regulations, how the amount of interest is to be
calculated.
|
Disclosure regulations
|
443. The Governor in Council may make regulations respecting
(a) the manner in which and the time at which disclosure is to be made by a bank of
(i) interest rates applicable to debts of the bank and deposits with the bank, and
(ii) the manner in which the amount of interest paid is to be calculated; and
(b) such other matters or things as may be necessary to carry out the requirements of sections 441 and 442.
444. [Repealed, 2001, c. 9, s. 115]
|
Disclosure required on opening a deposit account
|
445. (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (4),
a bank shall not open a deposit account in the name of a customer
unless, at or before the time the account is opened, the bank provides
in writing to the individual who requests the opening of the account
(a) a copy of the account agreement with the bank;
(b) information about all charges applicable to the account;
(c) information about how the customer will
be notified of any increase in those charges and of any new charges
applicable to the account;
(d) information about the bank's procedures
relating to complaints about the application of any charge applicable
to the account; and
(e) such other information as may be prescribed.
|
Exception
|
(2) If a deposit account is not a personal deposit
account and the amount of a charge applicable to the account cannot be
established at or before the time the account is opened, the bank
shall, as soon as is practicable after the amount is established,
provide the customer in whose name the account is kept with a notice in
writing of the amount of the charge.
|
Exception
|
(3) If a bank has a deposit account in the name of
a customer and the customer by telephone requests the opening of
another deposit account in the name of the customer and the bank has
not complied with subsection (1) in respect of the opening of that
other account, the bank shall not open the account unless it provides
the customer orally with any information prescribed at or before the
time the account is opened.
|
Disclosure in writing
|
(4) If a bank opens an account under subsection
(3), it shall, not later than seven business days after the account is
opened, provide to the customer in writing the agreement and
information referred to in subsection (1).
|
Right to close account
|
(5) A customer may, within 14 business days after
a deposit account is opened under subsection (3), close the account
without charge and in such case is entitled to a refund of any charges
related to the operation of the account, other than interest charges,
incurred while the account was open.
|
Regulations
|
(6) For the purposes of subsection (4), the
Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing circumstances in
which, and the time when, the agreement and information will be deemed
to have been provided to the customer.
1991, c. 46, s. 445; 1997, c. 15, s. 48; 2001, c. 9, s. 116.
|
Disclosure of charges
|
446. A bank shall disclose, in the
prescribed manner and at the prescribed time, to its customers and to
the public, the charges applicable to deposit accounts with the bank
and the usual amount, if any, charged by the bank for services normally
provided by the bank to its customers and to the public.
|
No increase or new charges without disclosure
|
447. (1) A bank shall not increase any
charge applicable to a personal deposit account with the bank or
introduce any new charge applicable to a personal deposit account with
the bank unless the bank discloses the charge in the prescribed manner
and at the prescribed time to the customer in whose name the account is
kept.
|
Idem
|
(2) With respect to such services in relation to
deposit accounts, other than personal deposit accounts, as are
prescribed, a bank shall not increase any charge for any such service
in relation to a deposit account with the bank or introduce any new
charge for any such service in relation to a deposit account with the
bank unless the bank discloses the charge in the prescribed manner and
at the prescribed time to the customer in whose name the account is
kept.
|
Application
|
448. Sections 445 to 447 apply only in
respect of charges applicable to deposit accounts with the bank in
Canada and services provided by the bank in Canada.
1991, c. 46, s. 448; 2001, c. 9, s. 117.
|
Retail deposit accounts
|
448.1 (1) Subject to regulations made under
subsection (3), a member bank shall, at any prescribed point of service
in Canada or any branch in Canada at which it opens retail deposit
accounts through a natural person, open a retail deposit account for an
individual who meets the prescribed conditions at his or her request
made there in person.
|
No minimum deposit or balance requirements
|
(2) A member bank shall not require that, in the
case of an account opened under subsection (1), the individual make an
initial minimum deposit or maintain a minimum balance.
|
Regulations
|
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) for the purposes of subsection (1), defining "point of service" and prescribing points of service;
(b) respecting circumstances in which subsection (1) does not apply; and
(c) prescribing conditions to be met by an individual for the purposes of subsection (1).
2001, c. 9, s. 117.
|
Low-fee retail deposit accounts -- regulations
|
448.2 The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) requiring a member bank, at any
prescribed point of service in Canada or any branch referred to in
subsection 448.1(1), to open a low-fee retail deposit account for an
individual who meets the prescribed conditions at his or her request
made there in person;
(b) for the purposes of paragraph (a), defining "point of service" and prescribing points of service;
(c) prescribing the characteristics, including the name, of a low-fee retail deposit account;
(d) respecting circumstances in which a regulation made under paragraph (a) does not apply; and
(e) prescribing conditions to be met by an individual for the purposes of paragraph (a).
2001, c. 9, s. 117.
|
|
Borrowing Costs
|
Definition of "cost of borrowing"
|
449. For the purposes of this section and sections 449.1 to 456, "cost of borrowing" means, in respect of a loan made by a bank,
(a) the interest or discount applicable to the loan;
(b) any amount charged in connection with the loan that is payable by the borrower to the bank; and
(c) any charge prescribed to be included in the cost of borrowing.
For those purposes, however, "cost of
borrowing" does not include any charge prescribed to be excluded from
the cost of borrowing.
1991, c. 46, s. 449; 1997, c. 15, s. 49; 2001, c. 9, s. 118.
|
Rebate of borrowing costs
|
449.1 (1) Where a bank makes a loan in
respect of which the disclosure requirements of section 450 apply, and
the loan is not secured by a mortgage on real property and is required
to be repaid either on a fixed future date or by instalments, the bank
shall, if there is a prepayment of the loan, rebate to the borrower a
portion of the charges included in the cost of borrowing in respect of
the loan.
|
Exception
|
(2) The charges to be rebated do not include the interest or discount applicable to the loan.
|
Regulations
|
(3) The Governor in Council may make regulations
governing the rebate of charges under subsection (1). The rebate shall
be made in accordance with those regulations.
1997, c. 15, s. 49.
|
Disclosing borrowing costs
|
450. (1) A bank shall not make a loan to a
natural person that is repayable in Canada unless the cost of
borrowing, as calculated and expressed in accordance with section 451,
and other prescribed information have, in the prescribed manner and at
the prescribed time, been disclosed by the bank to the borrower.
|
Non-application
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of a loan that is of a prescribed class of loans.
1991, c. 46, s. 450; 1997, c. 15, s. 49.
|
Calculating borrowing costs
|
451. The cost of borrowing shall be
calculated, in the prescribed manner, on the basis that all obligations
of the borrower are duly fulfilled and shall be expressed as a rate per
annum and, in prescribed circumstances, as an amount in dollars and
cents.
|
Additional disclosure
|
452. (1) Where a bank makes a loan in
respect of which the disclosure requirements of section 450 are
applicable and the loan is required to be repaid either on a fixed
future date or by instalments, the bank shall disclose to the borrower,
in accordance with the regulations,
(a) whether the borrower has the right to repay the amount borrowed before the maturity of the loan and, if applicable,
(i) any terms and conditions relating to that
right, including the particulars of the circumstances in which the
borrower may exercise that right, and
(ii) whether, in the event that the borrower
exercises the right, any portion of the cost of borrowing is to be
rebated, the manner in which any such rebate is to be calculated or, if
a charge or penalty will be imposed on the borrower, the manner in
which the charge or penalty is to be calculated;
(b) in the event that an amount borrowed is
not repaid at maturity or, if applicable, an instalment is not paid on
the day the instalment is due to be paid, particulars of the charges or
penalties to be paid by the borrower because of the failure to repay or
pay in accordance with the contract governing the loan;
(c) at such time and in such manner as may
be prescribed, any changes respecting the cost of borrowing or the loan
agreement as may be prescribed;
(d) particulars of any other rights and obligations of the borrower; and
(e) any other prescribed information, at such time and in such form and manner as may be prescribed.
|
Disclosure in credit card applications
|
(1.1) A bank shall, in accordance with the
regulations, at such time and in such manner as may be prescribed,
provide prescribed information in any application forms or related
documents that it prepares for the issuance of credit, payment or
charge cards and provide prescribed information to any person applying
to it for a credit, payment or charge card.
|
Disclosure re credit cards
|
(2) Where a bank issues or has issued a credit,
payment or charge card to a natural person, the bank shall, in addition
to disclosing the costs of borrowing in respect of any loan obtained
through the use of the card, disclose to the person, in accordance with
the regulations,
(a) any charges or penalties described in paragraph (1)(b);
(b) particulars of the person's rights and obligations;
(c) any charges for which the person becomes responsible by accepting or using the card;
(d) at such time and in such manner as may
be prescribed, such changes respecting the cost of borrowing or the
loan agreement as may be prescribed; and
(e) any other prescribed information, at such time and in such form and manner as may be prescribed.
|
Additional disclosure re other loans
|
(3) Where a bank enters into or has entered into
an arrangement, including a line of credit, for the making of a loan in
respect of which the disclosure requirements of section 450 apply and
the loan is not a loan in respect of which subsection (1) or (2)
applies, the bank shall, in addition to disclosing the costs of
borrowing, disclose to the person to whom the loan is made, in
accordance with the regulations,
(a) any charges or penalties described in paragraph (1)(b);
(b) particulars of the person's rights and obligations;
(c) any charges for which the person is responsible under the arrangement;
(d) at such time and in such manner as may
be prescribed, such changes respecting the cost of borrowing under the
arrangement as may be prescribed; and
(e) any other prescribed information, at such time and in such form and manner as may be prescribed.
1991, c. 46, s. 452; 1997, c. 15, s. 50.
|
Renewal statement
|
452.1 Where a bank makes a loan in respect
of which the disclosure requirements of section 450 apply and the loan
is secured by a mortgage on real property, the bank shall disclose to
the borrower, at such time and in such manner as may be prescribed,
such information as may be prescribed respecting the renewal of the
loan.
1997, c. 15, s. 51.
|
Disclosure in advertising
|
453. No person shall authorize the
publication, issue or appearance of any advertisement in Canada
relating to arrangements referred to in subsection 452(3), loans,
credit cards, payment cards or charge cards, offered to natural persons
by a bank, and purporting to disclose prescribed information about the
cost of borrowing or about any other matter unless the advertisement
contains such information as may be required by the regulations, in
such form and manner as may be prescribed.
1991, c. 46, s. 453; 1997, c. 15, s. 51.
|
Regulations re borrowing costs
|
454. The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the manner in which, and the time at which, a bank shall disclose to a borrower
(i) the cost of borrowing,
(ii) any rebate of the cost of borrowing, and
(iii) any other information relating to a loan,
arrangement, credit card, payment card or charge card referred to in
section 452;
(b) respecting the contents of any
statement disclosing the cost of borrowing and other information
required to be disclosed by a bank to a borrower;
(c) respecting the manner of calculating the cost of borrowing;
(d) respecting the circumstances under which the cost of borrowing is to be expressed as an amount in dollars and cents;
(e) specifying any class of loans that are
not to be subject to section 449.1 or subsection 450(1) or 452(1) or
(3) or section 452.1 or 453 or the regulations or any specified
provisions of the regulations;
(f) respecting the manner in which and the
time at which any rights, obligations, charges or penalties referred to
in sections 449.1 to 453 are to be disclosed;
(g) prohibiting the imposition of any
charge or penalty referred to in section 452 or providing that the
charge or penalty, if imposed, will not exceed a prescribed amount;
(h) respecting the nature or amount of any charge or penalty referred to in paragraph 452(1)(b), (2)(a) or (3)(a) and the costs of the bank that may be included or excluded in the determination of the charge or penalty;
(i) respecting the method of calculating
the amount of rebate of the cost of borrowing, or the portion of the
cost of borrowing referred to in subparagraph 452(1)(a)(ii);
(j) respecting advertisements made by a
bank regarding arrangements referred to in subsection 452(3), loans,
credit cards, payment cards or charge cards;
(k) respecting the renewal of loans; and
(l) respecting such other matters or things as are necessary to carry out the purposes of sections 449.1 to 453.
1991, c. 46, s. 454; 1997, c. 15, s. 51.
|
|
Complaints
|
Procedures for dealing with complaints
|
455. (1) A bank shall
(a) establish procedures for dealing with
complaints made by persons having requested or received products or
services in Canada from a bank;
(b) designate an officer or employee of the bank to be responsible for implementing those procedures; and
(c) designate one or more officers or employees of the bank to receive and deal with those complaints.
|
Procedures to be filed with Commissioner
|
(2) A bank shall file with the Commissioner a copy of its procedures established under paragraph (1)(a).
1991, c. 46, s. 455; 1997, c. 15, s. 52; 2001, c. 9, s. 120.
|
Designation of complaints body
|
455.1 (1) The Minister may, for the purposes of this section, designate a body corporate incorporated under Part II of the Canada Corporations Act
whose purpose, in the view of the Minister, under its letters patent is
dealing with complaints, made by persons having requested or received
products or services from its member financial institutions, that have
not been resolved to the satisfaction of those persons under procedures
established by those financial institutions under paragraph 455(1)(a).
|
Obligation to be member
|
(2) A bank shall be a member of any body corporate that is designated under subsection (1).
|
Directors
|
(3) The Minister may, in accordance with the
letters patent and by-laws of the body corporate designated under
subsection (1), appoint the majority of its directors.
|
Not an agent
|
(4) A body corporate designated under subsection (1) is not an agent of Her Majesty.
|
Designation to be published
|
(5) A designation under subsection (1) shall be published in the Canada Gazette.
2001, c. 9, s. 121.
|
Information on contacting Agency
|
456. (1) A bank shall, in the prescribed
manner, provide a person requesting or receiving a product or service
from it with prescribed information on how to contact the Agency if the
person has a complaint about a deposit account, an arrangement referred
to in subsection 452(3), a payment, credit or charge card, the
disclosure of or manner of calculating the cost of borrowing in respect
of a loan or about any other obligation of the bank under a consumer
provision.
|
Report
|
(2) The Commissioner shall prepare a report, to be included in the report referred to in section 34 of the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada Act, respecting
(a) procedures for dealing with complaints established by banks pursuant to paragraph 455(1)(a); and
(b) the number and nature of complaints
that have been brought to the attention of the Agency by persons who
have requested or received a product or service from a bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 456; 1997, c. 15, s. 53; 2001, c. 9, s. 122.
457. [Repealed, 1999, c. 31, s. 14]
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
Prepayment protected
|
458. (1) A bank shall not make a loan to a
natural person that is repayable in Canada, the terms of which prohibit
prepayment of the money advanced or any instalment thereon before its
due date.
|
Minimum balance
|
(2) Except by express agreement between the bank
and the borrower, the making in Canada of a loan or advance by a bank
to a borrower shall not be subject to a condition that the borrower
maintain a minimum credit balance with the bank.
|
Non-application of subsection (1)
|
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of a loan
(a) that is secured by a mortgage on real property; or
(b) that is made for business purposes and
the principal amount of which is more than $100,000 or such other
amount as may be prescribed.
|
Government cheques
|
(4) A bank shall not make a charge
(a) for cashing a cheque or other
instrument drawn on the Receiver General or on the Receiver General's
account in the Bank of Canada, in any bank or other deposit-taking
Canadian financial institution incorporated by or under an Act of
Parliament or in any authorized foreign bank that is not subject to the
restrictions and requirements referred to in subsection 524(2), in
respect of its business in Canada;
(b) for cashing any other instrument issued as authority for the payment of money out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund; or
(c) in respect of any cheque or other instrument that is
(i) drawn in favour of the Receiver General,
the Government of Canada or any department thereof or any public
officer acting in the capacity of a public officer, and
(ii) tendered for deposit to the credit of the Receiver General.
|
Deposits of Government of Canada
|
(5) Nothing in subsection (4) precludes any arrangement between the Government of Canada and a bank concerning
(a) compensation for services performed by the bank for the Government of Canada; or
(b) interest to be paid on any or all deposits of the Government of Canada with the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 458; 1997, c. 15, s. 54; 1999, c. 28, s. 24.
|
Cashing of government cheques
|
458.1 (1) Subject to regulations made under
subsection (2), a member bank shall, at any branch in Canada at which
it, through a natural person, opens retail deposit accounts and
disburses cash to customers, cash a cheque or other instrument for an
individual who is considered not to be a customer of the bank under the
regulations, if
(a) the cheque or other instrument is drawn
on the Receiver General or on the Receiver General's account in the
Bank of Canada, or in any bank or other deposit-taking Canadian
financial institution incorporated by or under an Act of Parliament, or
is any other instrument issued as authority for the payment of money
out of the Consolidated Revenue Fund;
(b) the individual makes the request to cash it in person and meets the prescribed conditions; and
(c) the amount of the cheque or other instrument is not more than the prescribed amount.
|
Regulations
|
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting circumstances in which subsection (1) does not apply;
(b) for the purposes of subsection (1), prescribing the maximum amount of a cheque or other instrument;
(c) prescribing conditions to be met by an individual referred to in subsection (1); and
(d) prescribing circumstances in which an individual referred to in subsection (1) is considered not to be a customer of the bank.
2001, c. 9, s. 123.
|
Regulations re customer information
|
459. The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) requiring a bank to establish
procedures regarding the collection, retention, use and disclosure of
any information about its customers or any class of customers;
(b) requiring a bank to establish
procedures for dealing with complaints made by a customer about the
collection, retention, use or disclosure of information about the
customer;
(c) respecting the disclosure by a bank of information relating to the procedures referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b);
(d) requiring a bank to designate the officers and employees of the bank who are responsible for
(i) implementing the procedures referred to in paragraph (b), and
(ii) receiving and dealing with complaints made
by a customer of the bank about the collection, retention, use or
disclosure of information about the customer;
(e) requiring a bank to report information relating to
(i) complaints made by customers of the bank about the collection, retention, use or disclosure of information, and
(ii) the actions taken by the bank to deal with the complaints; and
(f) defining "information", "collection" and "retention" for the purposes of paragraphs (a) to (e) and the regulations made under those paragraphs.
1991, c. 46, s. 459; 1997, c. 15, s. 55.
|
Restriction on tied selling
|
459.1 (1) A bank shall not impose undue
pressure on, or coerce, a person to obtain a product or service from a
particular person, including the bank and any of its affiliates, as a
condition for obtaining another product or service from the bank.
|
Favourable bank product or service tied to other sale
|
(2) For greater certainty, a bank may offer a
product or service to a person on more favourable terms or conditions
than the bank would otherwise offer, where the more favourable terms
and conditions are offered on the condition that the person obtain
another product or service from any particular person.
|
Favourable other sale tied to bank product or service
|
(3) For greater certainty, an affiliate of a bank
may offer a product or service to a person on more favourable terms or
conditions than the affiliate would otherwise offer, where the more
favourable terms and conditions are offered on the condition that the
person obtain another product or service from the bank.
|
Bank approval
|
(4) A bank may require that a product or service
obtained by a borrower from a particular person as security for a loan
from the bank meet with the bank's approval. That approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
|
Disclosure
|
(4.1) A bank shall disclose the prohibition on
coercive tied selling set out in subsection (1) in a statement in plain
language that is clear and concise, displayed and available to
customers and the public at all of its branches and at all prescribed
points of service in Canada.
|
Regulations
|
(4.2) The Governor in Council may make regulations
for the purposes of subsection (4.1) defining "point of service" and
prescribing points of service.
|
Regulations
|
(5) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) specifying types of conduct or
transactions that shall be considered undue pressure or coercion for
the purpose of subsection (1); and
(b) specifying types of conduct or
transactions that shall be considered not to be undue pressure or
coercion for the purpose of subsection (1).
1997, c. 15, s. 55; 1999, c. 28, s. 24.1(F); 2001, c. 9, s. 124.
|
Notice of branch closure
|
459.2 (1) Subject to regulations made under
subsection (5), a member bank with a branch in Canada at which it,
through a natural person, opens retail deposit accounts and disburses
cash to customers, shall give notice in accordance with those
regulations before closing that branch or having it cease to carry on
either of those activities.
|
Pre-closure meeting
|
(2) After notice is given but before the branch is
closed or ceases to carry on the activities, the Commissioner may, in
prescribed situations, require the bank to convene and hold a meeting
between representatives of the bank, representatives of the Agency and
interested parties in the vicinity of the branch in order to exchange
views about the closing or cessation of activities.
|
Meeting details
|
(3) The Commissioner may establish rules for convening a meeting referred to in subsection (2) and for its conduct.
|
Not statutory instruments
|
(4) The Statutory Instruments Act does not apply in respect of rules established under subsection (3).
|
Regulations
|
(5) The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing
(a) the manner and time, which may vary
according to circumstances specified in the regulations, in which
notice shall be given under subsection (1), to whom it shall be given
and the information to be included;
(b) circumstances in which a member bank is
not required to give notice under subsection (1), circumstances in
which the Commissioner may exempt a member bank from the requirement to
give notice under that subsection, and circumstances in which the
Commissioner may vary the manner and time in which notice is required
to be given under any regulation made under paragraph (a); and
(c) circumstances in which a meeting may be convened under subsection (2).
2001, c. 9, s. 125.
|
Public accountability statements
|
459.3 (1) A bank with equity of one billion
dollars or more shall, in accordance with regulations made under
subsection (4), annually publish a statement describing the
contribution of the bank and its prescribed affiliates to the Canadian
economy and society.
|
Filing
|
(2) A bank shall, in the manner and at the time prescribed, file a copy of the statement with the Commissioner.
|
Provision of statement to public
|
(3) A bank shall, in the manner and at the time prescribed, disclose the statement to its customers and to the public.
|
Regulations
|
(4) The Governor in Council may make regulations prescribing
(a) the name, contents and form of the statement referred to in subsection (1) and the time within which it must be prepared;
(b) affiliates of a bank referred to in subsection (1);
(c) the manner and time in which a statement must be filed under subsection (2); and
(d) the manner and time in which a
statement mentioned in subsection (3) is to be disclosed, respectively,
to a bank's customers and to the public.
2001, c. 9, s. 125.
|
Regulations re disclosure
|
459.4 The Governor in Council may, subject
to any other provisions of this Act relating to the disclosure of
information, make regulations respecting the disclosure of information
by banks or any prescribed class of banks, including regulations
respecting
(a) the information that must be disclosed, including information relating to
(i) any product or service or prescribed class of products or services offered by them,
(ii) any of their policies, procedures or
practices relating to the offer by them of any product or service or
prescribed class of products or services,
(iii) anything they are required to do or to refrain from doing under a consumer provision, and
(iv) any other matter that may affect their dealings with customers or the public;
(b) the manner, place and time in which and the persons to whom information is to be disclosed; and
(c) the content and form of any
advertisement by banks or any prescribed class of banks relating to any
matter referred to in paragraph (a).
2001, c. 9, s. 125.
|
Affiliates
|
459.5 A bank shall not enter into any
arrangement or otherwise cooperate with any of its affiliates that is
controlled by a bank or a bank holding company and that is a finance
entity as defined in subsection 464(1) or other prescribed entity to
sell or further the sale of a product or service of the bank or the
affiliate unless
(a) the affiliate complies, with respect to the product or service, with the following provisions as if it were a bank, namely,
(i) sections 449 to 455, subsections 458(1) and (3) and section 459.1, and
(ii) section 456, to the extent that it is applicable to the activities of the affiliate; and
(b) the persons who request or receive the
product or service have access to complaint handling by the body
corporate designated under subsection 455.1(1).
2001, c. 9, s. 125.
|
Transmission in case of death
|
460. (1) Where the transmission of a debt
owing by a bank by reason of a deposit, of property held by a bank as
security or for safe-keeping or of rights with respect to a safety
deposit box and property deposited therein takes place because of the
death of a person, the delivery to the bank of
(a) an affidavit or declaration in writing
in form satisfactory to the bank signed by or on behalf of a person
claiming by virtue of the transmission stating the nature and effect of
the transmission, and
(b) one of the following documents, namely,
(i) when the claim is based on a will or other
testamentary instrument or on a grant of probate thereof or on such a
grant and letters testamentary or other document of like import or on a
grant of letters of administration or other document of like import,
purporting to be issued by any court or authority in Canada or
elsewhere, an authenticated copy or certificate thereof under the seal
of the court or authority without proof of the authenticity of the seal
or other proof, or
(ii) when the claim is based on a notarial will, an authenticated copy thereof,
is sufficient justification and authority for giving effect to the transmission in accordance with the claim.
|
Idem
|
(2) Nothing in subsection (1) shall be construed
to prevent a bank from refusing to give effect to a transmission until
there has been delivered to the bank such documentary or other evidence
of or in connection with the transmission as it may deem requisite.
1991, c. 46, s. 460; 1999, c. 28, s. 25(E).
|
Branch of account with respect to deposits
|
461. (1) For the purposes of this Act, the branch of account with respect to a deposit account is
(a) the branch the address or name of which
appears on the specimen signature card or other signing authority
signed by a depositor with respect to the deposit account or that is
designated by agreement between the bank and the depositor at the time
of opening of the deposit account; or
(b) if no branch has been identified or agreed on as provided in paragraph (a),
the branch that is designated as the branch of account with respect
thereto by the bank by notice in writing to the depositor.
|
Where debt payable
|
(2) The amount of any debt owing by a bank by
reason of a deposit in a deposit account in the bank is payable to the
person entitled thereto only at the branch of account and the person
entitled thereto is not entitled to demand payment or to be paid at any
other branch of the bank.
|
Idem
|
(3) Notwithstanding subsection (2), a bank may
permit either occasionally or as a regular practice, the person to whom
the bank is indebted by reason of a deposit in a deposit account in the
bank to withdraw moneys owing by reason of that deposit at a branch of
the bank other than the branch of account or to draw cheques or other
orders for the payment of such moneys at a branch other than the branch
of account.
|
Situs of indebtedness
|
(4) The indebtedness of a bank by reason of a
deposit in a deposit account in the bank shall be deemed for all
purposes to be situated at the place where the branch of account is
situated.
|
Effect of writ, etc.
|
462. (1) Subject to subsections (3) and
(4), the following documents are binding on property belonging to a
person and in the possession of a bank, or on money owing to a person
by reason of a deposit account in a bank, only if the document or a
notice of it is served at the branch of the bank that has possession of
the property or that is the branch of account in respect of the deposit
account, as the case may be:
(a) a writ or process originating a legal proceeding or issued in or pursuant to a legal proceeding;
(b) an order or injunction made by a court;
(c) an instrument purporting to assign, perfect or otherwise dispose of an interest in the property or the deposit account; or
(d) an enforcement notice in respect of a support order or support provision.
|
Notices
|
(2) Any notification sent to a bank with respect
to a customer of the bank, other than a document referred to in
subsection (1) or (3), constitutes notice to the bank and fixes the
bank with knowledge of its contents only if sent to and received at the
branch of the bank that is the branch of account of an account held in
the name of that customer.
|
Exception
|
(3) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply in
respect of an enforcement notice in respect of a support order or
support provision if
(a) the enforcement notice, accompanied by
a written statement containing the information required by the
regulations, is served at an office of a bank designated in accordance
with the regulations in respect of a province; and
(b) the order or provision can be enforced under the laws of that province.
|
Time of application
|
(4) Subsection (3) does not apply in respect of an
enforcement notice in respect of a support order or support provision
until the second business day following the day of service referred to
in that subsection.
|
Regulations
|
(5) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the designation by a bank,
for the purpose of subsection (3), of a place in any province for the
service of enforcement notices in respect of support orders and support
provisions;
(b) prescribing the manner in which a bank shall publicize the locations of designated offices of the bank; and
(c) respecting the information that must accompany enforcement notices in respect of support orders and support provisions.
|
Definitions
|
(6) The following definitions apply in this section.
|
"designated office" « bureau désigné »
|
"designated office" means a place designated in accordance with regulations made for the purpose of subsection (3).
|
"enforcement notice" « avis d'exécution »
|
"enforcement notice", in respect of a support
order or support provision, means a garnishee summons or other
instrument issued under the laws of a province for the enforcement of
the support order or support provision.
|
"support order" « ordonnance alimentaire »
|
"support order" means an order or judgment or interim order or judgment for family financial support.
|
"support provision" « disposition alimentaire »
|
"support provision" means a provision of an agreement relating to the payment of maintenance or family financial support.
1991, c. 46, s. 462; 2001, c. 9, s. 126.
|
Deemed loan
|
463. For the purposes of sections 425 to
436, where a bank accepts a bill of exchange drawn on it and not
payable on demand or pays or makes money available for the payment of
such a bill of exchange, or issues a guarantee, or otherwise makes a
promise to effect a payment, the bank is deemed to lend money or make
an advance.
|
|
PART IX INVESTMENTS
|
|
Definitions and Application
|
Definitions
|
464. (1) The following definitions apply in this Part.
|
"factoring entity" « entité s'occupant d'affacturage »
|
"factoring entity" means a factoring entity as defined in the regulations.
|
"finance entity" « entité s'occupant de financement »
|
"finance entity" means a finance entity as defined in the regulations.
|
"financial leasing entity" « entité s'occupant de crédit-bail »
|
"financial leasing entity" means an entity
(a) the activities of which are limited
to the financial leasing of personal property and such related
activities as are prescribed and whose activities conform to such
restrictions and limitations thereon as are prescribed; and
(b) that, in conducting the activities referred to in paragraph (a) in Canada, does not
(i) direct its customers or potential customers to particular dealers in the leased property or the property to be leased,
(ii) enter into lease agreements with persons in
respect of any motor vehicle having a gross vehicle weight, as that
expression is defined by the regulations, of less than twenty-one
tonnes, or
(iii) enter into lease agreements with natural
persons in respect of personal household property, as that expression
is defined by the regulations.
|
"loan" « prêt » ou « emprunt »
|
"loan" includes an acceptance, endorsement or
other guarantee, a deposit, a financial lease, a conditional sales
contract, a repurchase agreement and any other similar arrangement for
obtaining funds or credit but does not include investments in
securities.
|
"motor vehicle" « véhicule à moteur »
|
"motor vehicle" means a motorized vehicle
designed to be used primarily on a public highway for the
transportation of persons or things, but does not include
(a) a fire-engine, bus, ambulance or utility truck; or
(b) any other special purpose motorized
vehicle that contains significant special features that make it
suitable for a specific purpose.
|
"mutual fund distribution entity" « courtier de fonds mutuels »
|
"mutual fund distribution entity" means an entity
whose principal activity is acting as a selling agent of units, shares
or other interests in a mutual fund and acting as a collecting agent in
the collection of payments for any such interests if
(a) the proceeds of the sales of any such interests, less any sales commissions and service fees, are paid to the mutual fund; and
(b) the existence of a sales commission
and service fee in respect of the sale of any such interest is
disclosed to the purchaser of the interest before the purchase of the
interest.
|
"mutual fund entity" « entité s'occupant de fonds mutuels »
|
"mutual fund entity" means an entity
(a) whose activities are limited to the
investing of the funds of the entity so as to provide investment
diversification and professional investment management to the holders
of its securities; and
(b) whose securities entitle their
holders to receive, on demand, or within a specified period after
demand, an amount computed by reference to the value of a proportionate
interest in the whole or in a part of its net assets, including a
separate fund or trust account of the entity.
|
"participating share" « action participante »
|
"participating share" means a share of a body
corporate that carries the right to participate in the earnings of the
body corporate to an unlimited degree and to participate in a
distribution of the remaining property of the body corporate on
dissolution.
|
"permitted entity" « entité admissible »
|
"permitted entity" means an entity in which a bank is permitted to acquire a substantial investment under section 468.
|
"prescribed subsidiary" « filiale réglementaire »
|
"prescribed subsidiary" means a subsidiary that is one of a prescribed class of subsidiaries.
|
"real property brokerage entity" « courtier immobilier »
|
"real property brokerage entity" means an entity that is primarily engaged in
(a) acting as an agent for vendors, purchasers, mortgagors, mortgagees, lessors or lessees of real property; and
(b) the provision of consulting or appraisal services in respect of real property.
|
"specialized financing entity" « entité s'occupant de financement spécial »
|
"specialized financing entity" means a specialized financing entity as defined in the regulations.
|
Members of a bank's group
|
(2) For the purpose of this Part, a member of a bank's group is any of the following:
(a) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f) that controls the bank;
(b) a subsidiary of the bank or of an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f) that controls the bank;
(c) an entity in which the bank, or an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f) that controls the bank, has a substantial investment; or
(d) a prescribed entity in relation to the bank.
|
Non-application of Part
|
(3) This Part does not apply in respect of
(a) the holding of a security interest in real property, unless the security interest is prescribed under paragraph 479(a) to be an interest in real property; or
(b) the holding of a security interest in securities of an entity.
1991, c. 46, ss. 464, 603; 1993, c. 34, s. 9(F); 1997, c. 15, s. 56; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
|
General Constraints on Investments
|
Investment standards
|
465. The directors of a bank shall
establish and the bank shall adhere to investment and lending policies,
standards and procedures that a reasonable and prudent person would
apply in respect of a portfolio of investments and loans to avoid undue
risk of loss and obtain a reasonable return.
1991, c. 46, s. 465; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Restriction on control and substantial investments
|
466. (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (4),
no bank shall acquire control of, or hold, acquire or increase a
substantial investment in, any entity other than a permitted entity.
|
Exception: indirect investments
|
(2) A bank may, subject to Part XI, acquire
control of, or acquire or increase a substantial investment in, an
entity other than a permitted entity by way of
(a) an acquisition of control of an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (j), or of a prescribed entity, that controls or has a substantial investment in the entity; or
(b) an acquisition of shares or ownership interests in the entity by
(i) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (j), or a prescribed entity, that is controlled by the bank, or
(ii) an entity controlled by an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (j), or a prescribed entity, that is controlled by the bank.
|
Exception: temporary investments, realizations and loan workouts
|
(3) A bank may, subject to Part XI, acquire control of, or acquire or increase a substantial investment in, an entity by way of
(a) a temporary investment permitted by section 471;
(b) an acquisition of shares of a body
corporate or of ownership interests in an unincorporated entity
permitted by section 472; or
(c) a realization of security permitted by section 473.
|
Exception: specialized financing regulations
|
(4) A bank may, subject to Part XI, acquire
control of, or hold, acquire or increase a substantial investment in,
an entity other than a permitted entity if it does so in accordance
with regulations made under paragraph 467(d) concerning specialized financing.
|
Exception: uncontrolled event
|
(5) A bank is deemed not to contravene subsection
(1) if the bank acquires control of, or acquires or increases a
substantial investment in, an entity solely as the result of an event
not within the control of the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 466; 1997, c. 15, s. 57; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Regulations re limits
|
467. The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the determination of the amount or value of loans, investments and interests for the purposes of this Part;
(b) respecting the loans and investments,
and the maximum aggregate amount of all loans and investments, that may
be made or acquired by a bank and its prescribed subsidiaries to or in
a person and any persons connected with that person;
(c) specifying the classes of persons who are connected with any person for the purposes of paragraph (b); and
(d) concerning specialized financing for the purposes of subsection 466(4).
1991, c. 46, s. 467; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
|
Subsidiaries and Equity Investments
|
Permitted investments
|
468. (1) Subject to subsections (4) to (6)
and Part XI, a bank may acquire control of, or acquire or increase a
substantial investment in
(a) a bank;
(b) a bank holding company;
(c) a body corporate to which the Trust and Loan Companies Act applies;
(d) an association to which the Cooperative Credit Associations Act applies;
(e) an insurance company or a fraternal benefit society incorporated or formed by or under the Insurance Companies Act;
(f) an insurance holding company;
(g) a trust, loan or insurance corporation incorporated or formed by or under an Act of the legislature of a province;
(h) a cooperative credit society incorporated or formed, and regulated, by or under an Act of the legislature of a province;
(i) an entity that is incorporated or
formed by or under an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a
province and that is primarily engaged in dealing in securities; or
(j) an entity that is incorporated or
formed, and regulated, otherwise than by or under an Act of Parliament
or of the legislature of a province and that is primarily engaged
outside Canada in a business that, if carried on in Canada, would be
the business of banking, the business of a cooperative credit society,
the business of insurance, the business of providing fiduciary services
or the business of dealing in securities.
|
Permitted investments
|
(2) Subject to subsections (3) to (6) and Part XI,
a bank may acquire control of, or acquire or increase a substantial
investment in, an entity, other than an entity referred to in any of
paragraphs (1)(a) to (j), whose business is limited to one or more of the following:
(a) engaging in any financial service activity that a bank is permitted to engage in under any of paragraphs 409(2)(a) to (d) or any other activity that a bank is permitted to engage in under section 410 or 411;
(b) acquiring or holding shares of, or
ownership interests in, entities in which a bank is permitted under
this Part to hold or acquire;
(c) engaging in the provision of any
services exclusively to any or all of the following, so long as the
entity is providing those services to the bank or any member of the
bank's group, namely,
(i) the bank,
(ii) any member of the bank's group,
(iii) any entity that is primarily engaged in the business of providing financial services,
(iv) any permitted entity in which an entity referred to in subparagraph (iii) has a substantial investment, or
(v) any prescribed person, if it is doing so under prescribed terms and conditions, if any are prescribed;
(d) engaging in any activity that a bank is permitted to engage in, other than an activity referred to in paragraph (a) or (e), that relates to
(i) the promotion, sale, delivery or
distribution of a financial product or financial service that is
provided by the bank or any member of the bank's group, or
(ii) if a significant portion of the business
of the entity involves an activity referred to in subparagraph (i), the
promotion, sale, delivery or distribution of a financial product or
financial service that is provided by any other entity that is
primarily engaged in the business of providing financial services;
(e) engaging in the activities referred to
in the definition "mutual fund entity", "mutual fund distribution
entity" or "real property brokerage entity" in subsection 464(1); and
(f) engaging in prescribed activities, under prescribed terms and conditions, if any are prescribed.
|
Restriction
|
(3) A bank may not acquire control of, or acquire
or increase a substantial investment in, an entity whose business
includes any activity referred to in any of paragraphs (2)(a) to (e) if the entity engages in the business of accepting deposit liabilities or if the activities of the entity include
(a) activities that a bank is not permitted to engage in under any of sections 412, 417 and 418;
(b) dealing in securities, except as may be permitted under paragraph (2)(e) or as may be permitted to a bank under paragraph 409(2)(c);
(c) activities that a bank is not permitted
to engage in under section 416 if the entity engages in the activities
of a finance entity or of any other entity as may be prescribed;
(d) acquiring control of or acquiring or holding a substantial investment in another entity unless
(i) in the case of an entity that is controlled
by the bank, the bank itself would be permitted under this Part to
acquire a substantial investment in the other entity, or
(ii) in the case of an entity that is not
controlled by the bank, the bank itself would be permitted to acquire a
substantial investment in the other entity under subsection (1) or (2),
subsection 466(2), paragraph 466(3)(b) or (c) or subsection 466(4); or
(e) any prescribed activity.
|
Control
|
(4) Subject to subsection (8) and the regulations,
a bank may not acquire control of, or acquire or increase a substantial
investment in,
(a) an entity referred to in paragraph (1)(a) or (b), unless
(i) the bank controls, within the meaning of paragraphs 3(1)(a) and (d), the entity or would thereby acquire control, within the meaning of those paragraphs, of the entity, or
(ii) the bank is permitted by regulations made under paragraph 474(a) to acquire or increase the substantial investment;
(b) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs (1)(c) to (j), unless
(i) the bank controls, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d), the entity, or would thereby acquire control, within the meaning of that paragraph, of the entity, or
(ii) the bank is permitted by regulations made under paragraph 474(a) to acquire or increase the substantial investment;
(c) an entity whose business includes one or more of the activities referred to in paragraph (2)(a)
and that engages, as part of its business, in any financial
intermediary activity that exposes the entity to material market or
credit risk, including a finance entity, a factoring entity and a
financial leasing entity, unless
(i) the bank controls, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d), the entity, or would thereby acquire control, within the meaning of that paragraph, of the entity, or
(ii) the bank is permitted by regulations made under paragraph 474(a) to acquire or increase the substantial investment; or
(d) an entity whose business includes an activity referred to in paragraph (2)(b), including a specialized financing entity, unless
(i) the bank controls, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d), the entity, or would thereby acquire control, within the meaning of that paragraph, of the entity,
(ii) the bank is permitted by regulations made under paragraph 474(a) to acquire or increase the substantial investment, or
(iii) subject to prescribed terms and
conditions, if any are prescribed, the activities of the entity do not
include the acquisition or holding of control of, or the acquisition or
holding of shares or other ownership interests in, an entity referred
to in any of paragraphs (a) to (c) or an entity that is not a permitted entity.
|
Minister's approval
|
(5) Subject to the regulations, a bank may not, without the prior written approval of the Minister,
(a) acquire control of an entity referred to in any of paragraphs (1)(g) to (i) from a person who is not a member of the bank's group;
(b) acquire control of an entity referred to in paragraph (1)(j) or (4)(c),
other than an entity whose activities are limited to the activities of
one or more of the following entities, if the control is acquired from
an entity referred to in any of paragraphs (1)(a) to (f) that is not a member of the bank's group:
(i) a factoring entity, or
(ii) a financial leasing entity;
(c) acquire control of, or acquire or
increase a substantial investment in, an entity whose business includes
one or more of the activities referred to in paragraph (2)(d);
(d) acquire control of, or acquire or
increase a substantial investment in, an entity that engages in an
activity described in paragraph 410(1)(c) or (c.1); or
(e) acquire control of, or acquire or
increase a substantial investment in, an entity engaging in an activity
prescribed for the purposes of paragraph (2)(f).
|
Superintendent's approval
|
(6) Subject to subsection (7) and the regulations,
a bank may not acquire control of, or acquire or increase a substantial
investment in, an entity referred to in any of paragraphs (1)(g) to (j) and (4)(c) and (d), unless the bank obtains the approval of the Superintendent.
|
Exception
|
(7) Subsection (6) does not apply in respect of a particular transaction if
(a) the bank is acquiring control of an entity whose business includes an activity referred to in paragraph (2)(b), other than a specialized financing entity;
(b) the bank is acquiring control of an
entity whose activities are limited to the activities of a factoring
entity or a financial leasing entity; or
(c) the Minister has approved the transaction under subsection (5) or is deemed to have approved it under subsection 469(1).
|
Control not required
|
(8) A bank need not control an entity referred to in paragraph (1)(j),
or an entity that is incorporated or formed otherwise than by or under
an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a province, if the laws
or customary business practices of the country under the laws of which
the entity was incorporated or formed do not permit the bank to control
the entity.
|
Giving up control prohibited
|
(9) A bank that controls, within the meaning of paragraphs 3(1)(a) and (d), an entity referred to in paragraph (1)(a) or (b) may not give up control, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(a) or (d), of the entity while continuing to control, within the meaning of the other paragraph, the entity.
|
Prohibition on giving up control in fact
|
(10) A bank that, under paragraph (4)(b), (c) or (d),
controls an entity may not, without the prior written approval of the
Minister, give up control, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(d), of the entity while it continues to control the entity.
|
Giving up control
|
(11) A bank that, under subsection (4), controls
an entity may, with the prior written approval of the Superintendent,
give up control of the entity while keeping a substantial investment in
the entity if
(a) the bank is permitted to do so by regulations made under paragraph 474(c); or
(b) the entity meets the conditions referred to in subparagraph (4)(d)(iii).
|
Subsections do not apply
|
(12) If a bank controls, within the meaning of paragraph 3(1)(a), (b) or (c),
an entity, subsections (5) and (6) do not apply in respect of any
subsequent increases by the bank of its substantial investment in the
entity so long as the bank continues to control the entity.
1991, c. 46, s. 468; 1997, c. 15, s. 58; 1999, c. 28, s. 26; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Approval for indirect investments
|
469. (1) If a bank obtains the approval of
the Minister under subsection 468(5) to acquire control of, or to
acquire or increase a substantial investment in, an entity and, through
that acquisition or increase, the bank indirectly acquires control of,
or acquires or increases a substantial investment in, another entity
that would require the approval of the Minister under subsection 468(5)
or the Superintendent under subsection 468(6) and that indirect
acquisition or increase is disclosed to the Minister in writing before
the approval is obtained, the bank is deemed to have obtained the
approval of the Minister or the Superintendent for that indirect
acquisition or increase.
|
Approval for indirect investments
|
(2) If a bank obtains the approval of the
Superintendent under subsection 468(6) to acquire control of, or to
acquire or increase a substantial investment in, an entity and, through
that acquisition or increase the bank indirectly acquires control of,
or acquires or increases a substantial investment in, another entity
that would require the approval of the Superintendent under that
subsection and that indirect acquisition or increase is disclosed to
the Superintendent in writing before the approval is obtained, the bank
is deemed to have obtained the approval of the Superintendent for that
indirect acquisition or increase.
1991, c. 46, s. 469; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Undertakings
|
470. (1) If a bank controls a permitted entity, other than an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f), the bank shall provide the Superintendent with any undertakings that the Superintendent may require regarding
(a) the activities of the entity; and
(b) access to information about the entity.
|
Undertakings
|
(2) If a bank acquires control of an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (j), the bank shall provide the Superintendent with any undertakings concerning the entity that the Superintendent may require.
|
Agreements with other jurisdictions
|
(3) The Superintendent may enter into an agreement
with the appropriate official or public body responsible for the
supervision of an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (j) in each province or in any other jurisdiction concerning any matters referred to in paragraphs (1)(a) and (b) or any other matter the Superintendent considers appropriate.
|
Access to records
|
(4) Despite any other provision of this Part, a
bank shall not control a permitted entity, other than an entity
referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f),
unless, in the course of the acquisition of control or within a
reasonable time after the control is acquired, the bank obtains from
the permitted entity an undertaking to provide the Superintendent with
reasonable access to the records of the permitted entity.
1991, c. 46, s. 470; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
|
Exceptions and Exclusions
|
Temporary investments in entity
|
471. (1) Subject to subsection (4), a bank
may, by way of a temporary investment, acquire control of, or acquire
or increase a substantial investment in, an entity but, within two
years, or any other period that may be specified or approved by the
Superintendent, after acquiring control or after acquiring or
increasing the substantial investment, as the case may be, it shall do
all things necessary to ensure that it no longer controls the entity or
has a substantial investment in the entity.
|
Transitional
|
(2) Despite subsection (1), if a bank that was in
existence immediately before June 1, 1992 had an investment in an
entity on September 27, 1990 that is a substantial investment within
the meaning of section 10 and the bank subsequently increases that
substantial investment by way of a temporary investment, the bank
shall, within two years, or any other period that is specified or
approved by the Superintendent, after increasing the substantial
investment, do all things necessary to ensure that its substantial
investment in the entity is no greater than it was on September 27,
1990.
|
Extension
|
(3) The Superintendent may, in the case of any
particular bank that makes an application under this subsection, extend
the period of two years, or the other period specified or approved by
the Superintendent, that is referred to in subsection (1) or (2) for
any further period or periods, and on any terms and conditions, that
the Superintendent considers necessary.
|
Temporary investment
|
(4) If a bank, by way of temporary investment,
acquires control of, or acquires or increases a substantial investment
in, an entity for which the approval of the Minister under subsection
468(5) is required, the bank must, within 90 days after acquiring
control or after acquiring or increasing the substantial investment,
(a) apply to the Minister for approval to
retain control of the entity or to continue to hold the substantial
investment in the entity for a period specified by the Minister or for
an indeterminate period on any terms and conditions that the Minister
considers appropriate; or
(b) do all things necessary to ensure that,
on the expiry of the 90 days, it no longer controls the entity or does
not have a substantial investment in the entity.
|
Indeterminate extension
|
(5) If a bank, by way of temporary investment,
acquires control of, or acquires or increases a substantial investment
in, an entity for which the approval of the Superintendent under
subsection 468(6) is required, the Superintendent may, in the case of
any particular bank that makes an application under this subsection,
permit the bank to retain control of the entity or to continue to hold
the substantial investment in the entity for an indeterminate period,
on any terms and conditions that the Superintendent considers necessary.
1991, c. 46, s. 471; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Loan workouts
|
472. (1) Despite anything in this Part, if
a bank or any of its subsidiaries has made a loan to an entity and,
under the terms of the agreement between the bank, or any of its
subsidiaries, and the entity with respect to the loan and any other
documents governing the terms of the loan, a default has occurred, the
bank may acquire
(a) if the entity is a body corporate, all or any of the shares of the body corporate;
(b) if the entity is an unincorporated entity, all or any of the ownership interests in the entity;
(c) all or any of the shares or all or any of the ownership interests in any entity that is an affiliate of the entity; or
(d) all or any of the shares of a body
corporate that is primarily engaged in holding shares of, ownership
interests in or assets acquired from the entity or any of its
affiliates.
|
Obligation of bank
|
(2) If a bank acquires shares or ownership
interests in an entity under subsection (1), the bank shall, within
five years after acquiring them, do all things necessary to ensure that
the bank does not control the entity or have a substantial investment
in the entity.
|
Transitional
|
(3) Despite subsection (1), if a bank that was in
existence immediately before June 1, 1992 had an investment in an
entity on September 27, 1990 that is a substantial investment within
the meaning of section 10 and the bank later increases that substantial
investment by way of an investment made under subsection (1), the bank
shall, within five years after increasing the substantial investment,
do all things necessary to ensure that its substantial investment in
the entity is no greater than it was on September 27, 1990.
|
Extension
|
(4) The Superintendent may, in the case of any
particular bank that makes an application under this subsection, extend
the period referred to in subsection (2) or (3) for any further period
or periods, and on any terms and conditions, that the Superintendent
considers necessary.
|
Exception -- entities controlled by foreign governments
|
(5) Despite anything in this Part, if a bank has
made a loan to, or holds a debt obligation of, the government of a
foreign country or an entity controlled by the government of a foreign
country and, under the terms of the agreement between the bank and that
government or the entity, as the case may be, and any other documents
governing the terms of the loan or debt obligation, a default has
occurred, the bank may acquire all or any of the shares of, or
ownership interests in, that entity or in any other entity designated
by that government, if the acquisition is part of a debt restructuring
program of that government.
|
Time for holding shares
|
(6) If a bank acquires any shares or ownership
interests under subsection (5), the bank may, on any terms and
conditions that the Superintendent considers appropriate, hold those
shares or ownership interests for an indeterminate period or for any
other period that the Superintendent may specify.
|
Exception
|
(7) If, under subsection (1), a bank acquires
control of, or acquires or increases a substantial investment in, an
entity that it would otherwise be permitted to acquire or increase
under section 468, the bank may retain control of the entity or
continue to hold the substantial investment for an indeterminate
period, if the approval in writing of the Minister is obtained before
the end of the period referred to in subsection (2) or (3), including
any extension of it granted under subsection (4).
1991, c. 46, s. 472; 1997, c. 15, s. 59; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Realizations
|
473. (1) Despite anything in this Act, a bank may acquire
(a) an investment in a body corporate,
(b) an interest in an unincorporated entity, or
(c) an interest in real property
if the investment or interest is acquired
through the realization of a security interest held by the bank or any
of its subsidiaries.
|
Disposition
|
(2) Subject to subsection 73(2), if a bank
acquires control of, or acquires a substantial investment in, an entity
by way of the realization of a security interest held by the bank or
any of its subsidiaries, the bank shall, within five years after the
day on which control or the substantial investment is acquired, do all
things necessary, or cause its subsidiary to do all things necessary,
as the case may be, to ensure that the bank no longer controls the
entity or has a substantial investment in the entity.
|
Transitional
|
(3) Despite subsection (2), if a bank that was in
existence immediately before June 1, 1992 had an investment in an
entity on September 27, 1990 that is a substantial investment within
the meaning of section 10 and the bank later increases that substantial
investment by way of a realization of a security interest under
subsection (1), the bank shall, within five years after increasing the
substantial investment, do all things necessary to ensure that its
substantial investment in the entity is no greater than it was on
September 27, 1990.
|
Extension
|
(4) The Superintendent may, in the case of any
particular bank that makes an application under this subsection, extend
the period referred to in subsection (2) or (3) for any further period
or periods, and on any terms and conditions, that the Superintendent
considers necessary.
|
Exception
|
(5) If, under subsection (1), a bank acquires
control of, or acquires or increases a substantial investment in, an
entity that it would otherwise be permitted to acquire or increase
under section 468, the bank may retain control of the entity or
continue to hold the substantial investment for an indeterminate period
if the approval in writing of the Minister is obtained before the end
of the period referred to in subsection (2) or (3), including any
extension of it granted under subsection (4).
1991, c. 46, s. 473; 1997, c. 15, s. 60; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Regulations restricting ownership
|
474. The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) for the purposes of subsection 468(4),
permitting the acquisition of control or the acquisition or increase of
substantial investments, or prescribing the circumstances under which
that subsection does not apply or the banks or other entities in
respect of which that subsection does not apply, including prescribing
banks or other entities on the basis of the activities they engage in;
(b) for the purposes of subsection 468(5)
or (6), permitting the acquisition of control or the acquisition or
increase of substantial investments, or prescribing the circumstances
under which either of those subsections does not apply or the banks or
other entities in respect of which either of those subsections does not
apply, including prescribing banks or other entities on the basis of
the activities they engage in;
(c) for the purposes of subsection 468(11), permitting a bank to give up control of an entity; and
(d) restricting the ownership by a bank of
shares of a body corporate or of ownership interests in an
unincorporated entity under sections 468 to 473 and imposing terms and
conditions applicable to banks that own such shares or interests.
1991, c. 46, s. 474; 1997, c. 15, s. 61; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
|
Portfolio Limits
|
Exclusion from portfolio limits
|
475. (1) Subject to subsection (3), the
value of all loans, investments and interests acquired by a bank and
any of its prescribed subsidiaries under section 472 or as a result of
a realization of a security interest is not to be included in
calculating the value of loans, investments and interests of the bank
and its prescribed subsidiaries under sections 476 to 478
(a) for a period of twelve years following
the day on which the interest was acquired, in the case of an interest
in real property; and
(b) for a period of five years after the
day on which the loan, investment or interest was acquired, in the case
of a loan, investment or interest, other than an interest in real
property.
|
Extension
|
(2) The Superintendent may, in the case of any
particular bank, extend any period referred to in subsection (1) for
any further period or periods, and on any terms and conditions, that
the Superintendent considers necessary.
|
Exception
|
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to an investment
or interest described in that subsection if the investment or interest
is defined by a regulation made under section 479 to be an interest in
real property and
(a) the bank or the subsidiary acquired the
investment or interest as a result of the realization of a security
interest securing a loan that was defined by a regulation made under
section 479 to be an interest in real property; or
(b) the bank or the subsidiary acquired the
investment or interest under section 472 as a result of a default
referred to in that section in respect of a loan that was defined by a
regulation made under section 479 to be an interest in real property.
1991, c. 46, s. 475; 1997, c. 15, s. 62; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
|
Real Property
|
Limit on total property interest
|
476. A bank shall not, and shall not permit
its prescribed subsidiaries to, purchase or otherwise acquire an
interest in real property or make an improvement to any real property
in which the bank or any of its prescribed subsidiaries has an interest
if the aggregate value of all interests of the bank in real property
exceeds, or the acquisition of the interest or the making of the
improvement would cause that aggregate value to exceed, the prescribed
percentage of the regulatory capital of the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 476; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
|
Equities
|
Limits on equity acquisitions
|
477. A bank shall not, and shall not permit its prescribed subsidiaries to,
(a) purchase or otherwise acquire any
participating shares of any body corporate or any ownership interests
in any unincorporated entity, other than those of a permitted entity in
which the bank has, or by virtue of the acquisition would have, a
substantial investment, or
(b) acquire control of an entity that holds shares or ownership interests referred to in paragraph (a),
if the aggregate value of
(c) all participating shares, excluding
participating shares of permitted entities in which the bank has a
substantial investment, and
(d) all ownership interests in
unincorporated entities, other than ownership interests in permitted
entities in which the bank has a substantial investment,
beneficially owned by the bank and its
prescribed subsidiaries, exceeds, or the purchase or acquisition would
cause that aggregate value to exceed, the prescribed percentage of the
regulatory capital of the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 477; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
|
Aggregate Limit
|
Aggregate limit
|
478. A bank shall not, and shall not permit its prescribed subsidiaries to,
(a) purchase or otherwise acquire
(i) participating shares of a body corporate,
other than those of a permitted entity in which the bank has, or by
virtue of the acquisition would have, a substantial investment,
(ii) ownership interests in an unincorporated
entity, other than ownership interests in a permitted entity in which
the bank has, or by virtue of the acquisition would have, a substantial
investment, or
(iii) interests in real property, or
(b) make an improvement to real property in which the bank or any of its prescribed subsidiaries has an interest
if the aggregate value of
(c) all participating shares and ownership interests referred to in subparagraphs (a)(i) and (ii) that are beneficially owned by the bank and its prescribed subsidiaries, and
(d) all interests of the bank in real property referred to in subparagraph (a)(iii)
exceeds, or the acquisition or the making of
the improvement would cause that aggregate value to exceed, the
prescribed percentage of the regulatory capital of the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 478; 1997, c. 15, s. 63; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
Regulations
|
479. For the purposes of this Part, the Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) defining the interests of a bank in real property;
(b) determining the method of valuing those interests; or
(c) exempting classes of banks from the application of sections 475 to 478.
1991, c. 46, s. 479; 1997, c. 15, s. 64; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Divestment order
|
480. (1) The Superintendent may, by order,
direct a bank to dispose of, within any period that the Superintendent
considers reasonable, any loan, investment or interest made or acquired
in contravention of this Part.
|
Divestment order
|
(2) If, in the opinion of the Superintendent,
(a) an investment by a bank or any entity
it controls in shares of a body corporate or in ownership interests in
an unincorporated entity enables the bank to control the body corporate
or the unincorporated entity, or
(b) the bank or any entity it controls has entered into an arrangement whereby it or its nominee may veto any proposal put before
(i) the board of directors of a body corporate, or
(ii) a similar group or committee of an unincorporated entity,
or whereby no proposal may be approved except with the consent of the bank, the entity it controls or the nominee,
the Superintendent may, by order, require the
bank, within any period that the Superintendent considers reasonable,
to do all things necessary to ensure that the bank no longer controls
the body corporate or unincorporated entity or has the ability to veto
or otherwise defeat any proposal referred to in paragraph (b).
|
Divestment order
|
(3) If
(a) a bank
(i) fails to provide or obtain within a reasonable time the undertakings referred to in subsection 470(1), (2) or (4), or
(ii) is in default of an undertaking referred
to in subsection 470(1) or (2) and the default is not remedied within
ninety days after the day of receipt by the bank of a notice from the
Superintendent of the default, or
(b) a permitted entity referred to in
subsection 470(4) is in default of an undertaking referred to in that
subsection and the default is not remedied within ninety days after the
day of receipt by the bank of a notice from the Superintendent of the
default,
the Superintendent may, by order, require the
bank, within any period that the Superintendent considers reasonable,
to do all things necessary to ensure that the bank no longer has a
substantial investment in the entity to which the undertaking relates.
|
Exception
|
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply in respect of an entity in which a bank has a substantial investment permitted by this Part.
1991, c. 46, s. 480; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Deemed temporary investment
|
481. If a bank controls or has a
substantial investment in an entity as permitted by this Part and the
bank becomes aware of a change in the business or affairs of the entity
that, if the change had taken place before the acquisition of control
or of the substantial investment, would have caused the entity not to
be a permitted entity or would have been such that approval for the
acquisition would have been required under subsection 468(5) or (6),
the bank is deemed to have acquired, on the day the bank becomes aware
of the change, a temporary investment in respect of which section 471
applies.
1991, c. 46, s. 481; 1997, c. 15, s. 65; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Asset transactions
|
482. (1) A bank shall not, and shall not
permit its subsidiaries to, without the approval of the Superintendent,
acquire assets from a person or transfer assets to a person if
where
A is the value of the assets;
B is the total value of all assets that the
bank and its subsidiaries acquired from or transferred to that person
in the twelve months ending immediately before the acquisition or
transfer; and
C is ten per cent of the total value of the
assets of the bank, as shown in the last annual statement of the bank
prepared before the acquisition or transfer.
|
Exception
|
(2) The prohibition in subsection (1) does not apply in respect of
(a) assets that are debt obligations that are
(i) guaranteed by any financial institution other than the bank,
(ii) fully secured by deposits with any financial institution, including the bank, or
(iii) fully secured by debt obligations that are guaranteed by any financial institution other than the bank;
(b) assets that are debt obligations issued
(i) by, or by any agency of,
(A) the Government of Canada,
(B) the government of a province,
(C) a municipality, or
(D) the government of a foreign country or any political subdivision of a foreign country, or
(ii) by a prescribed international agency;
(c) assets that are debt obligations that
are guaranteed by, or fully secured by securities issued by, a
government, a municipality or an agency referred to in paragraph (b);
(d) assets that are debt obligations that are widely distributed, as that expression is defined by the regulations;
(e) assets that are debt obligations of an entity controlled by the bank; or
(f) a transaction or series of transactions
by the bank with another financial institution as a result of the
bank's participation in one or more syndicated loans with that
financial institution.
|
Exception
|
(3) The approval of the Superintendent is not required if
(a) the bank sells assets under a sale agreement that is approved by the Minister under section 236;
(b) the bank or its subsidiary acquires
shares of, or ownership interests in, an entity for which the approval
of the Minister under Part VII or subsection 468(5) is required or the
approval of the Superintendent under subsection 468(6) is required; or
(c) the transaction has been approved by the Minister under subsection 678(1) of this Act or subsection 715(1) of the Insurance Companies Act.
|
Value of assets
|
(4) For the purposes of "A" in subsection (1), the value of the assets is
(a) in the case of assets that are
acquired, the purchase price of the assets or, if the assets are shares
of, or ownership interests in, an entity the assets of which will be
included in the annual statement of the bank after the acquisition, the
fair market value of the assets; and
(b) in the case of assets that are
transferred, the book value of the assets as stated in the last annual
statement of the bank prepared before the transfer or, if the assets
are shares of, or ownership interests in, an entity the assets of which
were included in the last annual statement of the bank before the
transfer, the value of the assets as stated in the annual statement.
|
Total value of all assets
|
(5) For the purposes of subsection (1), the total
value of all assets that the bank or any of its subsidiaries has
acquired during the period of twelve months referred to in subsection
(1) is the purchase price of the assets or, if the assets are shares
of, or ownership interests in, an entity the assets of which
immediately after the acquisition were included in the annual statement
of the bank, the fair market value of the assets of the entity at the
date of the acquisition.
|
Total value of all assets
|
(6) For the purposes of subsection (1), the total
value of all assets that the bank or any of its subsidiaries has
transferred during the period of twelve months referred to in
subsection (1) is the book value of the assets as stated in the last
annual statement of the bank prepared before the transfer or, if the
assets are shares of, or ownership interests in, an entity the assets
of which were included in the last annual statement of the bank before
the transfer, the value of the assets of the entity as stated in the
annual statement.
1991, c. 46, s. 482; 1997, c. 15, s. 66; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Transitional
|
483. Nothing in this Part requires
(a) the termination of a loan made before February 7, 2001;
(b) the termination of a loan made after that date as a result of a commitment made before that date;
(c) the disposal of an investment made before that date; or
(d) the disposal of an investment made after that date as a result of a commitment made before that date.
But if the loan or investment would be
precluded or limited by this Part, the amount of the loan or investment
may not, except as provided in subsections 471(2), 472(3) and 473(3),
be increased after that date.
1991, c. 46, s. 483; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
Saving
|
484. A loan or investment referred to in section 483 is deemed not to be prohibited by the provisions of this Part.
1991, c. 46, s. 484; 2001, c. 9, s. 127.
|
|
PART X ADEQUACY OF CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY
|
Adequacy of capital and liquidity
|
485. (1) A bank shall, in relation to its operations, maintain
(a) adequate capital, and
(b) adequate and appropriate forms of liquidity,
and shall comply with any regulations in relation thereto.
|
Regulations and guidelines
|
(2) The Governor in Council may make regulations
and the Superintendent may make guidelines respecting the maintenance
by banks of adequate capital and adequate and appropriate forms of
liquidity.
|
Directives
|
(3) Notwithstanding that a bank is complying with
regulations or guidelines made under subsection (2), the Superintendent
may, by order, direct the bank
(a) to increase its capital; or
(b) to provide additional liquidity in such forms and amounts as the Superintendent may require.
|
Compliance
|
(4) A bank shall comply with an order made under subsection (3) within such time as the Superintendent specifies therein.
|
Notice of value
|
(5) Where an appraisal of any asset held by a bank
or any of its subsidiaries has been made by the Superintendent and the
value determined by the Superintendent to be the appropriate value of
the asset varies materially from the value placed by the bank or
subsidiary on the asset, the Superintendent shall send to the bank, the
auditor or auditors of the bank and the audit committee of the bank a
written notice of the appropriate value of the asset as determined by
the Superintendent.
1991, c. 46, s. 485; 1996, c. 6, s. 7.
|
|
PART XI SELF-DEALING
|
|
Interpretation and Application
|
Definition of "senior officer"
|
485.1 For the purposes of this Part, a "senior officer" of a body corporate is a person who is
(a) a director of the body corporate who is a full-time employee of the body corporate;
(b) the chief executive officer, chief
operating officer, president, secretary, treasurer, controller, chief
financial officer, chief accountant, chief auditor or chief actuary of
the body corporate;
(c) a natural person who performs functions
for the body corporate similar to those performed by a person referred
to in paragraph (b);
(d) the head of the strategic planning unit of the body corporate;
(e) the head of the unit of the body corporate that provides legal services or human resources services to the body corporate; or
(f) any other officer reporting directly to
the body corporate's board of directors, chief executive officer or
chief operating officer.
1997, c. 15, s. 67.
|
Related party of bank
|
486. (1) For the purposes of this Part, a person is a related party of a bank where the person
(a) is a person who has a significant interest in a class of shares of the bank;
(b) is a director or senior officer of the
bank or of a body corporate that controls the bank or is acting in a
similar capacity in respect of an unincorporated entity that controls
the bank;
(c) is the spouse or common-law partner, or a child who is less than eighteen years of age, of a person described in paragraph (a) or (b);
(d) is an entity that is controlled by a person referred to in any of paragraphs (a) to (c);
(e) is an entity in which a person who controls the bank has a substantial investment;
(f) is an entity in which the spouse or
common-law partner, or a child who is less than eighteen years of age,
of a person who controls the bank has a substantial investment; or
(g) is a person, or a member of a class of
persons, designated under subsection (3) or (4) as, or deemed under
subsection (5) to be, a related party of the bank.
(h) [Repealed, 1997, c. 15, s. 68]
|
Exception -- subsidiaries and substantial investments of banks
|
(2) Where an entity in which a bank has a
substantial investment would, but for this subsection, be a related
party of the bank only because a person who controls the bank controls
the entity or has a substantial investment in the entity, and the
person does not control the entity or have a substantial investment in
the entity otherwise than through the person's controlling interest in
the bank, the entity is not a related party of the bank.
|
Designated related party
|
(3) For the purposes of this Part, the
Superintendent may, with respect to a particular bank, designate as a
related party of the bank
(a) any person or class of persons whose
direct or indirect interest in or relationship with the bank or a
related party of the bank might reasonably be expected to affect the
exercise of the best judgment of the bank in respect of a transaction;
or
(b) any person who is a party to any
agreement, commitment or understanding referred to in section 9 if the
bank referred to in that section is the particular bank.
|
Idem
|
(4) Where a person is designated as a related
party of a bank pursuant to subsection (3), the Superintendent may also
designate any entity in which the person has a substantial investment
and any entity controlled by such an entity to be a related party of
the bank.
|
Deemed related party
|
(5) Where, in contemplation of a person becoming a
related party of a bank, the bank enters into a transaction with the
person, the person is deemed for the purposes of this Part to be a
related party of the bank in respect of that transaction.
|
Holders of exempted shares
|
(6) The Superintendent may, by order, designate a
class of non-voting shares of a bank for the purpose of this
subsection. If a class of non-voting shares of a bank is so designated,
a person is deemed, notwithstanding paragraph (1)(a), not to be
a related party of the bank if the person would otherwise be a related
party of the bank only because the person has a significant interest in
that class.
|
Determination of substantial investment
|
(7) For the purpose of determining whether an entity or a person has a substantial investment for the purposes of paragraph (1)(e) or (f),
the references to "control" and "controlled" in section 10 shall be
construed as references to "control, within the meaning of section 3,
determined without regard to paragraph 3(1)(d)" and "controlled, within the meaning of section 3, determined without regard to paragraph 3(1)(d)", respectively.
|
Determination of control
|
(8) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(d), "controlled" means "controlled, within the meaning of section 3, determined without regard to paragraph 3(1)(d)".
1991, c. 46, s. 486; 1997, c. 15, s. 68; 2000, c. 12, s. 7.
|
Non-application of Part
|
487. (1) This Part does not apply in
respect of any transaction entered into prior to the coming into force
of this Part but, after the coming into force of this Part, any
modification of, addition to, or renewal or extension of a prior
transaction is subject to this Part.
|
Idem
|
(2) This Part does not apply in respect of
(a) the issue of shares of any class of shares of a bank when fully paid for in money or when issued
(i) in accordance with any provisions for the
conversion of other issued and outstanding securities of the bank into
shares of that class of shares,
(ii) as a share dividend,
(iii) in exchange for shares of a body corporate that has been continued as a bank under Part III,
(iv) in accordance with the terms of an amalgamation under Part VI,
(v) by way of consideration in accordance with the terms of a sale agreement under Part VI, or
(vi) with the approval in writing of the Superintendent, in exchange for shares of another body corporate;
(b) the payment of dividends by a bank;
(c) transactions that consist of the
payment or provision by a bank to persons who are related parties of
the bank of salaries, fees, stock options, pension benefits, incentive
benefits or other benefits or remuneration in their capacity as
directors, officers or employees of the bank;
(d) transactions approved by the Minister under subsection 678(1) of this Act or subsection 715(1) of the Insurance Companies Act; or
(e) if a bank is controlled by a widely
held bank holding company or a widely held insurance holding company,
transactions approved by the Superintendent that are entered as part
of, or in the course of, a restructuring of the holding company or of
any entity controlled by it.
|
Exception
|
(3) Nothing in paragraph (2)(c) exempts from the application of this Part the payment by a bank of fees or other remuneration to a person for
(a) the provision of services referred to in paragraph 495(1)(a); or
(b) duties outside the ordinary course of business of the bank.
|
Exception for holding body corporate
|
(4) A holding body corporate of a bank is not a
related party of the bank if the holding body corporate is a Canadian
financial institution that is referred to in any of paragraphs (a) to (d) of the definition "financial institution" in section 2.
|
Substantial investment -- related party exception
|
(5) Where a holding body corporate of a bank is,
because of subsection (4), not a related party of the bank, any entity
in which the holding body corporate has a substantial investment is not
a related party of the bank if no related party of the bank has a
substantial investment in the entity otherwise than through the control
of the holding body corporate.
1991, c. 46, s. 487, c. 48, s. 494; 1997, c. 15, s. 69; 2001, c. 9, s. 128.
|
Meaning of "transaction"
|
488. (1) For the purposes of this Part, entering into a transaction with a related party of a bank includes
(a) making a guarantee on behalf of the related party;
(b) making an investment in any securities of the related party;
(c) taking an assignment of or otherwise acquiring a loan made by a third party to the related party; and
(d) taking a security interest in the securities of the related party.
|
Interpretation
|
(2) For the purposes of this Part, the fulfilment
of an obligation under the terms of any transaction, including the
payment of interest on a loan or deposit, is part of the transaction,
and not a separate transaction.
|
Meaning of "loan"
|
(3) For the purposes of this Part, "loan" includes
a deposit, a financial lease, a conditional sales contract, a
repurchase agreement and any other similar arrangement for obtaining
funds or credit, but does not include investments in securities or the
making of an acceptance, endorsement or other guarantee.
|
|
Prohibited Related Party Transactions
|
Prohibited transactions
|
489. (1) Except as provided in this Part, a
bank shall not, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction with
a related party of the bank.
|
Transaction of entity
|
(2) Without limiting the generality of subsection
(1), a bank is deemed to have indirectly entered into a transaction in
respect of which this Part applies where the transaction is entered
into by an entity that is controlled by the bank.
|
Exception
|
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply where an entity
that is controlled by a bank is a financial institution incorporated or
formed under the laws of a province and is subject to regulation and
supervision, satisfactory to the Minister, regarding transactions with
related parties of the bank.
|
Idem
|
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply in respect of
transactions entered into by an entity that is controlled by a bank if
the transaction is a prescribed transaction or is one of a class of
prescribed transactions.
|
|
Permitted Related Party Transactions
|
Nominal value transactions
|
490. Notwithstanding anything in this Part,
a bank may enter into a transaction with a related party of the bank if
the value of the transaction is nominal or immaterial to the bank when
measured by criteria that have been established by the conduct review
committee of the bank and approved in writing by the Superintendent.
|
Secured loans
|
491. A bank may make a loan to or a
guarantee on behalf of a related party of the bank or take an
assignment of or otherwise acquire a loan to a related party of the
bank if
(a) the loan or guarantee is fully secured
by securities of or guaranteed by the Government of Canada or the
government of a province; or
(b) the loan is a loan permitted by section
418 made to a related party who is a natural person on the security of
a mortgage of the principal residence of that related party.
|
Deposits
|
492. A bank may enter into a transaction
with a related party of the bank if the transaction consists of a
deposit by the bank with a financial institution that is a direct
clearer or a member of a clearing group under the by-laws of the
Canadian Payments Association and the deposit is made for clearing
purposes.
|
Borrowing, etc., from related party
|
493. A bank may borrow money from, take deposits from, or issue debt obligations to, a related party of the bank.
|
Acquisition of assets
|
494. (1) A bank may purchase or otherwise acquire from a related party of the bank
(a) securities of, or securities guaranteed by, the Government of Canada or the government of a province;
(b) assets fully secured by securities of,
or securities guaranteed by, the Government of Canada or the government
of a province; or
(c) goods for use in the ordinary course of business.
|
Sale of assets
|
(2) Subject to section 482, a bank may sell any assets of the bank to a related party of the bank if
(a) the consideration for the assets is fully paid in money; and
(b) there is an active market for those assets.
|
Asset transactions with financial institutions
|
(3) Notwithstanding any of the provisions of
subsections (1) and (2), a bank may, in the normal course of business
and pursuant to arrangements that have been approved by the
Superintendent in writing, acquire or dispose of any assets, other than
real property, from or to a related party of the bank that is a
financial institution.
|
Asset transactions in restructuring
|
(4) Notwithstanding any of the provisions of
subsections (1) and (2), a bank may acquire any assets from, or dispose
of any assets to, a related party of the bank as part of, or in the
course of, a restructuring, if the acquisition or disposition has been
approved in writing by the Superintendent.
|
Goods or space for use in business
|
(5) A bank may lease assets
(a) from a related party of the bank for use in the ordinary course of business of the bank, or
(b) to a related party of the bank
if the lease payments are made in money.
|
Services
|
495. (1) A bank may enter into a transaction with a related party of the bank if the transaction
(a) subject to subsection (2), consists of
a written contract for the purchase by the bank of services used in the
ordinary course of business;
(b) subject to subsection (4), involves the
provision of services normally offered to the public by the bank in the
ordinary course of business;
(c) consists of a written contract with a
financial institution or an entity in which the bank is permitted to
have a substantial investment pursuant to section 468 that is a related
party of the bank
(i) for the networking of any services provided by the bank or the financial institution or entity, or
(ii) for the referral of any person by the bank
to the financial institution or entity, or for the referral of any
person by the financial institution or entity to the bank;
(d) consists of a written contract for such
pension or benefit plans or their management or administration as are
incidental to directorships or to the employment of officers or
employees of the bank or its subsidiaries; or
(e) involves the provision by the bank of
management, advisory, accounting, information processing or other
services in relation to any business of the related party.
|
Order concerning management by employees
|
(2) Where a bank has entered into a contract pursuant to paragraph (1)(a)
and the contract, when taken together with all other such contracts
entered into by the bank, results in all or substantially all of the
management functions of the bank being exercised by persons who are not
employees of the bank, the Superintendent may, by order, if the
Superintendent considers that result to be inappropriate, require the
bank, within such time as may be specified in the order, to take all
steps necessary to ensure that management functions that are integral
to the carrying on of business by the bank are exercised by employees
of the bank to the extent specified in the order.
|
Service corporations
|
(3) Notwithstanding subsection 489(2), a bank is
deemed not to have indirectly entered into a transaction in respect of
which this Part applies if the transaction is entered into by a service
corporation, as defined in subsection 464(1), that is controlled by the
bank and the transaction is on terms and conditions at least as
favourable to the bank as market terms and conditions, as defined in
subsection 501(2).
|
Services
|
(4) The provision of services, for the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), does not include the making of loans or guarantees.
1991, c. 46, s. 495; 1997, c. 15, s. 70.
|
Transactions with holding companies
|
495.1 (1) Subject to subsection (2) and
sections 495.2 and 495.3, if a widely held bank holding company or a
widely held insurance holding company has a significant interest in any
class of shares of a bank, the bank may enter into any transaction with
the holding company or with any other related party of the bank that is
an entity in which the holding company has a substantial investment.
|
Policies and procedures
|
(2) The bank shall adhere to policies and procedures established under subsection 195(3) when entering into the transaction.
2001, c. 9, s. 129.
|
Restriction
|
495.2 (1) If a bank enters into a
transaction with a related party of the bank with whom the bank may
enter into transactions under subsection 495.1(1) and that is not a
federal financial institution, the bank shall not directly or
indirectly make, take an assignment of or otherwise acquire a loan to
the related party, make an acceptance, endorsement or other guarantee
on behalf of the related party or make an investment in the securities
of the related party if, immediately following the transaction, the
aggregate financial exposure, as that expression is defined by the
regulations, of the bank would exceed
(a) in respect of all transactions of the
bank with the related party, the prescribed percentage of the bank's
regulatory capital or, if no percentage is prescribed, five per cent of
the bank's regulatory capital; or
(b) in respect of all transactions of the
bank with such related parties of the bank, the prescribed percentage
of the bank's regulatory capital or, if no percentage is prescribed,
ten per cent of the bank's regulatory capital.
|
Order
|
(2) If the Superintendent is of the opinion that
it is necessary for the protection of the interests of the depositors
and creditors of a bank, the Superintendent may, by order,
(a) reduce the limit in paragraph (1)(a) or (b) that would otherwise apply to the bank; and
(b) impose limits on transactions by the
bank with related parties with whom the bank may enter into
transactions under subsection 495.1(1) that are federal financial
institutions.
|
Order
|
(3) The Superintendent may, by order, increase the limit in paragraph (1)(a) or (b)
that would otherwise apply to a bank on transactions by the bank with
related parties that are financial institutions that are regulated in a
manner acceptable to the Superintendent.
2001, c. 9, s. 129.
|
Assets transactions
|
495.3 (1) Despite subsection 494(3), a bank
shall not, without the approval of the Superintendent and its conduct
review committee, directly or indirectly acquire assets from a related
party of the bank with whom the bank may enter into transactions under
subsection 495.1(1) that is not a federal financial institution, or
directly or indirectly transfer assets to such a related party if
where
A is the value of the assets;
B is the total value of all assets that the
bank directly or indirectly acquired from, or directly or indirectly
transferred to, that related party in the twelve months ending
immediately before the acquisition or transfer; and
C is five per cent, or the percentage that may
be prescribed, of the total value of the assets of the bank, as shown
in the last annual statement of the bank prepared before the
acquisition or transfer.
|
Exception
|
(2) The prohibition in subsection (1) does not
apply in respect of assets purchased or otherwise acquired under
subsection 494(1), assets sold under subsection 494(2) or any other
assets as may be prescribed.
|
Exception
|
(3) The approval of the Superintendent is not required if
(a) the bank sells assets under a sale agreement that is approved by the Minister under section 236; or
(b) the bank or its subsidiary acquires
shares of, or ownership interests in, an entity for which the approval
of the Minister under Part VII or subsection 468(5) is required or the
approval of the Superintendent under subsection 468(6) is required.
|
Value of assets
|
(4) For the purposes of "A" in subsection (1), the value of the assets is
(a) in the case of assets that are
acquired, the purchase price of the assets or, if the assets are shares
of, or ownership interests in, an entity the assets of which will be
included in the annual statement of the bank after the acquisition, the
fair market value of the assets; and
(b) in the case of assets that are
transferred, the book value of the assets as stated in the last annual
statement of the bank prepared before the transfer or, if the assets
are shares of, or ownership interests in, an entity the assets of which
were included in the last annual statement of the bank before the
transfer, the value of the assets as stated in the annual statement.
|
Total value of all assets
|
(5) For the purposes of subsection (1), the total
value of all assets that the bank or any of its subsidiaries has
acquired during the period of twelve months referred to in subsection
(1) is the purchase price of the assets or, if the assets are shares
of, or ownership interests in, an entity the assets of which
immediately after the acquisition were included in the annual statement
of the bank, the fair market value of the assets of the entity at the
date of the acquisition.
|
Total value of all assets
|
(6) For the purposes of subsection (1), the total
value of all assets that the bank or any of its subsidiaries has
transferred during the period of twelve months referred to in
subsection (1) is the book value of the assets as stated in the last
annual statement of the bank prepared before the transfer or, if the
assets are shares of, or ownership interests in, an entity the assets
of which were included in the last annual statement of the bank before
the transfer, the value of the assets of the entity as stated in the
annual statement.
2001, c. 9, s. 129.
|
Directors and officers and their interests
|
496. (1) Subject to subsection (2) and
sections 497 and 498, a bank may enter into any transaction with a
related party of the bank if the related party is
(a) a natural person who is a related party of the bank only because the person is
(i) a director or a senior officer of the bank or of an entity that controls the bank, or
(ii) the spouse or common-law partner, or a
child who is less than eighteen years of age, of a director or senior
officer of the bank or of an entity that controls the bank; or
(b) an entity that is a related party of the bank only because the entity is controlled by
(i) a director or senior officer of the bank or of an entity that controls the bank, or
(ii) the spouse or common-law partner, or a
child who is less than eighteen years of age, of a director or senior
officer referred to in subparagraph (i).
|
Loans to full-time officers
|
(2) A bank may, with respect to a related party of
the bank referred to in subsection (1) who is a full-time senior
officer of the bank, make, take an assignment of or otherwise acquire a
loan to the related party only if the aggregate principal amount of all
outstanding loans to the related party that are held by the bank and
its subsidiaries, together with the principal amount of the proposed
loan, does not exceed the greater of twice the annual salary of the
related party and $100,000.
|
Exception
|
(3) Subsection (2) does not apply in respect of
(a) loans referred to in paragraph 491(b), and
(b) margin loans referred to in section 498,
and the amount of any such loans to a related
party of a bank shall not be included in determining, for the purposes
of subsection (2), the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding
loans made by the bank to the related party.
|
Preferred terms -- loan to officer
|
(4) Notwithstanding section 501, a bank may make a
loan, other than a margin loan, to a senior officer of the bank on
terms and conditions more favourable to the officer than those offered
to the public by the bank if those terms and conditions have been
approved by the conduct review committee of the bank.
|
Preferred terms -- loan to spouse or common-law partner
|
(5) Notwithstanding section 501, a bank may make a loan referred to in paragraph 491(b)
to the spouse or common-law partner of a senior officer of the bank on
terms and conditions more favourable than those offered to the public
by the bank if those terms and conditions have been approved by the
conduct review committee of the bank.
|
Preferred terms -- other financial services
|
(6) Notwithstanding section 501, a bank may offer
financial services, other than loans or guarantees, to a senior officer
of the bank, or to the spouse or common-law partner, or a child who is
less than eighteen years of age, of a senior officer of the bank, on
terms and conditions more favourable than those offered to the public
by the bank if
(a) the financial services are offered by the bank to employees of the bank on those favourable terms and conditions; and
(b) the conduct review committee of the
bank has approved the practice of making those financial services
available on those favourable terms and conditions to senior officers
of the bank or to the spouses or common-law partners, or the children
under eighteen years of age, of senior officers of the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 496; 1997, c. 15, s. 71; 2000, c. 12, ss. 5, 7.
|
Board approval required
|
497. (1) Except with the concurrence of at
least two thirds of the directors present at a meeting of the board of
directors of the bank, a bank shall not, with respect to a related
party of the bank referred to in subsection 496(1),
(a) make, take an assignment of or
otherwise acquire a loan to the related party, including a margin loan
referred to in section 498,
(b) make a guarantee on behalf of the related party, or
(c) make an investment in the securities of the related party
if, immediately following the transaction, the aggregate of
(d) the principal amount of all outstanding loans to the related party that are held by the bank and its subsidiaries, other than
(i) loans referred to in paragraph 491(b), and
(ii) where the related party is a full-time
senior officer of the bank, loans to the related party that are
permitted by subsection 496(2),
(e) the sum of all outstanding amounts guaranteed by the bank and its subsidiaries on behalf of the related party, and
(f) where the related party is an entity,
the book value of all investments by the bank and its subsidiaries in
the securities of the entity
would exceed 2 per cent of the regulatory capital of the bank.
|
Limit on transactions with directors, officers and their interests
|
(2) A bank shall not, with respect to a related party of the bank referred to in subsection 496(1),
(a) make, take an assignment of or
otherwise acquire a loan to the related party, including a margin loan
referred to in section 498,
(b) make a guarantee on behalf of the related party, or
(c) make an investment in the securities of the related party
if, immediately following the transaction, the aggregate of
(d) the principal amount of all outstanding
loans to all related parties of the bank referred to in subsection
496(1) that are held by the bank and its subsidiaries, other than
(i) loans referred to in section 491, and
(ii) loans permitted by subsection 496(2),
(e) the sum of all outstanding amounts
guaranteed by the bank and its subsidiaries on behalf of all related
parties of the bank referred to in subsection 496(1), and
(f) the book value of all investments by
the bank and its subsidiaries in the securities of all entities that
are related parties of the bank referred to in subsection 496(1)
would exceed 50 per cent of the regulatory capital of the bank.
|
Exclusion of de minimus transactions
|
(3) Loans, guarantees and investments that are
referred to in section 490 shall not be included in calculating the
aggregate of loans, guarantees and investments referred to in
subsections (1) and (2).
1991, c. 46, s. 497; 1997, c. 15, s. 72.
|
Margin loans
|
498. The Superintendent may establish terms
and conditions with respect to the making by a bank of margin loans to
a director or senior officer of the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 498; 1997, c. 15, s. 73.
|
Exemption by order
|
499. (1) A bank may enter into a
transaction with a related party of the bank if the Superintendent, by
order, has exempted the transaction from the provisions of section 489.
|
Conditions for order
|
(2) The Superintendent shall not make an order
referred to in subsection (1) unless the Superintendent is satisfied
that the decision of the bank to enter into the transaction has not
been and is not likely to be influenced in any significant way by a
related party of the bank and does not involve in any significant way
the interests of a related party of the bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 499; 1996, c. 6, s. 8.
|
Prescribed transactions
|
500. A bank may enter into a transaction
with a related party of the bank if the transaction is a prescribed
transaction or one of a class of prescribed transactions.
|
|
Restrictions on Permitted Transactions
|
Market terms and conditions
|
501. (1) Except as provided in subsections
496(4) to (6), any transaction entered into with a related party of the
bank shall be on terms and conditions that are at least as favourable
to the bank as market terms and conditions.
|
Meaning of "market terms and conditions"
|
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), "market terms and conditions" means
(a) in respect of a service or a loan
facility or a deposit facility offered to the public by the bank in the
ordinary course of business, terms and conditions that are no more or
less favourable than those offered to the public by the bank in the
ordinary course of business; and
(b) in respect of any other transaction,
(i) terms and conditions, including those
relating to price, rent or interest rate, that might reasonably be
expected to apply in a similar transaction in an open market under
conditions requisite to a fair transaction between parties who are at
arm's length and who are acting prudently, knowledgeably and willingly,
or
(ii) if the transaction is one that would not
reasonably be expected to occur in an open market between parties who
are at arm's length, terms and conditions, including those relating to
price, rent or interest rate, that would reasonably be expected to
provide the bank with fair value, having regard to all the
circumstances of the transaction, and that would be consistent with the
parties to the transaction acting prudently, knowledgeably and
willingly.
1991, c. 46, s. 501; 2001, c. 9, s. 130.
502. and 503. [Repealed, 1997, c. 15, s. 74]
|
|
Disclosure
|
Bank obligation
|
504. (1) Where, in respect of any proposed
transaction permitted by this Part, other than those referred to in
section 490, a bank has reason to believe that the other party to the
transaction is a related party of the bank, the bank shall take all
reasonable steps to obtain from the other party full disclosure, in
writing, of any interest or relationship, direct or indirect, that
would make the other party a related party of the bank.
|
Reliance on information
|
(2) A bank and any person who is a director or an
officer, employee or agent of the bank may rely on any information
contained in any disclosure received by the bank pursuant to subsection
(1) or any information otherwise acquired in respect of any matter that
might be the subject of such a disclosure and no action lies against
the bank or any such person for anything done or omitted in good faith
in reliance on any such information.
|
Notice to Superintendent
|
505. Where a bank has entered into a
transaction that the bank is prohibited by this Part from entering into
or where a bank has entered into a transaction for which approval is
required under subsection 497(1) without having obtained the approval,
the bank shall, on becoming aware of that fact, notify the
Superintendent without delay.
1991, c. 46, s. 505; 1997, c. 15, s. 75.
|
|
Remedial Actions
|
Order to void contract or to grant other remedy
|
506. (1) If a bank enters into a
transaction that it is prohibited from entering into by this Part, the
bank or the Superintendent may apply to a court for an order setting
aside the transaction or for any other appropriate remedy, including an
order directing that the related party of the bank involved in the
transaction account to the bank for any profit or gain realized or that
any director or senior officer of the bank who authorized the
transaction compensate the bank for any loss or damage incurred by the
bank.
|
Time limit
|
(2) An application under subsection (1) in respect
of a particular transaction may only be made within the period of three
months following the day the notice referred to in section 505 in
respect of the transaction is given to the Superintendent or, if no
such notice is given, the day the Superintendent becomes aware of the
transaction.
|
Certificate
|
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2), a document
purporting to have been issued by the Superintendent, certifying the
day on which the Superintendent became aware of the transaction, shall,
in the absence of evidence to the contrary, be received in evidence as
conclusive proof of that fact without proof of the signature or of the
official character of the person appearing to have signed the document
and without further proof.
1991, c. 46, s. 506; 2001, c. 9, s. 131.
|
|
PART XII FOREIGN BANKS
|
|
DIVISION 1 INTERPRETATION AND APPLICATION
|
Definitions
|
507. (1) The following definitions apply in this Part.
|
"designated foreign bank" « banque étrangère désignée »
|
"designated foreign bank" means a foreign bank that is the subject of a designation order.
|
"designation order" « arrêté de désignation »
|
"designation order" means an order made under subsection 508(1).
|
"exemption order" « arrêté d'exemption »
|
"exemption order" means an order made under subsection 509(1).
|
"finance entity" « entité s'occupant de financement »
|
"finance entity" means a Canadian entity that is a finance entity as defined in the regulations.
|
"financial leasing entity" « entité s'occupant de crédit-bail »
|
"financial leasing entity" means a Canadian entity that is a financial leasing entity as defined in subsection 464(1).
|
"financial services entity" « entité s'occupant de services financiers »
|
"financial services entity" means an entity, other than an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i)
or a leasing entity, that engages in activities at least the prescribed
portion -- or if no portion is prescribed, 10 per cent -- of which,
determined in the prescribed manner, consists of one or more of the
following activities:
(a) providing any financial service;
(b) acting as a financial agent;
(c) providing investment counselling and portfolio management services;
(d) issuing payment, credit or charge
cards and, in cooperation with others, including other financial
institutions, operating a payment, credit or charge card plan;
(e) engaging in the activities referred
to in the definition "mutual fund entity" or "mutual fund distribution
entity" in subsection 464(1);
(f) engaging in prescribed activities, under prescribed terms and conditions, if any are prescribed;
(g) engaging in any activity referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) as an agent for another entity referred to in any of those paragraphs or in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (j); or
(h) acquiring or holding control of, or becoming a major owner of, an entity referred to in any of paragraphs (a) to (g) or any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (j).
|
"foreign cooperative credit society" « société coopérative de crédit étrangère »
|
"foreign cooperative credit society" means an
entity that is incorporated or formed, and regulated, otherwise than by
or under an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a province, and
that, outside Canada, engages in or carries on the business of a
cooperative credit society.
|
"foreign insurance company" « société d'assurances étrangère »
|
"foreign insurance company" means a foreign company as defined in subsection 2(1) of the Insurance Companies Act.
|
"foreign securities dealer" « courtier de valeurs mobilières étranger »
|
"foreign securities dealer" means an entity that
is incorporated or formed, and regulated, otherwise than by or under an
Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a province, and that,
outside Canada, engages in or carries on the business of dealing in
securities.
|
"leasing activities" « activités de location »
|
"leasing activities" means
(a) the financial leasing of personal property and the related activities that a financial leasing entity may engage in; and
(b) all other leasing of personal property.
|
"leasing entity" « entité s'occupant de location »
|
"leasing entity" means an entity that engages in only
(a) leasing activities; or
(b) leasing activities and activities other than those described in paragraphs (a) to (h) of the definition "financial services entity".
|
"limited commercial entity" « entité à activités commerciales restreintes »
|
"limited commercial entity" means a Canadian
entity that a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank
may control in accordance with section 522.09, or in which a foreign
bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank is permitted to
acquire a substantial investment in accordance with that section.
|
"non-bank affiliate of a foreign bank" « établissement affilié à une banque étrangère »
|
"non-bank affiliate of a foreign bank" means a Canadian entity, other than a bank,
(a) in which a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank holds a substantial investment, or
(b) that is controlled by a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank,
but a Canadian entity is not a non-bank affiliate
of a foreign bank by reason only that a bank that is a subsidiary of
the foreign bank or of the entity associated with a foreign bank
controls, or holds a substantial investment in, the Canadian entity.
|
"permitted Canadian entity" « entité canadienne admissible »
|
"permitted Canadian entity" means a Canadian
entity that a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank
may control in accordance with section 522.08, or in which a foreign
bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank is permitted to
acquire a substantial investment in accordance with that section.
|
"representative office" « bureau de représentation »
|
"representative office" means an office
established to represent a foreign bank in Canada that is not subject
to the direction of, or management by, an entity incorporated or formed
by or under an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a province,
and the personnel of which are employed directly or indirectly by the
foreign bank.
|
"specialized financing entity" « entité s'occupant de financement spécial »
|
"specialized financing entity" means a Canadian entity that is a specialized financing entity as defined in the regulations.
|
Entity associated with foreign bank
|
(2) For the purposes of this Part,
(a) an entity is associated with a foreign bank if
(i) the entity controls, or is controlled by, the foreign bank, or
(ii) the entity and the foreign bank are controlled by the same person;
(b) an entity may be associated with more than one foreign bank; and
(c) a foreign bank may be associated with another foreign bank.
|
Entity deemed to be associated with a foreign bank
|
(3) For the purposes of this Part, the Minister
may deem an entity to be associated with a foreign bank if, in the
opinion of the Minister, it is reasonable to conclude that under any
agreement, commitment or understanding, whether formal or informal,
verbal or written,
(a) the foreign bank is acting, jointly or
in concert, in relation to the shares or ownership interests of the
entity, with one or more other persons such that, if they were one
person, they would control the entity;
(b) the entity is acting, jointly or in
concert, in relation to the shares or ownership interests of the
foreign bank, with one or more other persons such that, if they were
one person, they would control the foreign bank;
(c) another entity that is associated with
the foreign bank is acting, jointly or in concert, in relation to the
shares or ownership interests of the entity, with one or more other
persons such that, if they were one person, they would control the
entity;
(d) a person who controls the entity is
acting, jointly or in concert, in relation to the shares or ownership
interests of the foreign bank, with one or more other persons, such
that, if they were one person, they would control the foreign bank;
(e) a person who controls the foreign bank
is acting, jointly or in concert, in relation to the shares or
ownership interests of the entity, with one or more other persons, such
that, if they were one person, they would control the entity; or
(f) two or more persons are acting, jointly
or in concert, in relation to the shares or ownership interests of the
entity and the foreign bank such that, if they were one person, they
would control the entity and the foreign bank.
|
Deemed substantial investment by foreign bank
|
(4) For the purposes of this Part, a foreign bank is deemed to hold a substantial investment in a Canadian entity if
(a) the foreign bank and one or more entities associated with the foreign bank, or
(b) two or more entities associated with the foreign bank
would, if they were one person, hold a substantial investment in the Canadian entity.
|
Deemed substantial investment by entity associated
|
(5) For the purposes of this Part, an entity
associated with a foreign bank is deemed to hold a substantial
investment in a Canadian entity if
(a) the entity and the foreign bank, or
(b) the entity and one or more other entities associated with the foreign bank
would, if they were one person, hold a substantial investment in the Canadian entity.
|
Deemed control by foreign bank
|
(6) For the purposes of this Part, a foreign bank is deemed to control a Canadian entity if
(a) the foreign bank and one or more entities associated with the foreign bank, or
(b) two or more entities associated with the foreign bank
would, if they were one person, control the Canadian entity.
|
Deemed control by entity associated
|
(7) For the purposes of this Part, an entity associated with a foreign bank is deemed to control a Canadian entity if
(a) the entity and the foreign bank, or
(b) the entity and one or more other entities associated with the foreign bank
would, if they were one person, control the Canadian entity.
|
Person is a major owner
|
(8) For the purposes of this Part, a person, other than a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank,
(a) is a major owner of an unincorporated
Canadian entity if the aggregate of any ownership interests, however
designated, into which the unincorporated Canadian entity is divided
that are beneficially owned by the person and that are beneficially
owned by any entities controlled by the person is more than 35 per cent
of all of the ownership interests into which the unincorporated
Canadian entity is divided; and
(b) is a major owner of a Canadian entity that is a body corporate if
(i) the aggregate of the shares of any class of
voting shares of the Canadian entity that are beneficially owned by the
person and that are beneficially owned by any entities controlled by
the person is more than 20 per cent of the outstanding shares of that
class of voting shares of the Canadian entity, or
(ii) the aggregate of the shares of any class
of non-voting shares of the Canadian entity that are beneficially owned
by the person and that are beneficially owned by any entities
controlled by the person is more than 30 per cent of the outstanding
shares of that class of non-voting shares of the Canadian entity.
|
Foreign bank a major owner
|
(9) For the purposes of this Part, a foreign bank
(a) is a major owner of an unincorporated
Canadian entity if the aggregate of any ownership interests, however
designated, into which the unincorporated Canadian entity is divided
that are beneficially owned by the foreign bank and that are
beneficially owned by any entities associated with the foreign bank is
more than 35 per cent of all of the ownership interests into which the
unincorporated Canadian entity is divided; and
(b) is a major owner of a Canadian entity that is a body corporate if
(i) the aggregate of the shares of any class of
voting shares of the Canadian entity that are beneficially owned by the
foreign bank and that are beneficially owned by any entities associated
with the foreign bank is more than 20 per cent of the outstanding
shares of that class of voting shares of the Canadian entity, or
(ii) the aggregate of the shares of any class
of non-voting shares of the Canadian entity that are beneficially owned
by the foreign bank and that are beneficially owned by any entities
associated with the foreign bank is more than 30 per cent of the
outstanding shares of that class of non-voting shares of the Canadian
entity.
|
Associated entity a major owner
|
(10) For the purposes of this Part, an entity associated with a foreign bank
(a) is a major owner of an unincorporated
Canadian entity if the aggregate of any ownership interests, however
designated, into which the unincorporated Canadian entity is divided
that are beneficially owned by the entity associated with the foreign
bank, that are beneficially owned by the foreign bank and that are
beneficially owned by any other entities associated with the foreign
bank is more than 35 per cent of all of the ownership interests into
which the unincorporated Canadian entity is divided; and
(b) is a major owner of a Canadian entity that is a body corporate if
(i) the aggregate of the shares of any class of
voting shares of the Canadian entity that are beneficially owned by the
entity associated with the foreign bank, that are beneficially owned by
the foreign bank and that are beneficially owned by any other entities
associated with the foreign bank is more than 20 per cent of the
outstanding shares of that class of voting shares of the Canadian
entity, or
(ii) the aggregate of the shares of any class
of non-voting shares of the Canadian entity that are beneficially owned
by the entity associated with the foreign bank, that are beneficially
owned by the foreign bank and that are beneficially owned by any other
entities associated with the foreign bank is more than 30 per cent of
the outstanding shares of that class of non-voting shares of the
Canadian entity.
|
Deemed major owner -- person
|
(11) For the purposes of this Part, the Minister
may deem a person to be a major owner of a Canadian entity if, in the
opinion of the Minister, it is reasonable to conclude that under any
agreement, commitment or understanding, whether formal or informal,
verbal or written, the person is acting, jointly or in concert, in
relation to the shares or ownership interests of the Canadian entity,
with one or more other persons such that, if they were one person, they
would be a major owner of the Canadian entity.
|
Deemed major owner -- foreign bank
|
(12) For the purposes of this Part, the Minister
may deem a foreign bank to be a major owner of a Canadian entity if, in
the opinion of the Minister, it is reasonable to conclude that under
any agreement, commitment or understanding, whether formal or informal,
verbal or written,
(a) the foreign bank is acting, jointly or
in concert, in relation to the shares or ownership interests of the
Canadian entity, with one or more other persons such that, if they were
one person, they would be a major owner of the Canadian entity; or
(b) two or more persons are acting, jointly
or in concert in relation to the shares or ownership interests of the
Canadian entity and in relation to the shares or ownership interests of
the foreign bank such that, if they were one person, they would control
the foreign bank and be a major owner of the Canadian entity.
|
Deemed major owner -- entity associated with a foreign bank
|
(13) For the purposes of this Part, the Minister
may deem an entity associated with a foreign bank to be a major owner
of a Canadian entity if, in the opinion of the Minister, it is
reasonable to conclude that under any agreement, commitment or
understanding, whether formal or informal, verbal or written, the
entity associated with the foreign bank is acting, jointly or in
concert, in relation to the shares and ownership interests of the
Canadian entity with one or more other persons, such that, if they were
one person, they would be a major owner of the Canadian entity.
|
Member of foreign bank's group
|
(14) For the purposes of this Part, a member of a foreign bank's group is any of the following:
(a) an entity associated with the foreign bank;
(b) an entity in which the foreign bank or an entity associated with the foreign bank holds a substantial investment; and
(c) a prescribed entity, in relation to the foreign bank.
|
Foreign bank that has a financial establishment in Canada
|
(15) For the purposes of this Part, a foreign bank
has, or is deemed to have, a financial establishment in Canada if the
foreign bank or any entity associated with the foreign bank
(a) is an authorized foreign bank;
(b) is a foreign insurance company;
(c) is a foreign securities dealer, or a
foreign cooperative credit society, that has received the approval of
the Minister under paragraph 522.22(1)(f) to engage in or to carry on the business of dealing in securities or the business of a cooperative credit society; or
(d) controls, or is a major owner of,
(i) a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i), or
(ii) a Canadian entity that is a financial services entity.
|
Associated entity that has a financial establishment in Canada
|
(16) For the purposes of this Part, an entity
associated with a foreign bank has, or is deemed to have, a financial
establishment in Canada if the entity, the foreign bank or any other
entity associated with the foreign bank
(a) is an authorized foreign bank;
(b) is a foreign insurance company;
(c) is a foreign securities dealer, or a
foreign cooperative credit society, that has received the approval of
the Minister under paragraph 522.22(1)(f) to engage in or to carry on the business of dealing in securities or the business of a cooperative credit society; or
(d) controls, or is a major owner of,
(i) a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i), or
(ii) a Canadian entity that is a financial services entity.
|
Regulations concerning exemption from associated status
|
(17) The Governor in Council may make regulations
(a) respecting the exemption, from the
application of any provision of this Act, of any class or classes of
entities associated with a foreign bank from the status of being
associated with a foreign bank; and
(b) authorizing the Minister, by order, and
subject to any terms and conditions that the Minister considers
appropriate, to deem, for the purposes of any provision of this Act,
any entity not to be an entity associated with a foreign bank.
|
Revocation or variation of order
|
(18) The Minister may, by further order, revoke or vary any order referred to in paragraph (17)(b)
and any such revocation or variation comes into effect three months
after the date the further order is made unless the Minister and the
entity to which the order relates agree that the revocation or
variation is to take effect at some other time agreed to by them.
|
Publication
|
(19) If the Minister makes an order referred to in paragraph (17)(b) or subsection (18), the Minister shall publish in the Canada Gazette a notice of the making of the order.
1991, c. 46, s. 507; 1997, c. 15, s. 76; 1999, c. 28, s. 27; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Designation order
|
508. (1) Subject to subsection (2), the
Minister may, by order, designate a foreign bank to be a designated
foreign bank for the purposes of this Part if
(a) the foreign bank is a bank according to
the laws of the jurisdiction under whose laws it was incorporated or in
any jurisdiction in which it carries on business;
(b) the foreign bank engages, directly or
indirectly, in the business of providing financial services and
employs, to identify or describe its business, a name that includes the
word "bank", "banque", "banking" or "bancaire", either alone or in
combination with other words, or any word or words in any language
other than English or French corresponding generally thereto;
(c) the foreign bank, in the opinion of the
Minister, after consultation with the Superintendent, is regulated as
or like a bank, according to the jurisdiction under whose laws it was
incorporated or in any jurisdiction in which it carries on business; or
(d) the foreign bank is not a foreign bank described in any of paragraphs (a) to (c) and one of the following conditions is met:
(i) subject to the regulations, the following
ratio, expressed as a percentage, is equal to or greater than the
prescribed material percentage: the value of the total assets of
foreign banks described in any of paragraphs (a) to (c)
that are associated with the foreign bank to the value of the total
assets of the foreign bank and entities associated with the foreign
bank, or
(ii) subject to the regulations, the following
ratio, expressed as a percentage, is equal to or greater than the
prescribed material percentage: the value of the total revenues of
foreign banks described in any of paragraphs (a) to (c)
that are associated with the foreign bank to the value of the total
revenues of the foreign bank and entities associated with the foreign
bank.
|
Restriction
|
(2) The Minister may only make an order under subsection (1) in respect of a foreign bank described in any of paragraphs (1)(a) to (c) if
(a) the foreign bank or an entity controlled by the foreign bank is or will be
(i) engaging in or carrying on business in Canada, other than holding, managing or otherwise dealing with real property,
(ii) maintaining a branch in Canada, other than an office referred to in section 522,
(iii) establishing, maintaining or acquiring
for use in Canada an automated banking machine, a remote service unit
or a similar automated service, or, in Canada, accepting data from such
a machine, unit or service other than in circumstances described in
section 511 or 512,
(iv) acquiring or holding control of, or a substantial investment in, a Canadian entity, or
(v) acquiring or holding any share or ownership interest in a Canadian entity and
(A) an entity associated with the foreign bank holds control of, or a substantial investment in, the Canadian entity, or
(B) an entity associated with the foreign bank and
one or more other entities associated with the foreign bank would, if
they were one person, hold control of, or a substantial investment in,
the Canadian entity; or
(b) the foreign bank is controlled by an individual and
(i) one of the following conditions is met:
(A) subject to the regulations, the following ratio,
expressed as a percentage, is equal to or greater than the prescribed
material percentage: the value of the total assets of the foreign bank
and other foreign banks described in any of paragraphs (1)(a) to (c)
that are associated with the foreign bank to the value of the total
assets of the foreign bank and entities associated with the foreign
bank, or
(B) subject to the regulations, the following ratio,
expressed as a percentage, is equal to or greater than the prescribed
material percentage: the value of the total revenues of the foreign
bank and other foreign banks described in any of paragraphs (1)(a) to (c)
that are associated with the foreign bank to the value of the total
revenues of the foreign bank and entities associated with the foreign
bank, and
(ii) an entity associated with the foreign bank is or will be
(A) engaging in or carrying on business in Canada, other than holding, managing or otherwise dealing with real property,
(B) maintaining a branch in Canada, other than an office referred to in section 522,
(C) establishing, maintaining or acquiring for use in
Canada an automated banking machine, a remote service unit or a similar
automated service, or, in Canada, accepting data from such a machine,
unit or service other than in circumstances described in section 511 or
512, or
(D) acquiring or holding control of, or a substantial investment in, a Canadian entity.
|
Subsections 507(4) to (7) do not apply
|
(2.1) Subsections 507(4) to (7) do not apply with
respect to the making of any determination relating to control or a
substantial investment for the purposes of paragraph (2)(a).
|
Deeming
|
(3) A foreign bank that was designated under
subsection 521(1.06) as that subsection read immediately before the
coming into force of this subsection and whose designation has not been
revoked is deemed to be the subject of a designation order.
1991, c. 46, s. 508, c. 47, s. 756; 1993, c. 44, s. 29; 1994, c. 47, s. 26; 1999, c. 28, s. 28; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Exemption order
|
509. (1) The Minister may, by order,
determine that this Part, other than this section, sections 507 and
508, subsection 522.25(3), sections 522.26 and 522.28, subsection
522.29(2) and section 522.3, does not apply to a foreign bank.
|
Restriction
|
(2) No order may be made under subsection (1) in
respect of a designated foreign bank or a foreign bank that is
associated with a designated foreign bank.
|
Deemed order
|
(3) An exemption order is deemed to have been made
on the coming into force of this subsection in respect of a foreign
bank if, immediately before the coming into force of this subsection,
the foreign bank had received consent under subsection 521(1), the
consent had not been revoked and the foreign bank or an entity
associated with it was not designated under subsection 521(1.06), as
those subsections read immediately before the coming into force of this
subsection.
|
Change in circumstances
|
(4) A foreign bank that is the subject of an
exemption order shall advise the Minister in writing of any change in
circumstances that may affect its eligibility for a designation order.
|
Revocation of order
|
(5) An exemption order in respect of a foreign
bank is deemed to be revoked if the foreign bank, or another foreign
bank that is an entity associated with the foreign bank, is a
designated foreign bank. The Minister may revoke an exemption order in
respect of a foreign bank if the conditions for designation set out in
section 508 are met by the foreign bank or by another foreign bank that
is an entity associated with the foreign bank.
|
Effect of exemption order on associated entities
|
(6) This Part, other than this section, sections
507 and 508, subsection 522.25(3), sections 522.26 and 522.28,
subsection 522.29(2) and section 522.3, does not apply to an entity
associated with a foreign bank that is the subject of an exemption
order.
|
Authorization
|
(7) If an exemption order in respect of a foreign
bank is revoked or deemed to be revoked under subsection (5), the
Minister may, by order, authorize the foreign bank and any entity
associated with it to continue to hold control of, or a substantial
investment in, a Canadian entity that the foreign bank or the entity
associated with the foreign bank would not otherwise be allowed to
continue to hold under Division 3 or 4 or to continue to engage in any
activities or to engage in or carry on any business or to maintain a
branch that the foreign bank or the entity associated with the foreign
bank would not otherwise be allowed to continue to engage in or carry
on or maintain under Division 3 or 4.
1991, c. 46, s. 509; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Non-application re federal institutions associated with a foreign bank
|
509.1 Subsection 510(1) does not apply to
(a) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f) that is an entity associated with a foreign bank; or
(b) a Canadian entity that an entity referred to in paragraph (a) controls, or in which such an entity has a substantial investment.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
|
DIVISION 2 GENERAL PROHIBITIONS AND EXCEPTIONS
|
Prohibited activities
|
510. (1) Except as permitted by this Part, a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank shall not
(a) in Canada, engage in or carry on
(i) any business that a bank is permitted to engage in or carry on under this Act, or
(ii) any other business;
(b) maintain a branch in Canada for any purpose;
(c) establish, maintain or acquire for use
in Canada an automated banking machine, a remote service unit or a
similar automated service, or in Canada accept data from such a
machine, unit or service; or
(d) acquire or hold control of, or a substantial investment in, a Canadian entity.
|
Deeming re acts of agent, etc. -- foreign banks
|
(2) For the purposes of this Part, a foreign bank
is deemed to be carrying out or to have carried out anything prohibited
by subsection (1) if it is carried out by a nominee or agent of the
foreign bank acting as such.
|
Deeming re acts of agent, etc. -- associated entities
|
(3) For the purposes of this Part, an entity
associated with a foreign bank is deemed to be carrying out or to have
carried out anything prohibited by subsection (1) if it is carried out
by a nominee or agent of the entity associated with the foreign bank
acting as such.
1991, c. 46, s. 510; 1996, c. 6, s. 9; 1997, c. 15, s. 77; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Exception re accessing accounts
|
511. Nothing in paragraphs 510(1)(a) to (c)
is to be construed as prohibiting a foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank from entering into an arrangement with
one or more Canadian financial institutions by which customers of the
foreign bank or the entity who are natural persons not ordinarily
resident in Canada may access in Canada their accounts located outside
Canada through the use of automated banking machines located in Canada
and operated by the Canadian financial institution or institutions.
1991, c. 46, s. 511; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Exception re quotations
|
512. Nothing in paragraphs 510(1)(a) to (c)
is to be construed as prohibiting a foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank from establishing, maintaining or using
a private telephone service or similar facility for the purpose of
quoting to customers in Canada, or entering with customers in Canada
into verbal agreements relating to, foreign exchange, deposit or loan
rates if there is no accounting or information processing involved in
the private telephone service or similar facility.
1991, c. 46, s. 512; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Exception re automated services
|
513. (1) A foreign bank, or an entity
associated with a foreign bank, that has received the approval of the
Minister under paragraph 522.22(1)(f) to engage in or carry on the business of dealing in securities or the business of a cooperative credit society may
(a) if it is a foreign securities dealer that has also received the approval of the Minister under paragraph 522.22(1)(i), engage in the activities referred to in paragraph 510(1)(c)
so long as they relate to its business of dealing in securities engaged
in or carried on by it in accordance with provincial laws relating to
securities dealing; and
(b) if it is a foreign cooperative credit society, engage in the activities referred to in paragraph 510(1)(c)
so long as they relate to its business as a cooperative credit society
engaged in or carried on by it in accordance with provincial laws
relating to cooperative credit societies.
|
Non-application
|
(2) Paragraph 510(1)(c) does not apply to
(a) a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (i);
(b) a prescribed Canadian entity, other
than a permitted Canadian entity, that is controlled by a Canadian
entity referred to in paragraph (a); or
(c) any other Canadian entity, other than a
limited commercial entity, that is acquired or held by a foreign bank
or an entity associated with a foreign bank in accordance with
Divisions 4 and 5, and that has received the approval of the Minister
under paragraph 522.22(1)(i).
1991, c. 46, s. 513; 1997, c. 15, s. 78; 1999, c. 28, s. 29; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Exception re real property holding and management
|
514. Except as may be prescribed, paragraphs 510(1)(a) and (b)
do not apply in respect of the holding, managing and other dealing with
real property in Canada by a foreign bank or an entity associated with
a foreign bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 514; 1997, c. 15, s. 79; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Non-application re Canadian entity associated with a foreign bank
|
515. Paragraphs 510(1)(a) and (b)
do not apply to a Canadian entity that is an entity associated with a
foreign bank and that is held or acquired in accordance with this Part.
1991, c. 46, s. 515; 1997, c. 15, s. 80; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Change of status
|
516. (1) If a foreign bank maintains a
branch or engages in or carries on business in Canada that it
maintained or engaged in or carried on before becoming a foreign bank
and that branch or business is not permitted by or under this Part, the
foreign bank may continue to maintain that branch or engage in or carry
on that business for a period of six months from the time it became a
foreign bank or for any other shorter period that may be specified or
approved by the Minister.
|
Change of status
|
(2) If a foreign bank holds control of or holds a
substantial investment in a Canadian entity and it did so before
becoming a foreign bank and that holding is not permitted by or under
this Part, the foreign bank may continue to hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, the Canadian entity for a period of six
months from the time it became a foreign bank or for any other shorter
period that may be specified or approved by the Minister.
1991, c. 46, s. 516; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Change of status
|
517. (1) If an entity associated with a
foreign bank maintains a branch or engages in or carries on business in
Canada that it maintained or engaged in or carried on before the
foreign bank became a foreign bank and that branch or business is not
permitted by or under this Part, the entity may continue to maintain
that branch or engage in or carry on that business for a period of six
months from the time the foreign bank became a foreign bank or for any
other shorter period that may be specified or approved by the Minister.
|
Change of status
|
(2) If an entity associated with a foreign bank
holds control of or holds a substantial investment in a Canadian entity
and it did so before the foreign bank became a foreign bank and that
holding is not permitted by or under this Part, the entity may continue
to hold control of, or a substantial investment in, the Canadian entity
for a period of six months from the time the foreign bank became a
foreign bank or for any other shorter period that may be specified or
approved by the Minister.
1991, c. 46, s. 517; 1997, c. 15, s. 81; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Restriction
|
517.1 If an order has been made under
subsection 973.1(1) in respect of a foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank and section 516 applies to the foreign
bank or section 517 applies to the entity, as the case may be, the
period under section 516 or 517 may not extend beyond the expiry of the
period referred to in the order made under subsection 973.1(1).
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Prohibition re guarantee and acceptance of securities and bills
|
518. (1) Subject to subsections (2) to (4),
(a) a foreign bank shall not guarantee any
securities or accept any bills of exchange or depository bills that are
issued by a person resident in Canada and that are intended by the
issuer or by any party to the security or bill to be sold or traded in
Canada; and
(b) no person shall participate in any arrangement in connection with a guarantee or acceptance prohibited by paragraph (a).
|
Exception
|
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of
the guarantee or acceptance by a foreign bank of securities, bills of
exchange or depository bills that are issued by
(a) a non-bank affiliate of the foreign bank;
(b) any other person resident in Canada and guaranteed or accepted by
(i) a bank that is a subsidiary of the foreign bank or of an entity associated with the foreign bank,
(ii) a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i)
in which a bank that is a subsidiary of the foreign bank, or of an
entity associated with the foreign bank, holds a substantial investment,
(iii) a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i) that is controlled by a bank that is a subsidiary of the foreign bank, or of an entity associated with the foreign bank,
(iv) a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(b) to (i) that is a non-bank affiliate of the foreign bank, or
(v) a prescribed entity;
(c) a bank that is a subsidiary of the foreign bank or of an entity associated with the foreign bank;
(d) a Canadian entity in which a bank that
is a subsidiary of the foreign bank, or of an entity associated with
the foreign bank, holds a substantial investment;
(e) a Canadian entity controlled by a bank
that is a subsidiary of the foreign bank or of an entity associated
with the foreign bank; or
(f) a prescribed entity.
|
Exception
|
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in respect of
(a) the business in Canada of an authorized foreign bank; or
(b) a foreign insurance company in relation to its insurance business in Canada.
|
Exception
|
(4) Despite subsection (1), a foreign bank, or an
entity associated with a foreign bank, that has received the approval
of the Minister under paragraph 522.22(1)(f) to engage in or carry on the business of dealing in securities or the business of a cooperative credit society may
(a) if it is a foreign securities dealer,
guarantee any securities or accept any bills of exchange or depository
bills in relation to its business of dealing in securities engaged in
or carried on by it in accordance with provincial laws relating to
securities dealing; and
(b) if it is a foreign cooperative credit
society, guarantee any securities or accept any bills of exchange or
depository bills in relation to its business as a cooperative credit
society engaged in or carried on by it in accordance with provincial
laws relating to cooperative credit societies.
1991, c. 46, s. 518; 1997, c. 15, s. 82; 1999, c. 28, s. 30, c. 31, s. 15(F); 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Prohibited activities -- non-bank affiliates
|
519. (1) Despite anything in this Part, but
subject to subsection (5) and section 509, a non-bank affiliate of a
foreign bank shall not, in Canada,
(a) engage in the business of accepting deposit liabilities;
(b) engage in the business of acting as an
agent for the acceptance of deposit liabilities for a foreign bank or
an entity associated with a foreign bank, other than for
(i) an authorized foreign bank,
(ii) a foreign cooperative credit society that has received the approval of the Minister under paragraph 522.22(1)(f) to engage in or carry on the business of a cooperative credit society, or
(iii) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a), (c), (d) and (h) or a trust or loan corporation referred to in paragraph 468(1)(g); or
(c) represent to the public that any instrument issued by it is a deposit or that any liability incurred by it is a deposit.
|
Disclosure of status
|
(2) Despite anything in this Part, but subject to
subsections (4) to (6) and section 509, a non-bank affiliate of a
foreign bank that carries on as part of its business the provision of
financial services shall not borrow money in Canada from the public
without disclosing that
(a) the non-bank affiliate is not a member institution of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation;
(b) the liability incurred by the non-bank affiliate through the borrowing is not a deposit; and
(c) the non-bank affiliate is not regulated as a financial institution in Canada.
|
Manner of disclosure
|
(3) The disclosure shall be
(a) in a prospectus, information circular
or other offering document or a similar document related to the
borrowing or, if there is no such document, in a statement delivered to
the lender; or
(b) in any other manner that may be prescribed.
|
Exception for certain borrowing
|
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply
(a) to a borrowing of a prescribed class or type or to a borrowing in prescribed circumstances or in a prescribed manner; or
(b) except as may be provided in any regulations, to a borrowing
(i) from a person in an amount of $150,000 or more, or
(ii) through the issue of instruments in denominations of $150,000 or more.
|
Exception - deposit-taking institutions
|
(5) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to a non-bank affiliate that is
(a) a trust or loan corporation incorporated under an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a province;
(b) a Canadian entity referred to in paragraph 468(1)(d) or (h); or
(c) a prescribed entity.
|
Exception - insurance company or securities dealer
|
(6) Subsection (2) does not apply if the non-bank affiliate is
(a) an insurance company incorporated under an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a province;
(b) a bank holding company or an insurance holding company;
(c) an entity controlled by a bank holding
company or an insurance holding company or in which a bank holding
company or an insurance holding company has a substantial investment;
(d) a financial institution referred to in paragraph (g) of the definition "financial institution" in section 2; or
(e) a prescribed entity.
1991, c. 46, s. 519; 1997, c. 15, s. 83; 1999, c. 28, s. 31; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Prohibition re deposits
|
520. (1) Despite anything in this Part, but
subject to subsection (5) and section 509, a foreign bank -- or an
entity that is associated with a foreign bank and that is incorporated
or formed otherwise than by or under an Act of Parliament or of the
legislature of a province -- shall not, as part of its business in
Canada,
(a) engage in the business of accepting deposit liabilities;
(b) engage in the business of acting as an
agent for the acceptance of deposit liabilities for a foreign bank or
an entity associated with a foreign bank, other than for
(i) an authorized foreign bank,
(ii) a foreign cooperative credit society that has received the approval of the Minister under paragraph 522.22(1)(f) to engage in or carry on the business of a cooperative credit society, or
(iii) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a), (c), (d) and (h) or a trust or loan corporation referred to in paragraph 468(1)(g); or
(c) represent to the public that any instrument issued by it is a deposit or that any liability incurred by it is a deposit.
|
Disclosure of status
|
(2) Despite anything in this Part, but subject to
subsections (4) to (6) and section 509, a foreign bank or entity
referred to in subsection (1) that carries on, as part of its business
in Canada, the provision of financial services shall not borrow money
in Canada from the public without disclosing that
(a) the foreign bank or entity is not a member institution of the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation;
(b) the liability incurred through the borrowing is not a deposit; and
(c) the foreign bank or entity is not regulated as a financial institution in Canada.
|
Manner of disclosure
|
(3) The disclosure shall be
(a) in a prospectus, information circular
or other offering document or a similar document related to the
borrowing or, if there is no such document, in a statement delivered to
the lender; or
(b) in any other manner that may be prescribed.
|
Exception for certain borrowing
|
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply
(a) to a borrowing of a prescribed class or type or to a borrowing in prescribed circumstances or in a prescribed manner; or
(b) except as may be provided in any regulations, to a borrowing
(i) from a person in an amount of $150,000 or more, or
(ii) through the issue of instruments in denominations of $150,000 or more.
|
Non-application - authorized foreign banks and foreign cooperative credit societies
|
(5) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to
(a) a foreign bank that is an authorized foreign bank; or
(b) a foreign cooperative credit society that has received the approval of the Minister under paragraph 522.22(1)(f) to engage in or carry on the business of a cooperative credit society.
|
Non-application foreign insurance company or securities dealer
|
(6) Subsection (2) does not apply to a foreign bank, or an entity associated with a foreign bank, that is
(a) a foreign insurance company; or
(b) a foreign securities dealer that has received the approval of the Minister under paragraph 522.22(1)(f) to engage in or carry on the business of dealing in securities.
1991, c. 46, s. 520; 1999, c. 28, s. 32; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Regulations
|
521. The Governor in Council may make
regulations exempting any class or classes of businesses, investments,
activities and branches from any of the prohibitions set out in section
510 or 518.
1991, c. 46, s. 521; 1997, c. 15, s. 84; 1999, c. 28, s. 33; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Permitted Canadian offices
|
522. A foreign bank may
(a) with the approval of the Superintendent and
(i) subject to any terms and conditions that are attached to the approval, and
(ii) subject to and in accordance with rules
that are prescribed in relation to the operation of representative
offices and the conduct of their personnel,
maintain representative offices in Canada that are registered with the Superintendent in the prescribed manner; and
(b) with the approval of the Governor in
Council and subject to any terms and conditions that are attached to
the approval, locate its head office in Canada and, from that office,
issue directions and do all other things reasonably necessary for the
conduct of its banking business outside Canada.
1991, c. 46, s. 522; 1997, c. 15, s. 85; 1999, c. 28, s. 34; 2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Examination of representative offices
|
522.01 (1) The Superintendent shall, from
time to time, make or cause to be made any examination and inquiry into
the operation of any representative office of a foreign bank and the
conduct of the personnel in that office that the Superintendent
considers necessary for the purpose of ascertaining whether the office
is being operated, and whether the personnel of the office are
conducting themselves, in accordance with the rules prescribed for the
purposes of paragraph 522(a).
|
Powers of Superintendent
|
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the
Superintendent and any person acting under the direction of the
Superintendent have the same powers and obligations that the
Superintendent has in relation to the examination of banks under this
Act.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Cancellation of registration
|
522.02 The Superintendent may, by order, cancel the registration of a representative office of a foreign bank if
(a) the foreign bank requests the Superintendent to cancel the registration; or
(b) the Superintendent is of the opinion
that the representative office is not being operated, or the personnel
of that office are not conducting themselves, in accordance with the
rules prescribed for the purposes of paragraph 522(a).
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Business conducted from head office in Canada
|
522.03 (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), if the head office of a foreign bank is located in Canada under paragraph 522(b),
the foreign bank shall not conduct any business from that office with
persons resident in Canada or with Her Majesty in right of Canada or a
province except for the purpose of acquiring premises, supplies,
services and staff for that office.
|
Exception
|
(2) If a foreign bank, immediately before the establishment of its head office in Canada under paragraph 522(b),
held deposits of, or had loans outstanding to, persons resident in
Canada or Her Majesty in right of Canada or a province, the foreign
bank may repay those deposits and collect those loans through the head
office in Canada.
|
Exception
|
(3) If a foreign bank controlled a bank or was a
major shareholder of a bank immediately before the establishment of the
foreign bank's head office in Canada under paragraph 522(b), the
foreign bank may continue to carry out from the head office in Canada
any activities that were carried out from the head office of the
foreign bank in relation to the bank before the establishment of the
head office in Canada.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
|
DIVISION 3 NO FINANCIAL ESTABLISHMENT IN CANADA
|
Permitted investment -- foreign bank
|
522.04 (1) A foreign bank that does not
have a financial establishment in Canada may acquire or hold control
of, or a substantial investment in, a Canadian entity, so long as, by
virtue of the acquisition, neither the foreign bank nor any entity
associated with the foreign bank controls or becomes a major owner of
(a) a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i); or
(b) a Canadian entity that is a financial services entity.
|
Permitted investment -- associated entity
|
(2) An entity that is associated with a foreign
bank and that does not have a financial establishment in Canada may
acquire or hold control of, or a substantial investment in, a Canadian
entity, so long as, by virtue of the acquisition, neither the entity
nor the foreign bank, nor any other entity associated with the foreign
bank, controls or becomes a major owner of
(a) a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i); or
(b) a Canadian entity that is a financial services entity.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Permitted Canadian commercial branch
|
522.05 A foreign bank, or an entity that is
incorporated or formed otherwise than by or under an Act of Parliament
or of the legislature of a province and that is associated with a
foreign bank, that does not have a financial establishment in Canada
may maintain a branch in Canada or engage in or carry on business in
Canada so long as less than
(a) the prescribed portion -- or if no
portion is prescribed, 10 per cent -- of its business in Canada,
determined in the prescribed manner, consists of one or more of the
activities referred to in any of paragraphs (a) to (g) of the definition "financial services entity" in subsection 507(1); and
(b) the prescribed portion -- or if no
portion is prescribed, 10 per cent -- of its business outside Canada,
determined in the prescribed manner, consists of one or more activities
referred to in any of
(i) paragraphs (a) to (g) of the definition "financial services entity" in subsection 507(1), and
(ii) paragraph (h) of that definition, except under prescribed circumstances.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Permitted branches re leasing
|
522.06 Despite section 522.05, a foreign
bank, or an entity that is incorporated or formed otherwise than by or
under an Act of Parliament or of the legislature of a province and that
is associated with a foreign bank, that does not have a financial
establishment in Canada and that outside Canada
(a) engages only in the activities referred to in the definition "leasing entity" in subsection 507(1), or
(b) engages only in activities other than those referred to in any of
(i) paragraphs (a) to (g) of the definition "financial services entity" in subsection 507(1), and
(ii) paragraph (h) of that definition, except under prescribed circumstances,
may in Canada engage in the activities of a leasing entity so long as it does not engage in any other activity in Canada.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
|
DIVISION 4 FINANCIAL ESTABLISHMENT IN CANADA
|
|
Investments
|
Investment in a financial institution
|
522.07 Subject to the requirements relating
to designation and approval set out in Division 5, a foreign bank or an
entity associated with a foreign bank may acquire or hold control of,
or a substantial investment in, a Canadian entity referred to in any of
paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i).
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Permitted investments
|
522.08 (1) Subject to subsection (2) and
the requirements relating to designation and approval set out in
Division 5, a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank
may acquire or hold control of, or a substantial investment in, a
Canadian entity, other than an entity referred to in paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i), whose business is limited to one or more of the following:
(a) engaging in
(i) any financial service activity that a bank is permitted to engage in under any of paragraphs 409(2)(a) to (d), or
(ii) any other activity that a bank is permitted to engage in under section 410 or 411;
(b) acquiring or holding shares of, or
ownership interests in, entities that a foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank is permitted to acquire or hold under
this Division or Division 8, other than limited commercial entities,
except in prescribed circumstances, including shares or ownership
interests acquired or held in accordance with regulations made under
paragraph 522.23(a) concerning specialized financing;
(c) engaging in the provision of any
services exclusively to any or all of the following, so long as the
Canadian entity is providing those services to the foreign bank or to
any member of the foreign bank's group, namely,
(i) the foreign bank,
(ii) any member of the foreign bank's group,
(iii) any entity that is primarily engaged in the business of providing financial services,
(iv) any entity in which an entity referred to in subparagraph (iii) has a substantial investment and that is
(A) an entity in which a bank is permitted to acquire a substantial investment under section 468,
(B) an entity in which a foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank is permitted to acquire a substantial
investment under this section and section 522.07, or
(C) a prescribed entity, or
(v) any prescribed person, if it is doing so under prescribed terms and conditions, if any are prescribed;
(d) engaging in any activity that a bank is
permitted to engage in -- or in any other prescribed activity --, other
than an activity referred to in paragraph (a) or (e), that relates to
(i) the promotion, sale, delivery or
distribution of a financial product or financial service that is
provided by the foreign bank or by any member of the foreign bank's
group, or
(ii) if a significant portion of the business
of the Canadian entity involves an activity referred to in subparagraph
(i), the promotion, sale, delivery or distribution of a financial
product or financial service that is provided by any other entity that
is primarily engaged in the business of providing financial services;
(e) engaging in the activities referred to
in the definition "mutual fund entity", "mutual fund distribution
entity" or "real property brokerage entity" in subsection 464(1); and
(f) engaging in prescribed activities, under prescribed terms and conditions, if any are prescribed.
|
Additional restriction
|
(2) A foreign bank or an entity associated with a
foreign bank may not acquire or hold control of, or a substantial
investment in, a Canadian entity whose business includes any activity
referred to in any of paragraphs (1)(a) to (e) if the activities of the Canadian entity include
(a) activities that a bank is not permitted to engage in under section 412, 417 or 418;
(b) dealing in securities, except as may be permitted under paragraph (1)(e) or as may be permitted to a bank under paragraph 409(2)(c);
(c) activities that a bank is not permitted
to engage in under section 416, if the Canadian entity engages in the
activities of a finance entity or of any other entity as may be
prescribed;
(d) acquiring or holding control of, or a substantial investment in, another Canadian entity unless
(i) in the case of a Canadian entity that is
controlled by the foreign bank or the entity associated with a foreign
bank, the foreign bank or the entity associated with a foreign bank
itself would be permitted to acquire or hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, the other Canadian entity under this
section, section 522.07, any of paragraphs 522.1(a) to (d) or Division 8, or
(ii) in the case of a Canadian entity that is
not controlled by the foreign bank or the entity associated with a
foreign bank, the foreign bank or the entity associated with a foreign
bank itself would be permitted to acquire or hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, the other Canadian entity under this
section, section 522.07, paragraph 522.1(a), (c) or (d) or Division 8; or
(e) any prescribed activity.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Investment in a limited commercial entity
|
522.09 Subject to the requirements relating
to approval and designation set out in Division 5, a foreign bank or an
entity associated with a foreign bank that has a financial
establishment in Canada may acquire or hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity that is not
(a) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i), or
(b) a Canadian entity that engages in more
than the prescribed portion of -- or if no portion is prescribed, 10
per cent of -- the activities referred to in paragraphs 522.08(1)(a) to (f) or in any of paragraphs (a) to (h) of the definition "financial services entity" in subsection 507(1), determined in the prescribed manner,
if the Canadian entity does not engage in any
leasing activities and, in the opinion of the Minister, engages in or
carries on business that is the same as, or similar, related or
incidental to, the business outside Canada of the foreign bank or the
entity associated with a foreign bank.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Acquisition of other investments
|
522.1 A foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank may acquire or hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity
(a) by way of an investment permitted by any of sections 522.11 to 522.13;
(b) by way of a temporary investment permitted by section 522.14;
(c) as a result of a default that has
occurred under the terms of an agreement with respect to a loan or
under any other documents governing the terms of a loan, as permitted
by section 522.15; or
(d) through a realization of security, as permitted by section 522.15.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Indirect investments through federal institutions
|
522.11 (1) A foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank may acquire or hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity by way of
(a) an acquisition or holding of the control of a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f), or of a prescribed Canadian entity, that controls or has a substantial investment in the Canadian entity; or
(b) an acquisition or holding of shares or ownership interests in the Canadian entity by
(i) a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f), or a prescribed Canadian entity, that is controlled by the foreign bank or the entity associated with the foreign bank, or
(ii) a Canadian entity controlled by a Canadian entity referred to in subparagraph (i).
|
Indirect investments through federal institutions
|
(2) If a foreign bank or an entity associated with
a foreign bank acquires or holds control of, or a substantial
investment in, a Canadian entity under subsection (1), none of the
requirements relating to designation and approval set out in Division 5
apply in respect of that acquisition or holding.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Investments through provincial institutions
|
522.12 An entity that is associated with a foreign bank and that is
(a) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (i), or
(b) a Canadian entity controlled by an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (i)
may acquire or hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity that is not a permitted
Canadian entity or an entity referred to in paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (i),
and if it does so, none of the requirements relating to approval set
out in Division 5 apply in respect of that acquisition or holding.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Indirect investments through provincial institutions
|
522.13 A foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank may acquire or hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity, other than a permitted
Canadian entity or a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs
468(1)(a) to (i), by way of
(a) an acquisition or holding of the control of a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (i), or of a prescribed Canadian entity, that controls or has a substantial investment in the Canadian entity; or
(b) an acquisition or holding of shares or ownership interests in the Canadian entity by
(i) a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (i), or a prescribed Canadian entity, that is controlled by the foreign bank or the entity associated with the foreign bank, or
(ii) a Canadian entity controlled by a Canadian entity referred to in subparagraph (i).
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Temporary investments
|
522.14 (1) Subject to the requirements
relating to designation set out in Division 5, a foreign bank or an
entity associated with a foreign bank may, by way of temporary
investment, acquire or hold control of, or a substantial investment in,
a Canadian entity if the foreign bank or the entity associated with a
foreign bank has a financial establishment in Canada or would, by
virtue of the temporary investment, have a financial establishment in
Canada.
|
Divestiture
|
(2) If subsection (1) applies in respect of a
foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank, the foreign
bank or entity shall do all things necessary to ensure that, within two
years after acquiring the control or the substantial investment or
within any other period that may be specified or approved by the
Minister, it no longer controls or has a substantial investment in the
entity.
|
Extension
|
(3) On application by a foreign bank, or an entity
associated with a foreign bank, the Minister may extend the period
referred to in subsection (2) by any further period or periods.
|
Exception
|
(4) When a foreign bank, or an entity associated
with a foreign bank, acquires or holds, by way of a temporary
investment, control of, or a substantial investment in, a Canadian
entity for which the approval of the Minister is required under this
Part, the foreign bank or entity associated with the foreign bank
shall, within 90 days after acquiring control, or after acquiring the
substantial investment,
(a) apply to the Minister for approval to
retain control of the Canadian entity or to continue to hold the
substantial investment in the Canadian entity for a period specified by
the Minister or for an indeterminate period; or
(b) do all things necessary to ensure that,
on the expiry of the 90 days, it no longer controls the Canadian entity
or holds a substantial investment in the Canadian entity.
|
Deemed temporary investment
|
(5) If a foreign bank or an entity associated with
a foreign bank holds control of, or a substantial investment in, a
Canadian entity as permitted by this Division and the foreign bank or
the entity associated with the foreign bank becomes aware of a change
in the business, affairs or activities of the Canadian entity that, if
the change had taken place before the acquisition of control or the
substantial investment, would have caused the entity not to be a
limited commercial entity or a Canadian entity referred to in section
522.07 or 522.08 or would have been such that approval for the
acquisition would have been required under any of paragraphs 522.22(1)(a) to (e) or (g),
the foreign bank or the entity associated with the foreign bank is
deemed to have acquired, on the day it becomes aware of the change, a
temporary investment in respect of which subsections (1) to (4) apply.
|
Notification
|
(6) Within 90 days after acquiring control or a
substantial investment under subsection (1) or (5), a foreign bank or
an entity associated with a foreign bank shall notify the Minister in
writing of the acquisition.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Acquisition by loan workout or realization of security
|
522.15 (1) If a foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank acquires or holds control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity
(a) as a result of a default that has
occurred under the terms of an agreement with respect to a loan made
between the foreign bank -- or the entity associated with a foreign
bank -- and the Canadian entity, or under any other documents governing
the terms of the loan, or
(b) through the realization of a security
interest for any loan or advance made by the foreign bank or the entity
associated with the foreign bank, or for any other debt or liability
owing to it,
it may retain the control or the substantial
investment for five years, but it shall do all things necessary to
ensure that, within five years after the acquisition, it no longer
controls the Canadian entity or holds a substantial investment in the
Canadian entity.
|
Extension
|
(2) On application by a foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank, the Minister may extend the period
referred to in subsection (1) by any further period or periods.
|
Exception
|
(3) If, under subsection (1), a foreign bank or an
entity associated with a foreign bank acquires or holds control of, or
a substantial investment in, a Canadian entity for which the approval
of the Minister is required under Division 5, the foreign bank or
entity associated with the foreign bank may retain control of the
Canadian entity, or continue to hold the substantial investment, for an
indeterminate period if the approval in writing of the Minister is
obtained before the end of the period referred to in subsection (1) or
of any extension granted under subsection (2).
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
|
Branches
|
Bank branches
|
522.16 A foreign bank may, under Part XII.1, maintain a branch in Canada to carry on business in Canada.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Insurance branches
|
522.17 A foreign bank, or an entity that is
incorporated or formed otherwise than by or under an Act of Parliament
or of the legislature of a province and that is associated with a
foreign bank may obtain an order under Part XIII of the Insurance Companies Act to insure, in Canada, risks.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Business of a cooperative credit society and dealing in securities
|
522.18 Subject to the requirements relating
to designation and approval set out in Division 5, a foreign bank -- or
an entity associated with a foreign bank --
(a) that is a foreign cooperative credit
society may, in Canada, engage in or carry on the business of a
cooperative credit society, so long as that business is engaged in or
carried on in accordance with provincial laws relating to cooperative
credit societies; or
(b) that is a foreign securities dealer
may, in Canada, engage in or carry on the business of dealing in
securities, so long as that business is engaged in or carried on in
accordance with provincial laws relating to securities dealing.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Limited commercial branches
|
522.19 (1) Subject to the requirements
relating to designation and approval in Division 5 and subject to
subsection (2), a foreign bank, or an entity that is incorporated or
formed otherwise than by or under an Act of Parliament or of the
legislature of a province and that is associated with a foreign bank,
that has a financial establishment in Canada may maintain a branch in
Canada or engage in or carry on business in Canada, so long as
(a) less than the prescribed portion -- or
if no portion is prescribed, 10 per cent -- of its business in Canada,
determined in the prescribed manner, consists of one or more of the
activities referred to in any of
(i) paragraphs 522.08(1)(a) to (f), and
(ii) paragraphs (a) to (g) of the definition "financial services entity" in subsection 507(1);
(b) less than the prescribed portion -- or
if no portion is prescribed, 10 per cent -- of its business outside
Canada, determined in the prescribed manner, consists of one or more of
the activities referred to in any of
(i) paragraphs 522.08(1)(a) to (f),
(ii) paragraphs (a) to (g) of the definition "financial services entity" in subsection 507(1), and
(iii) paragraph (h) of that definition, except under prescribed circumstances; and
(c) in the opinion of the Minister, the
business in Canada is the same as, or similar, related or incidental
to, the business outside Canada of the foreign bank or the entity
associated with a foreign bank.
|
Prohibition
|
(2) A foreign bank -- or an entity associated with
a foreign bank -- that maintains a branch or engages in or carries on
any business under subsection (1) may not in Canada engage in any
leasing activities.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
|
DIVISION 5 DESIGNATION AND APPROVALS
|
Non-application
|
522.2 This Division does not apply in
respect of investments acquired and held, branches maintained and
businesses engaged in or carried on in accordance with Division 3.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Obligation to be designated
|
522.21 (1) A foreign bank that does not
have a financial establishment in Canada must be a designated foreign
bank or be associated with a designated foreign bank in order to
(a) acquire or hold control of, or be a major owner of,
(i) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (i),
(ii) a permitted Canadian entity that is a financial services entity, or
(iii) a Canadian entity that is a financial services entity, by way of a temporary investment permitted by section 522.14; or
(b) in Canada, engage in or carry on the
business of dealing in securities or the business of a cooperative
credit society referred to in section 522.18.
|
Entity associated with a designated foreign bank
|
(2) An entity that is associated with a foreign
bank and that does not have a financial establishment in Canada must be
associated with a designated foreign bank in order for the entity to
(a) acquire or hold control of, or be a major owner of,
(i) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (i),
(ii) a permitted Canadian entity that is a financial services entity, or
(iii) a Canadian entity that is a financial services entity, by way of a temporary investment permitted by section 522.14; or
(b) in Canada, engage in or carry on the
business of dealing in securities or the business of a cooperative
credit society referred to in section 522.18.
|
Designated foreign bank that has a financial establishment in Canada
|
(3) A foreign bank that has a financial
establishment in Canada must be a designated foreign bank or be
associated with a designated foreign bank in order to
(a) acquire or hold control of, or a substantial investment in,
(i) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (i),
(ii) a permitted Canadian entity,
(iii) a Canadian entity, by way of a temporary investment permitted by section 522.14, or
(iv) a limited commercial entity;
(b) in Canada, engage in or carry on the
business of dealing in securities or the business of a cooperative
credit society referred to in section 522.18; or
(c) maintain a branch or engage in or carry on a business permitted by section 522.19.
|
Entity associated with designated foreign bank that has a financial establishment in Canada
|
(4) An entity that is associated with a foreign
bank and that has a financial establishment in Canada must be an entity
associated with a foreign bank that is a designated foreign bank in
order for the entity to
(a) acquire or hold control of, or a substantial investment in,
(i) an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (i),
(ii) a permitted Canadian entity,
(iii) a Canadian entity, by way of a temporary investment permitted by section 522.14, or
(iv) a limited commercial entity;
(b) in Canada, engage in or carry on the
business of dealing in securities or the business of a cooperative
credit society referred to in section 522.18; or
(c) maintain a branch or engage in or carry on a business permitted by section 522.19.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Minister's approval
|
522.22 (1) Subject to subsection (2) and
the regulations, a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign
bank may not, without the prior written approval of the Minister, given
by order,
(a) acquire control of a Canadian entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(g) to (i) from a person who is not a member of the foreign bank's group;
(b) acquire control of a Canadian entity whose business includes one or more of the activities referred to in paragraph 522.08(1)(a)
and that engages, as part of its business, in any financial
intermediary activity that exposes the Canadian entity to material
market or credit risk -- including a finance entity -- if the control
is acquired from an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f)
that is not a member of the foreign bank's group, but does not include
a Canadian entity whose activities are limited to the activities of one
or more of the following entities:
(i) a factoring entity as defined in the regulations, or
(ii) a financial leasing entity;
(c) acquire or hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity whose business includes
one or more of the activities referred to in paragraph 522.08(1)(d);
(d) acquire or hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity that engages in an
activity described in paragraph 410(1)(c) or (c.1);
(e) acquire or hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity that engages in an
activity prescribed for the purposes of paragraph 522.08(1)(f);
(f) engage in or carry on the business of
dealing in securities or the business of a cooperative credit society
referred to in section 522.18;
(g) acquire or hold control of, or a substantial investment in, a limited commercial entity;
(h) maintain a branch or engage in or carry on a business permitted by section 522.19; or
(i) engage in an activity referred to in paragraph 510(1)(c) in the circumstances described in paragraph 513(1)(a) or (2)(c).
|
Approval for indirect investments
|
(2) Subject to the regulations, if a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank
(a) obtains the approval of the Minister under any of paragraphs (1)(a) to (e) and (g) to acquire or hold control of, or a substantial investment in, a Canadian entity, and
(b) through that acquisition or holding,
indirectly acquires control of, or a substantial investment in, another
Canadian entity that would require the approval of the Minister under
any of those paragraphs,
and that indirect acquisition is disclosed to
the Minister in writing before the approval is obtained, the foreign
bank or the entity associated with a foreign bank is deemed to have
obtained the approval of the Minister for that indirect acquisition.
|
Ministerial approval of more than one entity
|
(3) If the Minister, under paragraph (1)(g),
approves the acquisition or holding of control of, or a substantial
investment in, a limited commercial entity by a foreign bank or by an
entity associated with a foreign bank, the Minister may also authorize
the foreign bank or entity associated with a foreign bank to, at any
time, acquire and hold control of, or a substantial investment in,
another limited commercial entity that engages in activities that are
substantially the same as those engaged in by the Canadian entity in
respect of which the approval was given.
|
Substantial investment by underwriter
|
(4) Nothing in this Part precludes a foreign bank
or an entity associated with a foreign bank from acquiring a
substantial investment in a Canadian entity if the substantial
investment is acquired in the course of a distribution to the public of
shares or ownership interests in the Canadian entity by a securities
underwriter so long as the securities underwriter holds the substantial
investment for no longer than six months.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
|
DIVISION 6 ADMINISTRATION
|
Regulations
|
522.23 The Governor in Council may make regulations for the purposes of this Part and, in particular, may make regulations
(a) concerning specialized financing for the purposes of paragraph 522.08(1)(b);
(b) for the purposes of subsection
522.22(1) or (2), permitting the acquisition or holding of control or
the acquisition or holding of substantial investments, or prescribing
the circumstances under which either of those subsections does not
apply or the foreign banks, entities associated with foreign banks or
other entities in respect of which either of those subsections does not
apply, including prescribing foreign banks, entities associated with
foreign banks or other entities on the basis of the activities they
engage in;
(c) restricting the ownership by foreign
banks, or entities associated with foreign banks, of shares in a body
corporate or of ownership interests in an unincorporated entity under
Division 3 or 4 and imposing terms and conditions applicable to foreign
banks, or entities associated with foreign banks, that own such shares
or interests;
(d) in respect of sections 409 to 411, for the purposes of paragraph 522.08(1)(a), subsection 522.22(1) and section 522.24;
(e) respecting the calculation referred to in paragraphs 508(1)(d) and (2)(b),
including regulations respecting the classes of entities associated
with the foreign bank, and the classes of foreign banks described in
any of paragraphs 508(1)(a) to (c) that are associated with the foreign bank, that are to be taken into account in that calculation;
(f) defining any terms in paragraphs 508(1)(d) and (2)(b); and
(g) defining "factoring entity" for the purpose of paragraph 522.22(1)(b).
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Application of regulations
|
522.24 Any regulations made for the purposes of sections 409 to 411 apply for the purposes of paragraph 522.08(1)(a) and subsection 522.22(1) unless otherwise provided in the regulations.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Divestiture
|
522.25 (1) If a foreign bank or an entity
associated with a foreign bank contravenes any provision of Division 4
or fails to comply with any terms and conditions imposed by any order
made for the purpose of any of those provisions, the Minister may, if
the Minister considers it in the public interest to do so, by order,
direct the foreign bank or the entity to divest itself of the control
of, or a substantial investment in, a bank or bank holding company to
which the offence relates.
|
Ceasing to engage in or carry on business
|
(2) If an authorized foreign bank or an entity
associated with an authorized foreign bank contravenes any provision of
Division 4 or fails to comply with any terms and conditions imposed by
any order made for the purpose of any of those provisions, the Minister
may, if the Minister considers it in the public interest to do so,
revoke the order made under subsection 524(1).
|
Divestment order
|
(3) The Minister may, by order, direct a foreign
bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank, within any period
that the Minister considers reasonable, to dispose of assets used in a
business or activity engaged in or carried on, or to dispose of the
control of an entity or a substantial investment in an entity acquired
or held, in contravention of this Part or in contravention of any terms
and conditions imposed
(a) under subsection 522.26(2); or
(b) under subsection 518(4) or 521(1.02), as it read immediately before the coming into force of this section.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Definition
|
522.26 (1) In this section and section
522.27, "decision" means a decision, an order, an approval, an
extension or a permission of or by the Minister under this Part.
|
Ministerial terms and condition
|
(2) A decision may include any terms and conditions that the Minister considers appropriate.
|
Minister may vary or revoke
|
(3) The Minister may vary or revoke a previous decision.
|
Effective date of decision
|
(4) A decision varying or revoking a previous
decision takes effect three months after the day it is made, or at any
other time that is agreed to by the Minister and the foreign bank, or
the entity associated with a foreign bank, to which the decision
relates.
|
Publication
|
(5) The Minister shall publish in the Canada Gazette a notice of the making or revocation of a designation order or an exemption order.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Statements and returns
|
522.27 Not later than six months after the
end of its financial year or any other period that the Superintendent
may specify, a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank
in respect of which a decision has been made by the Minister shall,
except to the extent that the Superintendent has exempted it in
relation to any of the following, provide the Superintendent with
(a) a copy of its financial statements and those of each non-bank affiliate of the foreign bank for the financial year;
(b) a list, in a form satisfactory to the
Superintendent, of businesses and activities engaged in or carried on
by it under sections 514, 522.18 and 522.19;
(c) a list, in a form satisfactory to the
Superintendent, of each non-bank affiliate of the foreign bank, with a
description of the nature of the business engaged in or carried on by
it; and
(d) any other information that may be prescribed for the purposes of this section.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
|
DIVISION 7 NON-APPLICATION OF INVESTMENT CANADA ACT
|
Investment Canada Act
|
522.28 The Investment Canada Act does not apply in respect of any of the following, whether it occurs directly or indirectly:
(a) the acquisition of control, within the meaning of that Act, of an entity referred to in any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f) by a foreign bank or by an entity associated with a foreign bank;
(b) the establishment of a new Canadian
business, within the meaning of that Act, that is the insurance
business in Canada of a foreign insurance company that is a foreign
bank that is the subject of an exemption order or that is an entity
associated with a foreign bank that is the subject of an exemption
order;
(c) the acquisition of control, within the
meaning of that Act, of a Canadian entity by an entity referred to in
any of paragraphs 468(1)(a) to (f) that is controlled by a foreign bank or by an entity associated with a foreign bank;
(d) the establishment of a new Canadian
business, within the meaning of that Act, that is authorized by
Division 4 by a foreign bank, or by an entity associated with a foreign
bank; and
(e) the acquisition of control, within the
meaning of that Act, of a Canadian entity in accordance with Division 4
by a foreign bank, or by an entity associated with a foreign bank.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
|
DIVISION 8 TRANSITIONAL
|
Definitions
|
522.29 (1) The following definitions apply in this Division.
|
"affected entity" « entité visée »
|
"affected entity" means
(a) an entity associated with a foreign bank that is an affected foreign bank and that has a financial establishment in Canada; or
(b) a prescribed entity associated with a foreign bank referred to in paragraph (c) of the definition "affected foreign bank".
|
"affected foreign bank" « banque étrangère visée »
|
"affected foreign bank" means a foreign bank that
(a) immediately before the day this
Division comes into force, was the subject of an order made under
subsection 524(1) or former subsection 521(1.06) and whose order has
not been revoked;
(b) on or before June 13, 2000, controlled a foreign bank subsidiary as defined in former section 2; or
(c) for the purposes of subsections
522.32(6) and (7) is a prescribed foreign bank that meets any of the
conditions for designation set out in any of paragraphs 508(1)(a) to (d).
|
Former provision
|
(2) Every reference in this Division to a former
provision means a reference to that provision as it read immediately
before the day this Division comes into force.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Former s. 507(4)
|
522.3 (1) Every order made under former
subsection 507(4) exempting an entity from the status of being
associated with a foreign bank or exempting a Canadian entity from
being a "non-bank affiliate of a foreign bank" that is in force on the
day this Division comes in force continues in force, subject to any
further order that the Minister may make varying or revoking it.
|
Date order takes effect
|
(2) A revocation order or variation order takes
effect three months after the date it is made unless the Minister and
the entity to which it relates agree that the order is to take effect
at another time.
|
Publication
|
(3) The Minister shall publish in the Canada Gazette a notice of every revocation order.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Former par. 518(3)(b) or s. 521(1)
|
522.31 Every order made under former paragraph 518(3)(b)
or former subsection 521(1) that is in force on the day this Division
comes into force continues in force, subject to any further order that
the Minister may make varying or revoking it.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Former s. 521(1)
|
522.32 (1) An affected foreign bank or
affected entity that had received consent under former subsection
521(1) to acquire or hold control of, or a substantial investment in, a
Canadian entity that is a financial services entity but is not a
permitted Canadian entity or an entity referred to in any of paragraphs
468(1)(a) to (i) may continue to hold control of, or a
substantial investment in, the Canadian entity on and after the day
this Division comes into force if the consent had not been revoked
before that day.
|
Application
|
(2) Subsection (1) applies so long as
(a) the Canadian entity restricts its
businesses in accordance with any terms and conditions in the consent
under former subsection 521(1), or in an undertaking to the Minister or
Superintendent, other than a term or condition that limits the size of
the Canadian entity's assets; and
(b) neither the affected foreign bank nor any affected entity in relation to the foreign bank
(i) is an authorized foreign bank, or
(ii) controls or is a major shareholder of a bank or a bank holding company.
|
Former par. 518(3)(b) and former s. 521(1)
|
(3) An affected foreign bank or an affected entity
that, immediately before the day this Division comes into force, holds
control of, or a substantial investment in, a Canadian entity that is a
permitted Canadian entity or an entity referred to in any of paragraphs
468(1)(g) to (i) by virtue of former paragraph 518(3)(b)
or a consent received under former subsection 521(1) may continue to
hold control of, or a substantial investment in, the Canadian entity on
and after the day this Division comes into force if the approval or
consent had not been revoked before that day and, if it does so, it is
deemed to have received any approval required under paragraphs
522.22(1)(a) to (e) in respect of the Canadian entity.
|
Former par. 518(3)(b)
|
(4) An affected foreign bank or affected entity
that, immediately before the day this Division comes into force, holds,
by virtue of former paragraph 518(3)(b), control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity that is not a permitted
Canadian entity or a financial services entity may continue to hold
control of, or a substantial investment in, the Canadian entity on and
after the day this Division comes into force if any approval of the
Minister under that former paragraph has not been revoked before that
day, so long as the Canadian entity does not engage in leasing
activities.
|
Application
|
(5) Subsections (3) and (4) apply so long as
(a) after the coming into force of this
Division, the Canadian entity restricts its businesses in accordance
with any terms and conditions in the Minister's approval under former
paragraph 518(3)(b), or in a consent received under former
subsection 521(1), as the case may be, or in an undertaking to the
Minister or Superintendent given before the day this Division comes
into force, other than a term or condition that limits the size of the
Canadian entity's assets;
(b) within one year after the coming into
force of this Division, the affected foreign bank or affected entity
discloses to the Minister the nature of its businesses and activities
on June 13, 2000; and
(c) after the coming into force of this Division, the Canadian entity does not change the nature of its businesses as of
(i) June 13, 2000, or
(ii) any other date after June 13, 2000 and
before the coming into force of this Division on which the businesses
of the Canadian entity were approved by the Minister.
|
Holding other than by virtue of former par. 518(3)(b) or s. 521(1)
|
(6) An affected foreign bank or an affected entity
that, immediately before the day this Division comes into force, holds,
otherwise than by virtue of former paragraph 518(3)(b) or a
consent received under former subsection 521(1), control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity that is not a permitted
Canadian entity or a financial services entity may continue to hold
control of, or a substantial investment in, the Canadian entity on and
after the day this Division comes into force.
|
Application
|
(7) Subsection (6) applies so long as
(a) within one year after the coming into
force of this Division, the affected foreign bank or affected entity
discloses to the Minister the nature of its businesses on June 13, 2000;
(b) after the coming into force of this
Division, the Canadian entity does not change the nature of its
businesses as of June 13, 2000 and its businesses remain in conformity
with former paragraph 518(3)(a);
(c) the Canadian entity does not engage in leasing activities; and
(d) neither the affected foreign bank nor any affected entity
(i) is an authorized foreign bank, or
(ii) controls or is a major shareholder of a bank or a bank holding company.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
Investments
|
522.33 (1) Despite section 517 and subject to subsection (2), paragraph 510(1)(d)
does not apply in respect of the holding of control of, or a
substantial investment in, a Canadian entity whose principal activity
in Canada is an activity referred to in any of former subparagraphs
518(3)(a)(i) to (v) and that was acquired by a foreign bank or an entity associated with a foreign bank before August 1, 1997 and before
(a) the foreign bank became a foreign bank
or the foreign bank with which the entity is associated became a
foreign bank, as the case may be; or
(b) the Canadian entity's principal activity in Canada became an activity described in those subparagraphs.
|
Restriction
|
(2) Subsection (1) applies only if the foreign bank or an entity associated with the foreign bank
(a) is not an authorized foreign bank; and
(b) does not control, and is not a major shareholder of, a bank or a bank holding company.
2001, c. 9, s. 132.
|
|
PART XII.1 AUTHORIZED FOREIGN BANKS
|
|
Application
|
Application to authorized foreign banks
|
523. (1) This Part applies only in respect of the business in Canada of authorized foreign banks.
|
Assets and liabilities
|
(2) The assets and liabilities of an authorized
foreign bank in respect of its business in Canada, as shown by its
books and records, are considered to be the assets and liabilities of
the authorized foreign bank in respect of its business in Canada.
1991, c. 46, s. 523; 1997, c. 15, s. 86; 1999, c. 28, s. 35.
|
|
Formalities of Authorization
|
Order permitting carrying on of business in Canada, etc.
|
524. (1) On application by a foreign bank,
the Minister may make an order permitting the foreign bank to establish
a branch in Canada to carry on business in Canada under this Part.
|
Restrictions and requirements
|
(2) The order may be made subject to the restrictions and requirements referred to in subsections 540(1) and (2), respectively.
|
Reciprocal treatment
|
(3) The Minister may make an order only if the
Minister is satisfied that, if the application is made by a non-WTO
Member foreign bank, treatment as favourable for banks to which this
Act applies exists or will be provided in the jurisdiction in which the
authorized foreign bank principally carries on business, either
directly or through a subsidiary.
|
Consultation with Superintendent
|
(4) The Minister may make an order only if the Minister is of the opinion, after consultation with the Superintendent, that
(a) the applicant is a bank in the
jurisdiction under whose laws it was incorporated and is regulated in a
manner acceptable to the Superintendent; and
(b) the applicant's principal activity is the provision of
(i) financial services, or
(ii) services that would be permitted by this Act if they were provided by a bank in Canada.
1991, c. 46, s. 524; 1999, c. 28, s. 35; 2001, c. 9, s. 133.
|
Prohibition
|
524.1 No foreign bank may establish a
branch in Canada to carry on business in Canada under this Part if the
foreign bank or an entity affiliated with the foreign bank
(a) has control of or has a substantial
investment in an entity that engages in Canada in any personal property
leasing activity that a financial leasing entity as defined in
subsection 464(1) is prohibited from engaging in; or
(b) engages in Canada in any personal
property leasing activity that a financial leasing entity as defined in
subsection 464(1) is prohibited from engaging in.
2001, c. 9, s. 134.
|
Prohibition
|
524.2 No authorized foreign bank and no entity affiliated with an authorized foreign bank may
(a) control or have a substantial
investment in an entity that engages in Canada in any personal property
leasing activity that a financial leasing entity as defined in
subsection 464(1) is prohibited from engaging in; or
(b) engage in Canada in any personal
property leasing activity that a financial leasing entity as defined in
subsection 464(1) is prohibited from engaging in.
2001, c. 9, s. 134.
|
Application procedure
|
525. (1) An application for an order under
subsection 524(1) shall be filed with the Superintendent, together with
any other information, material and evidence that the Superintendent
may require.
|
Publishing notice of intent
|
(2) Before filing an application, a foreign bank
applicant shall, at least once a week for a period of four consecutive
weeks, publish, in a form satisfactory to the Superintendent, a notice
of intention to make the application in the Canada Gazette and in a newspaper in general circulation at or near the place where its principal office is to be situated.
|
Objections
|
(3) A person who objects to the proposed order
may, within thirty days after the date of the last publication under
subsection (2), submit the objection in writing to the Superintendent.
|
Minister to be informed
|
(4) On receipt of an objection, the Superintendent shall inform the Minister of it.
|
Inquiry into objection and report
|
(5) On receipt of an objection, and if the
application for the order has been received, the Superintendent shall,
if satisfied that it is necessary and in the public interest to do so,
hold or cause to be held a public inquiry into the objection as it
relates to the application and, on completion of the inquiry, the
Superintendent shall report the findings of the inquiry to the Minister.
|
Report to be made available
|
(6) Within thirty days after receiving the report, the Minister shall make it available to the public.
|
Rules governing proceedings
|
(7) Subject to the approval of the Governor in
Council, the Superintendent may make rules governing the proceedings at
public inquiries held under this section.
1991, c. 46, s. 525; 1999, c. 28, s. 35.
|
Factors to be considered by Minister
|
526. Before making an order under
subsection 524(1), the Minister shall take into account all matters
that the Minister considers relevant to the application, including
(a) the nature and sufficiency of the
financial resources of the foreign bank as a source of continuing
financial support for the carrying on of its business in Canada;
(b) the soundness and feasibility of plans of the foreign bank for the future conduct and development of its business in Canada;
(c) the business record and past performance of the foreign bank;
(d) the reputation of the foreign bank for
being operated in a manner that is consistent with the standards of
good character and integrity;
(e) whether the proposed authorized foreign
bank will be operated responsibly by persons with the competence and
experience suitable for involvement in the operation of a financial
institution;
(f) the impact of any integration of the
businesses and operations in Canada of the authorized foreign bank with
those of its affiliates in Canada on the conduct of those businesses
and operations; and
(g) the best interests of the financial system in Canada.
1991, c. 46, s. 526; 1999, c. 28, s. 35; 2001, c. 9, s. 135.
|
Contents of order
|
527. (1) An order made under subsection 524(1) shall set out
(a) the name of the authorized foreign bank
and, where applicable, the name under which it is permitted to carry on
business in Canada;
(b) the place in Canada where the principal office of the authorized foreign bank is to be situated;
(c) whether the authorized foreign bank is subject to any restrictions and requirements referred to in subsection 524(2); and
(d) the date on which the order becomes effective.
|
Provisions of order
|
(2) The Minister may set out in the order any
provision not contrary to this Act that the Minister considers
advisable in order to take into account the particular circumstances of
the proposed authorized foreign bank with respect to the carrying on of
business in Canada.
|
Terms and conditions
|
(3) The Minister may impose any terms and conditions in respect of the order that the Minister considers appropriate.
|
Notice of order
|
(4) The Superintendent shall cause to be published in the Canada Gazette a notice of the making of the order.
1991, c. 46, s. 527; 1999, c. 28, s. 35.
|
Amended order
|
528. (1) On application by an authorized foreign bank, the Minister may, by further order,
(a) change the name under which it is
permitted to carry on business in Canada or the place in Canada where
its principal office is to be situated as that name or place is set out
in the order made under subsection 524(1) or in any other order made
under this section;
(b) add any provision referred to in
subsection 527(2) or any term or condition referred to in subsection
527(3) or change or remove any of those provisions, terms or conditions
that are included in the order made under subsection 524(1) or in any
other order made under this section; or
(c) add or remove the restrictions and requirements referred to in subsection 524(2).
|
Notice of intention
|
(2) Before making an application under subsection
(1), the authorized foreign bank must publish a notice of intention to
make the application at least once a week for a period of four
consecutive weeks in the Canada Gazette and in a newspaper of general circulation at or near the place where its principal office is situated.
1991, c. 46, s. 528; 1999, c. 28, s. 35.
|
Transitional
|
529. (1) Subject to this section but
notwithstanding any other provision of this Act or the regulations, the
Minister may, on the recommendation of the Superintendent, by order,
grant an authorized foreign bank permission to
(a) engage in a business activity specified
in the order that an authorized foreign bank is not otherwise permitted
by this Part to engage in;
(b) have liabilities that an authorized
foreign bank is not otherwise permitted by this Part to have, if the
authorized foreign bank or an affiliate of the authorized foreign bank
had those liabilities at the time an application for an order under
subsection 524(1) was made;
(c) hold assets that an authorized foreign
bank is not otherwise permitted by this Part to hold, if the assets
were held, at the time an application for an order under subsection
524(1) was made, by the authorized foreign bank or an affiliate of the
authorized foreign bank;
(d) acquire and hold assets that an
authorized foreign bank is not otherwise permitted by this Part to
acquire or hold if the authorized foreign bank was obliged, at the time
an application for an order under subsection 524(1) was made, to
acquire those assets;
(e) [Repealed, 2001, c. 9, s. 136]
(f) in the case of an authorized foreign
bank that is not subject to the restrictions and requirements referred
to in subsection 524(2), carry on business in Canada without having to
deposit assets having a value of at least five million dollars, as
required by subparagraphs 534(3)(a)(ii) and 582(1)(b)(i), where the authorized foreign bank continues to hold a substantial investment in
(i) a bank that is a subsidiary of the foreign
bank and the Minister has approved an application for voluntary
liquidation and dissolution made by the subsidiary under section 344, or
(ii) a company to which the Trust and Loan Companies Act
applies and the Minister has approved an application for voluntary
liquidation and dissolution made by the company under section 349 of
that Act; or
(g) maintain outside Canada any records or
registers required by this Act to be maintained in Canada and maintain
and process outside Canada information and data relating to the
preparation and maintenance of those records or registers.
|
Restriction
|
(2) An order under subsection (1) may not be made if the effect of the order would be to permit an authorized foreign bank to
(a) contravene section 545, in the case of
an authorized foreign bank that is not subject to the restrictions and
requirements referred to in subsection 524(2); or
(b) have deposit liabilities so as to cause
the authorized foreign bank to be in contravention of section 540, in
the case of an authorized foreign bank that is subject to the
restrictions and requirements referred to in subsection 524(2).
|
Duration
|
(3) Permission granted under subsection (1) shall be expressed to be granted for a period specified in the order not exceeding
(a) with respect to any activity described in paragraph (1)(a),
thirty days after the day on which an order made under subsection
524(1) becomes effective in respect of the authorized foreign bank or,
where the activity is conducted pursuant to an agreement existing on
that day, on the expiration of the agreement;
(b) with respect to any matter described in paragraph (1)(b), ten years; and
(c) with respect to any matter described in any of paragraphs (1)(c) to (g), two years.
|
Renewal
|
(4) Subject to subsection (5), the Minister may,
on the recommendation of the Superintendent, by order, renew permission
granted under subsection (1) with respect to any matter described in
paragraphs (1)(b) to (f) for any further period or periods that the Minister considers necessary.
|
Limitation
|
(5) The Minister may not grant to an authorized foreign bank any permission
(a) with respect to matters described in paragraph (1)(b),
that purports to be effective more than ten years after the day on
which an order made under subsection 534(1) becomes effective in
respect of the authorized foreign bank, unless the Minister is
satisfied on the basis of evidence on oath provided by an officer of
the authorized foreign bank that the authorized foreign bank will not
be able at law to redeem or discharge at the end of the ten years any
liabilities to which the permission relates;
(b) with respect to matters described in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d),
that purports to be effective more than ten years after the day on
which an order made under subsection 534(1) becomes effective in
respect of the authorized foreign bank; and
(c) with respect to matters described in paragraph (1)(f),
that purports to be effective more than seven years after the day on
which an order made under subsection 534(1) becomes effective in
respect of the authorized foreign bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 529; 1999, c. 28, s. 35; 2001, c. 9, s. 136.
|
Prohibited names
|
530. (1) An order made under subsection 524(1) or 528(1) may not provide for the use of a name that is
(a) prohibited by an Act of Parliament;
(b) in the opinion of the Superintendent, deceptively misdescriptive;
(c) the same as or, in the opinion of the
Superintendent, substantially the same as or confusingly similar to,
any existing trade-mark, trade name or corporate name of a body
corporate, except where
(i) the trade-mark or trade name is being
changed or the body corporate is being dissolved or is changing its
corporate name, and
(ii) consent to the use of the trade-mark,
trade name or corporate name is signified to the Superintendent in any
manner that the Superintendent may require;
(d) the same as or, in the opinion of the
Superintendent, substantially the same as or confusingly similar to,
the known name under or by which any other entity carries on business
or is identified; or
(e) reserved under section 43 for an
existing or proposed bank or for an existing or proposed authorized
foreign bank or under section 697 for an existing or proposed bank
holding company.
|
Name otherwise prohibited
|
(2) An order made under subsection 524(1) or 528(1) may provide for the use of a name referred to in section 47 of the Trust and Loan Companies Act.
1991, c. 46, s. 530; 1999, c. 28, s. 35; 2001, c. 9, s. 137.
|
Publication of name
|
531. An authorized foreign bank shall set
out its name and, where applicable, any other permitted name, as set
out in the order made under subsection 524(1) or 528(1), in legible
characters in all contracts, invoices, negotiable instruments and other
documents evidencing rights and obligations with respect to other
parties that are issued or made by or on behalf of the authorized
foreign bank.
1991, c. 46, s. 531; 1996, c. 6, s. 10; 1997, c. 15, s. 87; 1999, c. 28, s. 35.
|
Directing change of name
|
532. (1) If through inadvertence or
otherwise an order made under subsection 524(1) or 528(1) provides for
the use of a name that is prohibited by section 530, the Superintendent
may, by order, direct the authorized foreign bank to change the name
without delay and the authorized foreign bank shal |